'/;V, 
 
 i 
 
 / 5 " /.* 
 
 !%ibk 
 
 (rue . 
 
 
 rt 
 
 c* • 
 
 A/*tZ$ 
 
 
 \< 
 
 
 ,?/ /• 
 
 
 
 -jbtu' 
 
 f? - 
 
 
 
 
 2i 2. t*. 
 
 *v|>Aa ■ 
 
 
 ; ♦<«*£ 
 
 iJt+t . % 
 
 //& 4 
 
 ijdi 
 



PE GINA j: JL VIRATAS 
 
 I'clffif 
 
 THE FOUR "BOOKS OT 
 
 ARCHITECTURE 
 
 by 
 
 ANDREA PALLADIO. 
 
 Containing 
 
 'The 3 Orders .Aiidvmo/tiiecefsarv 
 Obfervations iu Building, 
 Private Ho e s e s , Stre etsJJio r ge s, 
 Piazzas,Xisti & Temples.. 
 
 Z 0 2v Z) O 37 
 Tublifhed by 
 
 ISAAC WARE 
 
 Anno XIDCCXXXVI1I. 
 
 /n/Z<Z /< 
 
 'art’ 
 
THE 
 
 FOUR BOOKS 
 
 O F 
 
 ARCHITECTURE: 
 
 B Y 
 
 ANDREA PALLADIO. 
 
 VIZ. 
 
 BOOK I Containing the Five Orders, and the moil neceffary Obfervations 
 in Building. ' 
 
 BOO K II. In which the Defigns of feveral Houfes ordered by him both within 
 and out of the City are comprifed, and the Defigns of the ancient Houfes of the 
 Greeks and Latins. 
 
 BOOK III. Wherein the Ways, Bridges, Piazzas, Bafilica’s, and Xifti, are 
 treated or. 
 
 BOOK IV. Defcribing and figuring the ancient Temples that are in Rome, and 
 ionic others that are in Italy and out of Italy. 
 
 Literally Tranflated from the Original Italian, 
 
 _ By ISAAC WARE , Efq; 
 
 Particular Care has been taken to preferve the Proportions and Meafures from the Ordinal, all the 
 Plates being Engraved by the Author’s own Hand. 
 
 LONDON s 
 
 Printed for R. WARE, at the Bible and Sun, on Ludgate-Ilill. 
 
Printed for R. WA RE, at the Bible and Sun on Ludgaic-HIIL 
 
 Dictionary ; peculiarly 
 Improvement of fncli as 
 unacquainted wiih the Learned Languages. Where¬ 
 in the difficult Words, and TechnAal Terms m de Life of in 
 
 Hawking, 
 Heraldry, 
 History, 
 Horsemanship, 
 Hunting, 
 Husbandry, 
 Law, 
 
 Locick, 
 
 Mathematics 
 
 Mechanics', 
 
 Mi li i ary At; airs, 
 
 Musick, 
 
 Navigation, 
 
 Painting, 
 
 Poetry, 
 
 Rhetorics, 
 
 SCU I PTURE, 
 SURCERY, &C. 
 
 Are not only fully explained, but accented on their proper Sylla¬ 
 bles, to prevent a vicious Pronunciation ; and marked with initial 
 Letters, to denote the Part of Speech to which each Word pecu¬ 
 liarly belongs. To which is prefixed, A Compendious Englilh 
 Grammar, with general Rules for the ready Formation of one 
 Part of Speech from another ; by the due Application whereof, 
 iuch as underhand Englilh only, may be able to write as correctly 
 and elegantly, as thole who have been fome Years converlant in 
 the Latin, Greek, See. Languages. Togeth r with a Supplement 
 of the proper Names of the mod noted Kingdoms, Provinces, 
 Cities, I owns, Rivers, See. throughout the known World: As alfo, 
 ct the moll celebrated Emperors, Kings, Queens, Priells, Poets, 
 Philofophers, Generals, Sec. whether Jewifli, Pagan, Mahometan, 
 or Chrillian ; but more efpeciallv fuch as .are mentioned either in the 
 Old or New 1 ’cllament. The Whole alphabetically digefled, and 
 accented in the fame Manner, and for the fame Purpofc, a;, the pre¬ 
 ceding Part ; being colle&cd for the Ufe of fuch, as have but an 
 imperfect Idea of the Englilh Orthography. Originally began by 
 the late Rev. Mr. Thomas Dyche, School-Mailer of Stratiord-le- 
 Bow, Author ot the Guide to the Englilh Tongue, the Spelling 
 Dictionary, 8ec. and now finilhed by Win iam Pardon, Gent. 
 The Sixth Edition, with the Addition of the feveral Market-Towns 
 in England and Wales; giving a general Defcription of the Places, 
 their Situation, Market-Days, Government, Manufactures, Num¬ 
 ber of Reprcfentatives fent to Parliament, Dillance from London, 
 both in computed and meafured Miles, Sec. Price 6 s. 
 
 N. B. The Additions may be had alone. Price i s. 
 
 c. The Builder’s Pocket Companion : Shewing an eafy and 
 practical Method for laying down Lines, for all Sorts of Arches and 
 Curves ufed in Houle-Bu ling, Ship Building, Gardening, Sec. alfo 
 to make the Centers or Ribs for Vaults and Ceilings, and Brackets 
 for Coves, either regular or irregular. Together with true and 
 concile Rules to find the Lengths, Bevels, and Moulds for the Back 
 of an Hip in any Kind of Roofs, whether Square or Bevel, Hexa¬ 
 gon or Pentagon, Sc. let their Rafters be flraight, or Curves of 
 different Sorts. To which arc added, the five Orders, of Columns, 
 with their Entablatures and Pedeilals, the Proportions whereof are 
 taken from the immortal Andrew Palladio, and laid down after 
 W ill. Halfpenny’s practical Method : With feveral other ufeful 
 Problems, never before printed. By Michael Hoare, Carp 
 The third Edition, corrected. Price 2 s. 6d. 
 
 3. rhe Builder’s Jewel : Or, The Youth’s Instructor, 
 and Workman s Remembrancer. Expreffing fhort and eafy Rules, 
 made familiar to the meaneft Capacity, for Drawing and Working, 
 
 1. The five Orders of Columns entire; or any Part of an Order, 
 without Regard to the Module or Diameter. And to enrich them 
 with their Rufticks, Elutings, Cablings, Dentules, Modilions, Sec. 
 Alio to proportion their Doors, Windows, Intercolamnations, Porti¬ 
 co’s, and Arcades. Together with fourteen Varieties of Raking, 
 Circular, Scroll d, Compound, and Contracted Pediments ; and tiie 
 true Formation and Accadering of their raking and returned Cor- 
 n!Clj; ’ atl ^ Mouldings for Capping their Dentules and Modilions. 
 
 Block and Cantaliver Cornices, Rultick Quoins, Cornices pro¬ 
 portioned to Rooms, Angle Brackets, Mouldings for Tabernacle 
 i ramc>, Funnelling, and Centering for Groins, Trufs’d Partitions, 
 Girders, Roofs, and Domes. With a Seflion of the Dome of 
 St. Paul s, London. The whole illuflratcd by upwards of 200 Ex- 
 amp.es, engrav’d on 100 Copper-Plates. By E. and T. Langley. 
 Price 4 s. 6 d. 
 
 a. The Builder’s Compleat Assistant: A Library of Arts 
 an d Sciences, abfolutely neceflary to be underflood by Builders and 
 Workmen in general, viz. 1. Arithmetic^ Vulgar and Decimal, 
 in whole Numbers and Fractions, 3. Geometry, Lineal, Superfi- 
 
 enter. 
 
 ’ ci.il and Solid. 3. Architecture, Univerfal. 4 Mcnfuration. q. 
 
 . Plain Trigonometry. 6. Surveying of Land, Sec. 7. Meciianick 
 , Powers. 8. Hydroltaiicks. Illuftrated by above 1300 Examples 
 j of Lines, Superficies, Solids, Mouldings, Pedeltais, Column*. Pilaf- 
 t:rs, Entablatures, Pediments, Impolls, Block Cornices, Ruflick 
 > Quoins, Frontifpieces, Arcades, Portico’s, Sec. proportion'd by 
 i Module 1 and Minutes, according to Andrew Palladio, and by equal 
 Parts. Likewife great Varieties of Trufted Roofs, Timber Bridges, 
 , Centerings, Arches Groins, Twilled Rails, Compartments, *Obe- 
 1 lifks, Vales, Pedeft 1 for Buflos, Sun-Dials, Fonts, &c. anil Mu- 
 j tliods for railing heavy Bodies by the Force of Levers Pulleys, the 
 Axis in Peri'.rocnio, Screws and Wedges; as alfo Water by the 
 ; common Pump, Crane, Sec. wherein the Propeitics and PrcfTure of 
 , the Air on Water, &c. is explained. The whole exemplified by 77 
 large Quarto Copper-Plates By B. Lancley. In two large \ 0- 
 lumcs, OCtavo, printed on Royal Paper. Price 10 s. 6d. 
 
 q. Arithmetics and Measurement, improved by Examples 
 and plain Dcmonflrations : Wherein aic laid down the different 
 cuftomary Perches, and other Meafures, ufed in the feveral Parts of 
 Great Britain and Ireland. Suitable to all Artifls; but more efpe- 
 cially thole who are employed in Building, Gardening, Surveying 
 Land, Sec. To which is added. The Ufe of an inflrument (en¬ 
 grav’d on a Copper Plate) call’d a Tangent Rule, for the taking 
 any given Dillance within a Quarter of a Mile, illuftrated with a 
 great Variety of ufeful Cuts. By William Halfpenny, Archi¬ 
 tect and Land-Surveyor. Price 2s. 6d. 
 
 6. A Treatise of Architecture, with Remarks and Obfer- 
 vations, by that excellent Mailer thereof, Serastian 1 k Clerc, 
 Member of the Academy of Sciences. NecefTary for all Mafons, 
 Joyners, Sec. or any who defire to attain to a Knowledge of that 
 noble Art. In two Volume; in OCtavo. The third Edition. 
 Tranflated by Mr. Chambers. Price 10 s. 6d. To which arc 
 added, two hundred curious Copper-Plates by the late ingenious 
 Mr. Sturt. 
 
 7. A New and Compendious Syftem of Practical Arith¬ 
 metic!:. Wherein the DoCtrine of whole Numbers and Fractions, 
 both Vulgar and Decimal, is fully explained, and applied to 
 the feveral Rules and Methods of Calculation ufed in Trade and 
 Bufincfs: And by (hewing and comparing the natural Dependance 
 upon, and Agreement of, one Rule with another, the Whole ia 
 rendered more eafy than heretofore, and the Learner is inftruCted in 
 the Vulgar and Decimal Operations together, which at the fame 
 Time demonllrates the Reafon as well as the Practice of both. By 
 William Pardon, Gent. Price 4s. 6d. 
 
 8. The Young Man’s Companion ; or, Arithmetics made 
 eafy. Containing plain Directions for a young Man to attain to 
 read and write true Englilh ; the bell and eafieft InftruCtions for 
 writing Variety of Hands, with Copies both in Profe and Verfc, di- 
 gefted in an alphabetical Order. How to write Letters of Compli¬ 
 ment, Friendlhip, or Bufinefs. Forms of Notes, Receipts, Bills, 
 Bonds, Indentures, Lcafes, and Releales, Letters of Attorney, Wills, 
 Sec. A fhort and eafy Method of Shop and Book-Keeping, Mer¬ 
 chant; Accorapts, &c. Directions how to meafure Carpenters, Joyn¬ 
 ers, Sawyers, Bricklayers, Plaiflerers, Plummers, Mafons, Glaziers 
 and Painters Work. With Tables for fuch as have not learned Arith- 
 metick. How to compute the Charge of building an Home, or any 
 Part thereof. The Rates of each Commodity, and the common 
 Wages of Journeymen. Meafuring, Gauging, Plotting of Land by 
 Gunter’s Chain, and taking Heights and Dillances by the Quadrant, 
 &c. Of Gunter's Line in mealuring Globes. Bullets, Walls, Sec. 
 The Art of Dialling, and how to dire& and fix any Dial: InftruCli- 
 ons for Dying, Colouring, and making of Colours. With a Defcrip- 
 tion of the Counties, Cities, Parifhes and Market-Towns in England 
 and Wales. Choice Monthly Obfervations in Gardening, Plan.tinu, 
 Grafting, and Inoculating Fruit-Trees, and the bell Time to prune 
 them. To which is added. The Family Companion for Marking 
 on Linen, Pickling, Preferving. making Wine of Fruit; with man/ 
 approved and experienced Medicines for the Poor. Written by W. 
 Mather, in a plain and eafy Style, that a young Man may both 
 readiiy and ealily improve and qualify himfelf for Bufinefs, without 
 the Help of a Mailer The Eighteenth Edition, with Additio s 
 and Improvements, particularly Tables of Intereil at 3, 3 |, 4 and 
 5 per Cent, per Ann. from one Pound progreflively to one hundred, 
 and from one Day to thirty, and from one Month to a Year. 
 Price 2 s. 6 d. 
 
RICHARD 
 Earl of B URLINGTON, &c. 
 
 
 Lord, 
 
 OUR giving me free accefs to Your Rudy, 
 wherein many of the original drawings of 
 Palladio, befides thofe which compofe this 
 work, are preferved, and taking upon You the 
 trouble of reviling the tranflation, and cor- 
 fecling it with Your own hands, are fuch inftances of Your love 
 to arts, and of Your friendlhip to me, that I cannot too pub- 
 lickly return Your Lordship thanks for favours that furpafs 
 all acknowledgment. 
 
 Your Lordship need not be informed of what importance 
 it is to fuch who make architecture their Rudy, to have the 
 works of our excellent author put into their hands truly genuine. 
 Nor can I doubt but this performance will be acceptable to the 
 publick, fince it has had the good fortune to meet with Your 
 Lordship’s approbation: To obtain which, will always be the 
 chief ambition of 
 
 Your Lordship’! 
 
 Mojt Obedient Humble Servant, 
 
 Ifaac Ware. 
 
THE 
 
 NAMES 
 
 OF THE 
 
 SUBSCRIBERS. 
 
 A 
 
 IG HT Honourable the Earl of Al¬ 
 bemarle. 
 
 Honourable Richard Arundell, Efq-, 
 Richard Aymor, Efq-, 
 
 John Aiileby, Efq ; 
 
 William Prichard Afhurft, Efq-, 
 
 John Armftrong, Efq-, 
 
 William Archer, Efq-, 
 
 Mr. William Armstrong. 
 
 Mr. Nathanael Adams. 
 
 Mr. Thomas Allifon. 
 
 Mr. John Andrews. 
 
 B 
 
 Right Honourable the Earl of Burlington. 
 Right Honourable Lord Vifcount Boyne. 
 
 Sir Henry Bedingfield. 
 
 Honourable Benjamin Bathurft, Efq-, 
 
 Hugh Bethel, Efq-, 
 
 William Burton, Efq-, 
 
 George Bowes, Efq-, 
 
 Edmund Brampfton, Efq-, 
 
 William Briftow, Efq-, 
 
 Thomas Bryan, Efq-, 
 
 -Bateman, Efq-, 
 
 Richard Barlow, Efq-, 
 
 The Reverend Dr. Bland, Dean of Durham, 
 Mr. William Blakefley. 
 
 Mr. John Barnard. 
 
 Mr. -Burrat. 
 
 Mr. Matthew Brettingham 
 Mr. John Boffon. 
 
 Mr. John Barlow. 
 
 Mr. Edward Baylis. 
 
 Mr. Holden Bowker. 
 
 Mr. Edward Bilcliffe. 
 
 Mr. Samuel Breach. 
 
 Mr. John Burrough. 
 
 Mr. William Bates. 
 
 Mr. Robert Brown. 
 
 C 
 
 Right Honourable the Earl of Carlifle. 
 Right Honourable the Earl of Cardigan. 
 Right Honourable the Earl of Chefterfield. 
 Right Honourable Earl Cowper. 
 
 Right Honourable Earl Cholmondeley 
 Right Honourable Lord Cornwallis. 
 
 Right Honourable Lord Chewton 
 Sir Thomas Chudley, Bart. 
 
 Sir Robert Corbet, Bart. 
 
 Thomas Cowllad, tjfq-, 
 
 Anthony Chute, Efq-, 
 
 - Coke, Efq-, 
 
 John Campbell, Efq-, 
 
 Richard Chandler, Efq. 
 
 Richard Cliffe, Efq-, 
 
 James Caltorpe, Efq-, 
 
 Martin Clare, M. A. and F. R. S. 
 
 Mrs. Chandler. 
 
 Mr. Cavendilh: 
 
 Mr. Thomas Carter. 
 
 Mr. Abraham Curtis. 
 
 Mr. Charles Carne 
 Mr. John Collyer. 
 
 Mr. -Culhnie. 
 
 Mr. George Chamberlaine. 
 
 Mr. Charles Clay. 
 
 Mr. Thomas Clark. 
 
 D 
 
 Right Honourable Earl of Derby. 
 
 Right Honourable Earl of Dyfert. 
 
 Right Honourable Sir Conyers Darcy. 
 Honourable General James Dormer. 
 
 Mr. George Devall. 
 
 Mr. John Davis. 
 
 Mr. William Davis. 
 
 Mr. George Dalby, 
 
 a £ 
 
The Subscribers Names. 
 
 E 
 
 Sir John Evelyn, Bart. 
 
 Honourable Richard Edgcumbe, Efq-, 
 
 Robert Eyre, Efq-, 
 
 James Eckerfall, Efq ; 
 
 Mr. George Evans. 
 
 Mr. -Eifler. 
 
 Mr. Thomas Elkins. 
 
 Mr. Thomas Edwards. 
 
 Mr. Richard Edwards. 
 
 F 
 
 Right Honourable the Earl Fitzwilliams. 
 Right Honourable the Lord Vifcount Fau- 
 conberg. 
 
 Honourable Sir Thomas Frankland. 
 
 Honourable Sir Andrew Fountaine. 
 
 Honourable Henry Fox, Efq-, 
 
 Charles Fleetwood, Efq-, 
 
 Mr. Henry Flitcroft. 
 
 Mr. Thomas Fuller. 
 
 Mr. Elias Ferris. 
 
 Mr. Richard Ford. 
 
 Mr. Edward Fitzwater. 
 
 Mr. Devereux Fox. 
 
 Mr. Richard Fortnam. 
 
 Mr. John Ford. 
 
 G 
 
 Right Honourable Lord Vifcount Gail way. 
 Sir John Goodrich. 
 
 Philips Glower, EJ'q-, 
 
 Roger Gale, Efq-, 
 
 George Gray, Efq-, 
 
 Weft by Gill, Efq-, 
 
 Mr. John Goodchild. 
 
 Mr. Robert Goodchild. 
 
 Mr. William Gray. 
 
 Mr. Thomas Gray. 
 
 Mr. Edward Gray. 
 
 Mr. James Gume. 
 
 Mr. Thomas Gladwin. 
 
 Mr. - Gough. 
 
 Mr. John Green. 
 
 H 
 
 Right Honourable Lord Harrington. 
 Honourable Charles Hamilton, Efq-, 
 
 Hugh Howard, Efq-, 
 
 Edward Hody, M. D. and F. R. S. 
 
 Benjamin Hays, EJ'q-, 
 
 Mr. William Hogarth. 
 
 Mr. Francis Hay man. 
 
 Mr. Thomas Howlet. 
 
 Mr. Thomas Heath. 
 
 Mr. -Hundeftiagen. 
 
 Mr. John Hooper. 
 
 Mr. Francis Hilliard. 
 
 Mr. Jofeph Hutchinfon. 
 
 Mr. James Holmes. 
 
 Mr. - Hawkins. 
 
 Mr. John Harriftbn. 
 
 I 
 
 Charles Jervies, Efq-, 
 
 -Jefferys, Efq-, 
 
 Mr. Henry Joynes. 
 
 Mr. Andrews Jelfe. 
 
 Mr. John Jenner. 
 
 Mr. Samuel Johnfon. 
 
 Mr. William Jones. 
 
 Mr. .Jolife. 
 
 K 
 
 Right Honourable the Lord Killmurry. 
 
 Ralph Knight, Efq-, 
 
 William Kent, Efq-, 
 
 Mr. Thomas Kenyfton. 
 
 Mr. Thomas Kincy. 
 
 L 
 
 Sir Henry Lyddell, Bart. 
 
 Sir William Leman, Bart. 
 
 Matthew Lamb, Efq-, 
 
 Robert Long, Efq-, 
 
 Mr. John Lane. 
 
 Mr. George Lucas. 
 
 Mr. Richard Lawrence. 
 
 Mr. Luke Lightfoot. 
 
 M 
 
 His Grace the Duke of Montagu. 
 
 Right Honourable Earl Macclesfield. 
 
 Right Honourable Earl Malton. 
 
 Charles Mordaunt, Efq; 
 
 George Medcalfe, Efq-, 
 
 William Manley, EJq-, 
 
 Bacon Maurice, Efq-, 
 
 Peter Main waring, M. D. 
 
 Governour Morris. 
 
 Mr. Henry Mills. 
 
 Mr. Roger Morris. 
 
 Mr. Galfrydus Mann. 
 
 Mr. Richard Marfti. 
 
 Mr. Thomas Malie. 
 
 Mr. George Mercer. 
 
 Mr. John Mayhew. 
 
 Mr. John Marfden. 
 
 Mr. George Murry. 
 
 Mr. John Millan. 
 
 N 
 
 His Grace the Duke of Norfolk. 
 
 Sir Roger Nudigate. 
 
 Mr. 
 
The Subscribers Names. 
 
 Mr. Jofeph Norton. 
 
 Mr. - Nivelon. 
 
 O 
 
 Right Honourable the Earl of Orrery. 
 
 Right Honourable Arthur Onflow, Efq-, 
 
 Sir Danvers Osborne. 
 
 William Osbaldefton, Efq-, 
 
 Mr. Richard Ofterfield. 
 
 P 
 
 Right Honourable the Earl of Pembroke. 
 Honourable Henry Pelham, EJq-, 
 
 Thomas Prowfe, Efq-, 
 
 Thomas Pullien, Ejq ; 
 
 John Pollen, Efq-, 
 
 Mr. Leonard Phillipps. 
 
 Mr. John Phillips. 
 
 Mr. Thomas Phillips. 
 
 Mr. Jofeph Pattifon. 
 
 Mr. Robert Pollard. 
 
 Mr. Pickford. 
 
 Mr. John Pine. 
 
 cl. 
 
 His Grace the Duke of Queensberry. 
 
 Sir William St. Quintin, Bart. 
 
 R 
 
 Honourable Sir Thomas Robinfon, Barf. 
 Thomas Ripley, Efq-, 
 
 Thomas Robinfon, Efq-, 
 
 John Rivett, Efq-, 
 
 MatJhew Ridley, Efq-, 
 
 Daniel Rich, Efq-, 
 
 Mr. Alexander Rouchead. 
 
 Mr. James Richards. 
 
 Mr. William Robinfon. 
 
 Mr. William Reading. 
 
 Air. Thomas Reeves. 
 
 S 
 
 Right Honourable the Earl of Scarborough. 
 Right Honourable Earl Stanhope. 
 Honourable Sir Hugh Smithfon, Bart. 
 Honourable Sir Miles Stapylton, Bart. 
 Honourable Sir William Stanhope. 
 
 John Stanhope, Efq-, 
 
 Richard Shuttleworth, Efq-, 
 
 Samuel Sandys, Efq-, 
 
 Thomas Boothby Skrymfher, Efq-, 
 
 Henry Streatfield, Efq, 
 
 John Strowbridge, Efq, 
 
 Edward Shepard, Efq, 
 
 Colonel - Steward. 
 
 Colonel - Skelton. 
 
 William Saunders, M. D. 
 
 Mr. John Simmonds. 
 
 Mr. Samuel Smith. 
 
 Mr. John Saunderfon. 
 Mr. Jofeph Saunderfon. 
 Mr. James Simmons. 
 Mr. John Spinnage. 
 
 Mr. Henry Stenton. 
 
 Mr. Richard Stenton. 
 Mr. Jonathan Siflon. 
 Mr. Thomas Shirley. 
 
 Mr. -Skemaker. 
 
 Mr. - Strawne. 
 
 T 
 
 Right Honourable the Lord Vifcount Town- 
 fhend. 
 
 Right Honourable Lord Torrington., 
 
 Right Honourable Lord Talbot. 
 
 George Tafti, Efq-, 
 
 Stephen Thompfon, Efq-, 
 
 John Thornhill, Efq-, 
 
 Mr. Thomas Townlhend. 
 
 Mr. Kellom Tomlinfon. 
 
 Mr. Richard Trowbridge. 
 
 Mr. William Thompfon. 
 
 Mr. James Terry. 
 
 Mr. Richard Twift, 
 
 V 
 
 Honourable Henry Vane, Efq-, 
 
 William Vaughan, Efq-, 
 
 James Vernon, Efq-, 
 
 George Venables Vernon, Efq-, 
 
 Mr. Umplebee. 
 
 Mr. John Vardy. 
 
 W 
 
 Lord Vifcount Windfor. 
 
 Right Honourable Sir Robert Walpole. 
 
 Sir Marmaduke Wyvil, Bart. 
 
 Honourable Thomas Walker, Efq-, 
 
 Honourable Edward Walpole, Efq-, 
 
 Captain William Wickham. 
 
 Mr. -Wills. 
 
 Mr. James Wilkie. 
 
 Mr. John Wood. 
 
 Mr. Robert Weft. 
 
 Mr. Stephen Wright. 
 
 Mr. Fryer Walker. 
 
 Mr. Thomas Wagg. 
 
 Mr. Henry Wynn. 
 
 Mr. Samuel Watfon. 
 
 Mr. Weftfield Webb. 
 
 Air. George Warren. 
 
 Mr. George Wefton. 
 
 Mr. John Wilton. 
 
 Mr. Thomas Wefton. 
 
 Mr. Thomas Webb. 
 
 Mr. Charles Wale. 
 
 Mr. Thomas Woodrofte. 
 
 Mr. William Winarles. 
 
 Mr, - Williams. 
 
REFERENCES to fuch Places of the Author, where his Terms of 
 Art are by himfelf bell explained, alphabetically difpofed. 
 
 A 
 
 A BA CO, page 14. plate 10. 
 
 Aeroteria, p. 93. pi. 30. 
 
 Alato a torno, v. Peripteros. 
 
 Amphiproftilos, pi. 83. 
 
 Anti, p. 45. 
 
 Antis, p. 82. 
 
 Annelli, Annulets, or Gradetti, p. 18. pi. 15. 
 Architrave, p. 15. pi. 11. and p. 18. pi. 15. 
 Areoftilos, p. 84. 
 
 Aftragal, or Tondino, p. 14. pi. 10. 
 
 Atrio, or Porch, p. 42. pi. 18. 
 
 B 
 
 Bafe, p. 17. pi. 14- 
 
 Bafilica, p. 73. pi. 13- and P- 75 - P 1 - * 7 - 
 Baftoncino, p. 93. 
 
 Baftone, or Torus, p. 14. pi. 10. 
 
 Benda, or Tenia, p. 18. pi. 15. 
 
 Bronze, bellmeial , pi. 5. 
 
 C 
 
 Campana, the body of the Corinthian capital. 
 Cancellarie, libraries, p. 44 and 45 - P 1 - 2 9 - 
 Cartelli, or Cartocci, a kind of fcroll, p. 26. 
 Cavetto, p. 15. pi. 11. 
 
 Cauriola, p* 88. pi. 10. 
 
 Caulicola, Jlem of the leaf in the Corinthian capital. 
 Cimacio of capital, p. 15. pi. n. 
 
 Cimacia of pedejlal, p. 17. p. 14. 
 
 Cima refta, or Gola diritta, p. 15. pi. n* 
 
 Cima or Gola reverfa, p. 18. pi. 15. 
 
 Cimbia, Fillet, or Cinfture, p. 14. pi. 10. 
 Ciziceni, p. 45. pi. 29. 
 
 Colonelli, p. 63. pi. 3. 
 
 Collarino, p. 14- pi- IO - 
 Correnti, p. 67. pi. 6. 
 
 Corridors, balconies, p. 40. pi- 7 - 
 
 Cortile, little court , p. 44 - P- 2 4 - 
 
 Corona, or Gocciolatoio, the drip, p. 15. pi. n. 
 
 Curia, p. 73 - P 1 - 3 <>- 
 
 D 
 
 Dado, the dye of apedeflal, p. 17. pi. H- 
 Dentelli, or Dentels, p. 22. pi. 24. 
 
 Diaftilos, p. 84. 
 
 Dipteros, double winged with columns, p. 83. 
 
 E 
 
 Euftilos, columns placed at reafonable and convenient in¬ 
 tervals, p. 84. 
 
 F 
 
 Fafcia, p. 18. pi. 15. 
 
 Fluting or Flutes, the cbanellings of a column. 
 
 Fregio or Frize, p. 15. pi. n. 
 
 Fufarolo, p. 24. 
 
 Full, Jhaft of a column. 
 
 G 
 
 Goccie, p. 18. pi. 15. 
 
 Gocciolatoio, or Corona, p. 15. pi. n. tmd p. 18 
 pi. 1 5 - 
 
 Gola diritta, or Cima reft a, p. 15. pi. n. 
 
 Gola, or Cima reverfa, p. 18. pi. 15. 
 
 Gradetto, Gradetti, or Annuli, p. 18. pi. 15. 
 
 Gronda, or Drip, p. 14. 
 
 Guttae, or Drops, p. 18. 
 
 I. 
 
 Imports, p. 17. pi. 14* 
 
 Intaglia’s, carved ornaments of the frize and architrave. 
 Intavolato, or Cima, or Gola reverfa, p. 22. 
 Intercolumniation, the fpace between columns. 
 
 L 
 
 Liftello, fillet. 
 
 Loggia, or Veftibulo, p. 27. and p. 42. pi. iS. 
 
 M 
 
 Metopa, p. 18. pi. 15. 
 
 Mezato, a half fiery, p. 40. pi. S. 
 
 Modeno, p. 70. pi. 8. 
 
 Modiglion, p. 20. pi. 20. 
 
 Module, p. 13. 
 
 Mutule, p. 29. 
 
 O 
 
 Oeci, ftnall halls, p. 43 > 44 - 
 
 Orlo, Zocco, or Plinth, p. 14. pi. 10. 
 
 Ovolo, p. 14. pi. 10. 
 
 P 
 
 Paleftra, p. 77. pi. 21. 
 
 Pedeftal, p. 14. pi. 10. 
 
 Peridromis, p. 21. 
 
 Peripteros, winged round with columns, p. S3. 
 
 Perirtilio, p. 44. pi. 23. 
 
 Picnoftilos, thick of columns, p. 83. 
 
 Piano, p. 32. pi. 30. 
 
 Plinth, Orlo, or Zocco, p. 17. pi. 14. 
 
 Poggio, or Pedeftal, p. 42. 
 
 Portico, p. 42. pi. 18. 
 
 Profile, fide view. 
 
 Proftilos, fronted with columns, p. 2-?. 
 
 Pleudodipteros, falfe-winged round with columns, p. S3. 
 
 R 
 
 Regolo, or Orlo, p. 31. 
 
 Remenati, p. 84. 
 
 b Reticula, 
 
Torus, or Baftone, p. 14. pi. 10. 
 Tribuna, or Cupola, p. 85. 
 
 Triclini, eating parlours, p. 44. pi. 29. 
 Triglyph, p. 18. pi. 15. 
 
 Sacoma, or Profile, p. 92. pi. 23. end p. 101. pi. 56. 
 Sacrifty, vejlry, p. 86. 
 
 Salotte, halls, p. 44. pi. 23. 
 a Schiffo, p. 44. pi. 26, 27. 
 
 Siftilos, of two diameters, p. 84, 105. 
 
 Soffit, p. 18. pi. 15. 
 
 Tablino, p. 42. pi. 18. 
 
 Tenia, or Benda, p. 18. pi. 15. 
 Terrazzo, plaijter. 
 
 Teftudine, covering of porch, p. 43. 
 Tetraftili, of four columns, p. 44. pi. 25. 
 Tondino, or Aftragal, p. 14. pi. 10. 
 
 Veftibulo, or Loggia, p. 42. 
 Voluta, the horn of a capital. 
 
 Xifti, p. 77. pi. 21. 
 
 Zocco, Orlo, or Plinth, p. 17. pi. 14. 
 
 i,f4444444.t4;444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444444 
 
 I 
 
 ERRATA. 
 
 Befides a few literal Miftakes, the Reader will be pleafed to take notice of the following : 
 
 Page 14 . line" 14 . read befides the being. P. 15 . 1. 11 . r. Gocciolatoio. P. 19 . I. to. r. Eujlilos. Ibid. I. 17 . r. fourth and an 
 
 eigth. P. 21 . *1.6. r. nine modules and an half. Ibid. 1. 21 . r. Siftilos. P. 24 . 1. 10 . r. Picnojlilos. P. zj. !. 45 . r. thinner 
 
 at the top. P. 32 . 1. 10 . r. tivo parts in three. P. 52 . l.ult. r. delight. Every where read mezato and mezati. P. 55 . 1. 21 . r. as 
 
 there are. P. 85 . 1. 30 . r. Aereojlilot. P. 96 . L 44 . r. Fufarolo. P. 97 . 1. 19 . r. elegance. P. 97 . 1. 42 . r. Marti rig. 
 
 Plate to. firft Book, for 8 minutes in Cayettoof impoft, read 5 minutes. 
 
ADVERTISEMENT 
 
 jf —g —\ H E works of the famous Andrea Palladio, publifhed 
 by himfelf at Venice in the year 1570. have been univerfally 
 efteemed the beft ftandard of architecture hitherto extant. The 
 
 - original work written in Italian being very fcarce, feveral have 
 
 attempted to tranfiate the fame into Englifh, and to copy his excellent and 
 moft accurate wooden prints on copper plates. 
 
 I n particular, two perfons have publifhed what they honour with the 
 title of Palladio’s works : The firft, and in all refpe&s the beft of the 
 two, was done in the year 1721. by Mr. Leoni ; who has thought fit 
 not only to vary from the fcale of the originals, but alfo in many places 
 to alter even the graceful proportions preferibed by this great mafter, by 
 diminifiiing fome of his mcafures, enlarging others, and putting in fanciful 
 decorations of his own : and indeed his drawings are likewife very incorredt; 
 which makes tills performance, according to his own account in the preface, 
 feem rather to be i tfclf an original, than an improvement on Palladio. 
 
 The other work (publifhed in the year 1735.) is done with fo little 
 under ft anding, and fo much negligence, that it cannot but give great offence 
 to the judicious, and be of very bad confequence in mifteading the unfkilful, 
 into whofe hands it may happen to fall. 
 
 T o do juftice therefore to Palladio, and to perpetuate his moft value- 
 able remains amongft us, are the principal inducements to my undertaking 
 fo great and laborious a work ; in executing of which, I have ftridtly kept 
 to his proportions and meafures, by exactly tracing all the plates from his 
 originals, and engraved them with my own hands: So that the reader may 
 depend upon having an exadt copy of what our author publifhed, without 
 diminution or increafe ; nor have I taken upon me to alter, much lefs to 
 corredf, any thing that came from the hands of that excellent artift. 
 
 From the fame motive I have chofen to give a ftridt and literal tranfiation, 
 that the fenfe of our author might be delivered from his own words. 
 
 Scotland-Tard, 
 
 June , 1737. 
 
 A 
 
 THE 
 
T FI E A 
 
 U T 
 
 H O R S 
 
 R E 
 
 F 
 
 A 
 
 C 
 
 TO THE 
 
 R E 
 
 A D J 
 
 i R. 
 
 UID ED by a natural inclination ,, I gave myfelf up in my moft 
 early years to the Jludy of architecture: and as it was always my 
 opinion , that the antient Romans, as in many other things,' fo in 
 building well, vaflly excelled all thofe who have been fence their time 
 I propofeed to myfelf Vitruvius for my mafter and guide ,, who is the 
 o?ily antient writer of this art , and fet myfelf to fearch into the rcliques of all 
 the antient edifices , that, in fpight of time and the cruelty of the Barbarians, yet 
 remain ; and finding them much more worthy of obfervation, than at firft I had 
 imagined , I began very minutely with the utmoft diligence to meafure every one 
 of their parts ; of which I grew at lafe fo follicitous ,an examiner , (not finding 
 a?iy thing which was not done with reafon and beautiful proportion) that I have 
 very frequently not only travelled in different parts of Italy, but alfo out of it, 
 that I might intirely, from them, comprehend what the whole had been, and 
 ?'educe it into defegn. 
 
 Whereupon perceiving how much this common ufe of building was differ err 
 from the obfervations I had made upon the faid edifices, and from what I had 
 read i?i Vitrvius, Leon Battista Alberti, arid in other excellent writers 
 who have been fence Vitruvius, and from thofe alfo which by me have lately 
 been praStifed with the utmoft fatisfaSlion mid applaufe of thofe who have made 
 ufe of my works ; it feemed to me a thing worthy of a man, who ought not to be 
 born for himfelf only, but alfo for the utility of others, to publijb the defegns of 
 thofe edifices, (in colleSling which , I have employed fo much time, and expofed 
 myfelf to fo many dangers) and concifely to fet down whatever in them appeared 
 to me more worthy of confederation ; and moreover, thofe rules which I have 
 obferved, and now obferve, in building ; that they who fee all read thefe my books, 
 may be able to make ufe of whatever will be good therein, and fupply thofe 
 things in which (as many perhaps there may be) I Jhall have failed ; that one 
 may learn, by little and little, to lay afide the ftrange abufes, the barbarous 
 inventions, the fuperfluous expence , and (what is of greater confequence) avoid 
 the various and continual ruins that have been feen in many fabricks . 
 
 I applied myfelf the more willingly to this undertaking, as I fee great num¬ 
 bers of perfons at this time applying themfelves to the ftudy of this profeffeon, 
 many of which are worthily and honourably mentioned in the books of Mejfer 
 Giorgio Vasari Aretino, a painter and rare architeSl. 
 
 I therefore hope, that the manner of building may with univerfal utility be 
 reduced, and foon brought to that pitch of perfection, which in all the arts is 
 greatly defired, and to which it feems that this part of Italy is very nearly 
 arrived ; fence that not only in Venice, where all the good arts flourifh, and 
 
 which 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 which only remains as an example of the grandeur and magnificence of the 
 Romans, one begins to fee fabricks that have fo7nething good i?i them , fince 
 Mcfier Giacomo Sansovino, a celebrated fculptor and architeB , firfi began 
 to make known the beautiful manner , as is feen (not to mention many other 
 beautiful works of his) in the new Procuratia, which is the richeft and mofi 
 adorned edifice , that perhaps has been 7?iade fmce the antients \ but alfo in 
 many other places of lefs fa77ie , pai'ticularly in Vicenza, a city of no very la?ge 
 circumference , but full of mofi noble mtelleBs , and abound'mg fufficiently with 
 riches ; and where I had firfi a7i opportunity to praBife what I now publifto 
 for com 77 ion utility , where a great number of very beautiful fabricks are 
 to be feen , and where there have bee?i 7?iany ge7itle7nen very fiudious in this 
 art) who , for their nobility ajid excelleiit learnings are 7iot unworthy to be 
 nimibered a7nong the 7710 ft illufirious ; as Signor Giovan Giorgio Trissino, 
 the fplendor of our tunes ; the Counts Marc’ Antonio and Adriano De 
 Thieni, brothers ; Signor Antenore Pagello, Knight ; and befides thefe , 
 who are paffed to a better life , having eternized their 77ie7iiory in their beautiful 
 and 7 Jioft adorned fabricks , there is now Sig7ior Fabio Monza, intelligent in 
 a great tnany things ; Signor Elio De Belli, fon of Signor Valerio, fa¬ 
 mous for the artifice of ca7?iei s a?id engraving in cryftal ; Signor Antonio 
 Francesco Oliviera, who, befides the knowledge of 7nany fciences, is an 
 architeB , and an excellent poet, as he has fhewn in his Alemana, a poein in 
 heroick verfe, and in a fabrick of his at Bofchi di Nanto, a place in the Vicen- 
 tine ; and lafily, (to 07nit many more , who 7night very defervedly be placed in 
 thefiwie ra?ik) Signor Valerio Barbarano, a 7710 JI diligent obfei-ver of all 
 that belongs to this profeffion. 
 
 But to return to our fubjeB : As I ain to publijh thofe labours that I have 
 from 7 ny youth hitherto under gone ^ in fearchmg and meafuring (with the 
 greateft care and diligence I could) all thofe antient edifices that came to 7ny 
 knowledge ; and upon this occafion, in a few words, to treat of architeBure, as 
 orderly a?id diftinBly as was poffible for 7?ie ; I thought it would be very con¬ 
 venient to begin with private houfes , becaufe one ought to-believe^ that thofe 
 firfi gave rife to publick edifices ; it being very probable , that man fomnerly 
 lived by himfelf ; but afterwards , feeing he required the ajfifiance of other 7?ien , 
 to obtain thofe things that 7?iight 7?iake him happy , (if any happmefs is to be 
 found here below) 7iaturally fought and loved the coinpany of other 7nen : 
 whereupon of feveral houfes , villages were fonned.\ and then of 7)ia7iy villages , 
 cities^ and in thefe publick places a?id edifices were 7nade. 
 
 And alfo becaufe of all the parts of architeBure there is none fo necejfary to 
 7 nankind , nor that is oftener ufed than this , I /hall therefore firfi treat of pri¬ 
 vate houfes , and afterwards of publick edifices ; a?id /hall briefly treat of 
 ftreets, bridges , piazze , prifons , bafiliche (which are places of juft ice) xifii , 
 pale ft re (which are places where men exercifed theinfelves) of teinples , theatres , 
 amphitheatres, arches , baths , aqueduBs \ and lafily , of the 7Jianner of fortify- 
 ing cities and fea-ports. 
 
 And in all thefe books I Jloall avoid the fuperfluity of words , and Jimply give 
 thofe direBions that feem to me ?noft necejfary , and jhall 7nake ufe of thofe tenns 
 which at this tune are tnoft commonly in ufe atnong artificers. 
 
 And 
 
C E. 
 
 P R E F A 
 
 And becaufe I cannot promife any more myfelf (fave the long fatigue , 
 great diligence, and the love that I have bejiowed to underjland and praElife 
 what I now offer,) if it pleafes God that I may not have laboured in vain, 
 I Jhall heartily thank his goodnefs ; acknowledging withal, myfelf obliged to 
 thofe, that f om their beautiful inventions, and from the experience they had, 
 have left the precepts of fuch an art, becaufe they have opened a more cafy 
 and expeditious way to the difeovery of new things, and that by their means 
 we have attained to the knowledge of many things, which perhaps had other- 
 'wife been hid\ 
 
 77 je firfl part jhall be divided into two booh ; in the firjl Jhall be treated 
 of the preparation of the materials , and when prepared , how, and in what 
 manner, they ought to he put to ufe , from the foundation up to the roof; where 
 thofe precepts Jhall be, that are univerfal , and ought to be obferved in all edi¬ 
 fices , as well private as publick. 
 
 In the fiecond I Jhall treat of the quality of the fabrich that are fuitable 
 to the different ranks of men : firfl of thofe of a city ; and then of the mofl 
 convenient filiation for villa's, and in what manner they are to be difpofed. 
 
 And as we have but very few examples from the antients , of which we 
 can make ufe , I foall infert the plans and elevations of many fabricks I have 
 ereSled , for different gentlemen, and the defigns of the antients houfes , and of 
 thofe parts which are mofl remarkable in them, in the maimer that Vitruvius 
 Jbews us they were made. 
 
 ERRATA 
 
 P A G E 5 . line 24 . read Giovanni. I. 29 
 •*- Numentana. p. 6 . 1. ult. r. Tofo. p. 10 . 
 
 p. 2 -j. 1 . 38 . r. Paduan, p. 31 . 1. 44 . r. regolo. p. 32 . 1. 1 . r. triangle. 
 
 Damiano. I. 30 . r. St. Agnes , now called Santa Agnefa. 1. 31 . r. 
 . r. modiglions. p. 22 . 1 . 6 . x. dentflli only. p. 25 ? 1 . 5 . dele may 
 
 THE 
 
T H E 
 
 F I R 
 
 S T BOOK 
 
 O F 
 
 Andrea 
 
 ARCHITECTURE. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 Of the feveral particulars that ought to be conjiderd and prepat'd before we 
 
 begin to build. 
 
 G REAT care ought to be taken, before a building is begun, of the feveral parts of 
 the plan and elevation of the whole edifice intended to be raifed : For three 
 things, according to V i t r u vj u s, ought to be confidered in every fabrick, with¬ 
 out which no edifice will delerve to be commended and thefe are utility or con¬ 
 venience, duration and beauty. That work therefore cannot be called perfedt, 
 which ftiould be ufeful and not durable, or durable and not ufeful, or having both thefe ftiould 
 be without beauty. 
 
 A n edifice may be efteemed commodious, when every part or member Bands in its due place 
 and fit fituation, neither above or below its dignity and ufe ; or when the loggias , halls, cham¬ 
 bers, cellars and granaries are conveniently difpofed, and in their proper places. 
 
 The ftrength, or duration, depends upon the walls being carried diredtly upright, thicker 
 below than above, and their foundations ftrong and folid: obferving to place the upper co¬ 
 lumns diredtly perpendicular over thole that are underneath, and the openings of the doors and 
 windows exactly over one another 5 fo that the folid be upon the folid, and the void over the 
 void. 
 
 Beauty will refult from the form and correfpondence of the whole, with refpedt to the 
 feveral parts, of the parts with regard to each other, and of thefe again to the whole 3 that the 
 ftrudture may appear an entire and compleat body, wherein each member agrees with the other, 
 and all necelfary to compofe what you intend to form. 
 
 When thofe feveral particulars have been duly examined upon the model or draught, then 
 an exadt calculation ought to be made of the whole expence, and a timely provifion made of 
 the money, and of thofe materials that lhall feem moft necelfary, to the end that nothing may 
 be wanting, or prevent the compleating of the work. In fo doing, the builder will not only 
 be commended 3 but it will alfo be of the utmoft advantage to the whole ftrudture, if the walls 
 are equally and axpeditioufly carried up: for being thus difpatch’d, they will fettle proportion- 
 ably, every where alike, and not be fubjedt to thofe clefts fo commonly found in buildings that 
 have been finilh’d at divers times. 
 
 Therefore, having made choice of the moft fkilful artifts that can be had, by whofe 
 advice the work may the more judicioully be carried on, you muft then provide a fufficient 
 quantity of timber, ftone, fand, lime and metals 3 concerning which provifion I intend to lay 
 down fome veiy ufeful diredtions. There muft alfo be a fufficient number of joyfts, to frame 
 the floors of the halls and chambers 5 which ought to be difpofed and placed in fuch a manner, 
 that the diftance betwixt each joyft may be the width of one joyft and an half when they 
 are framed together. 
 
 B 
 
 You 
 
2 
 
 FIRST BOOK. 
 
 \° Y muft likewife obferve, that when the jambs of doors and windows are to be made not 
 to chufe Hones bigger than a fifth, or lefs than a fixth part of the void or opening. And if you 
 intend to adorn the building with columns or pilafters, make the bafes, capitals, and architraves 
 or ltone, and the other parts of brick. 
 
 , ^' T l r f pea -n°j 1,e W , alls ', C f e muft be taken ’ as the 7 are raifed . that they may propor- 
 t.onably be dunmiihedin the thicknefs. Which obfervation, if rightly applied, may beof fin- 
 
 fhe expend’ ^ C y ° U t0 “ ake a tmer eftlmate of ^e eharge, and avoid great part of 
 
 But as I (hall treat more diftinftly of thefe feveral particulars under their refpeaive heads 
 this general hint may luffice at prefent, and may lerve as a Iketch of the whole fabrick. 
 
 T U HE fame : regard1 is likewife to be had to the quality and goodnefs of thofe materials that 
 the belt may be chofen. The experience gained from the buildings of others, will very much 
 help to determine what is fit and expedient to be done. 3 
 
 And although Vixauvius, Leon Baptist a Alberti, and other excellent writers, 
 UU- laid down very ufelul rules with relpcft to the choice of the materials, I flail neverthe- 
 e,s take notice offuch as are moll eternal, that nothing may appear to be wanting in this 
 
 CHAP. II. 
 
 Of Timber. 
 
 ITR U VIUS tells us, in the ninth chapter of his fecond book, that timber ought to 
 . be idled m autumn, or during the winter feafon, in the wane of the moon : for then 
 the trees recover the vigour and folidity that in fpring and fummer was difperfed among their 
 leaves and fruit. It will, moreover be free from a certain moillure, very apt to engender worms 
 and rot it which at that time wil be confirmed and dried up. It ought likewife to be cut huj 
 to the middle of the pith and io left until it is thoroughly dry, that the moillure, the caufe of 
 putreiadhon, may gradually diftil and drop away. 
 
 When fell’d, it muft be laid in a proper place, where it may be flicker'd from the fouth 
 fun high wmds, and rain. That of a fpontaneous growth efpecially ought to be fully dried 
 and daubed over with cow-dung, to prevent its fplitting. It fhould not be drawn through 
 the dew, but removed rather in the afternoon ; nor wrought when wet and damn or very 
 dry: the one being apt to caufe rottennefs, and the other to make clumfy work. Neither will 
 it m lefs than three years be dry enough to be made ufe of in planks for the floors windows 
 and doors. 5 > 
 
 T " ° SE ‘ heEefore who are about f o build, ought to be inform’d from men thoroughly ac 
 quainted with the nature of timber, that they may know which is fit for lhch and filch ulis 
 and which not. 1 
 
 In the above-mentlon’d chapter Vitruvius gives many other ufeful direalons, befideswhat 
 other learned men have written upon that fubjedt. 
 
 CHAP. III. 
 
 Of Stones. 
 
 S TON ES are either natural, or artificially made by the induftry of men. The former are 
 taken out of quarries, and ferve to make lime (of which more hereafter) and alfo to raife 
 wails. Thole of which walls are commonly made, are marble and hard Hone, alfo called live 
 ltone j or foft, and tender. 
 
 MARB i L u I™ 1 llVe ?° n< ; ° Ught t0 be wrou S ht as foon as they are taken out of the 
 quarry, which then may be done with much more eafe than after they have continued fome 
 
 time 
 
3 
 
 FIRST BOOK. 
 
 time expofed to the air. But the fofter kind mu ft be dug in fummer, and placed undfer a 
 proper flielter for the fpace of two years before they are ufed, that they may more gradually 
 harden being thus defended from high winds, rain, and frofts (efpecially when the nature of 
 the ftone is not well known, or if it be dug out of a place that never was open’d before) by 
 which means they will be made much fitter to refill the inclemencies of the weather. 
 
 The reafon for keeping them fo long is, that being forted, thofe which have teceivd da¬ 
 mage, may be placed in the foundations; and the others, which have not been injured, fhould 
 be ul'ed above ground: and thus they will laid a long time. 
 
 The ftones artificially made are commonly called quadretli , or bricks, from their fhape. 
 Thefe ought to be made of a chalky, whitifli, and foft earth, dug up in autumn and tem¬ 
 per’d in winter, that, in the fpring following, it may the more conveniently be workd up into 
 bricks; always avoiding that earth that is over fat or fandy. But if necefhty obliges to make 
 them in the winter or fummer time, they muft carefully be cover’d during the former fealon 
 with dry fand, and in the latter with ftraw. When made, they require a long time to dry; 
 for which reafon a good flielter is the mod proper place, to caufe the outfide and mlide to 
 dry or harden equally, which can’t be accompliftied in lefs than two years. 
 
 An d as bricks are made either larger or fmaller, according to the quality of the building, 
 and their intended ufe; fo the antients made them larger for pubhek and great buildings than 
 for fmall and private ones; and therefore holes ought to be made here and there through 
 the larger, that they may dry and burn the better. 
 
 CHAP. IV. 
 
 Of Sand. 
 
 T HERE are three forts of fand commonly found ; pit, river, and fea fand. The beft 
 of all is pit fand, and is either black, white, red, or afli-colour’d ; which laft is a kind 
 of earth calcined by fubterraneous fires pent up in the mountains, and taken out of pits in 
 Tufcany * 
 
 They alfo dig out of the earth in ‘Terra di Lavoro, in the territories of Bata and Cuma, 
 a fort of fand, called Pozzolana by Vitruvius, which immediately cements in the water, 
 and makes buildings very ftrong. But long experience has ihewn, that of all the feveral kinds 
 of pit fand, the white is the worft. The beft river fand is that which is found in rapid ftreams, 
 and under’water-falls, becaufe it is moft purged. Sea fand, although the worft, ought to be 
 of a blackifti colour, and fhine like glafs: that which is large grained, and neareft to the 
 fliore, is beft. Pit fand, being fatteft, makes, for that reafon, the moft tenacious cement, 
 and is therefore employ’d in walls and long vaults; but it is apt to crack. 
 
 River fand is very fit for covering and rough-cafting of walls. Sea fand foon wets and 
 foon dries, and waftes by reafon of its fait, which makes it very unfit to fuftain any confi- 
 derable weight. 
 
 Every kind of fand will be good that feels crifp when handled, and, it. laid upon white 
 clothes, will neither ftain or leave earth behind it. But that fand is bad, which, being mix d 
 with water, makes it turbid and dirty: As alfo fuch as has remain d a long while expofed to 
 the weather; for then it will contain fo much earth and corrupt moifture, that it will be apt 
 to produce ihrubs and wild fig-trees, which are very prejudicial to buildings. 
 
 CHAP. V. 
 
 Of Lime, and of the method of working it into mortar . 
 
 T HE ftones of which lime is made, are either dug out of hills, or taken out of rivers; 
 
 All thofe taken out of hills are good where dry, brittle, free from moifture, or the mix¬ 
 ture of any fubftance, which being confumed by the fire, diminifties the ftone. That lime will 
 
 therefore 
 
* FIRST BOOK. 
 
 £“ ° f r hiCh iS ^ ^ for Bering and 
 makes an excellent lime “hbml^am mSf ‘etof^t ‘V’* “I* ° f ^ th “ 
 der water, becaufe it immediately fits, grows hard, and is\Jy lafting' ^ U '- 
 
 rf lime ? *■ *«* -** « 
 
 better titan the brown, as being the moTeX ^ k ‘d ^"Yebhl? T /•* vMte m 
 rapid ftreams, are excellent for lime ■„„] mil- , 1 ’• 1 Pebbles found in ivers and 
 
 ufed in .the rough-cafting of walls/ All L7H *£** 
 
 cr £ 
 
 ™.i w““o'fvs'i IttaoiiST™””' ,h ” m ’ ° ! ■* 
 
 C H A P. VI. 
 
 Of Metals. 
 
 IIE metals commonly employ’d in building are iron UoA 
 
 “—"* 4 U *“• 
 
 then it will eafily be made red-hot, will be foft enough tube wroughfand foread ^d ^ 
 hammer; but cannot io eafily be melted again except h k Jtu f ‘/' C ‘‘ f hc 
 
 putpofe: And if not well hammer'd when red-hot, Ft will burn and ** ** 
 
 I t is a fign the iron is good, if, when reduced into bars, you fee the veins rim fl-roin-l-,*- i 
 
 lhewZt P Aei?on ^ *« 
 
 the middie ; and, when wrought intS fquare plates, k any otLTlhTpT, if"! fit f°°'tjh1 
 
 endured^hThammer. 011 ' ^ «" d fc ““ * ^ « * k equally 
 
 takC " 0Ut n° f V he earthin ? S reat m& > without “y mixture, or in final! 
 lining, blackifli lumps ; and is fometimes found flicking in fmall flakes to the rocks m 
 
 marble, and to ffones. All the different forts melt very eafily, becaufe the he of the fie 
 liquifies it before it can be made red-hot 5 and if thrown intom extreme tt furnace it wU 
 
 b'hrk Fer 7b Ve ff f n bfta t 1Ce ’ but be converte d into litharge and drofs. Of the three forts the 
 black is thefoftell and moll weighty, and therefore will eafily Ibread under the hunmet 
 
 2a?3£ts! sr Tl " h “ d “ ■£• - wm.., .nd’rr. 
 
 PUBLICK 
 
FIRST BOOK. 
 
 5 
 
 Publick buildings are fometimes cover’d with copper; and the antients alfo made nails 
 and cramps thereof, which were fix’d in the done below, and to that above, to unite and tie 
 them together, and prevent them from being pufhed out of their place. And by means of 
 thefe nails and cramps, a building, which can’t poffibly be made without a great number of 
 pieces of ftone, is fo join’d and fix’d together, that it appears to be one entire piece, and for 
 the fame reafon is much dxonger and more durable. 
 
 These nails and cramps were likewife made of iron ; but the antients molt commonly 
 made them of copper, becaufe it is lei's fubjedt to ruff, and confequently will lad: much longer. 
 The Letters for inferiptions, that were placed in the frizes of buildings without, were made 
 of copper; and hiftory informs us, that the hundred famous gates of Babylon , and Hercules’ 
 two pillars, eight cubits high, in the ifland of Gades , were alfo made of that metal. 
 
 T h e bed: and mod: excellent copper is that which is extracted and purged from the ore 
 by fire. If it is of a red colour, inclining to yellow, well-grained, and full of pores, we may 
 then be pretty certain it is freed from drofs. 
 
 Copper will heat red-hot in the fire, like iron, and fo liquify that it maybe caff. If 
 thrown into an extreme hot furnace, it will not endure the dames, but totally confume and 
 • wafle away. Although it be hard, it will neverthelefs bear the hammer, and may be 
 wrought into very thin plates. The bed: method to preferve it is to dip it into tar; for tho’ it 
 does not ruft like iron, yet it has a peculiar rud:, called verdigreafe, especially if it be touched 
 witja any fharp liquor. 
 
 This metal mix’d with tin, lead and brafs (which lad: is only copper coloured with lapis 
 calaminaris ) makes bronze , or bell-metal, which is often ufed by architects in making bates, 
 columns, capitals, ftatues, and fuch-like ornaments. There are to be feen in the church of 
 St. Giovani Laterano in Rome four brafs columns (one of which only has its capital) mads 
 by the order of Augustus of the metal that was found in the prows of thofe {nips he had 
 taken in Egypt from Mark Anthony. 
 
 There alfo remains in Rome to this day four antient gates; viz. the Rotunda , formerly 
 the Pantheon ; that of St. Adriano, formerly the temple of Saturn ; that of St. Cofmo and 
 St. Domiano , formerly the temple of Castor and Pollux, or rather of Romulus and 
 Remus; and that of St. Agnas , now called St.Aghefe , without the gate Viminalisfu la via 
 Numenta. 
 
 The mod: beautiful of thefe is that of Santa Maria Rotunda j wherein the antients endea¬ 
 voured to imitate by art that fort of Corinthian metal in which the natural colour of gold 
 did moftly predominate: For we read, that when Corinth, now called Cor anto, was burnt and 
 deftroy’d, the gold, filver, and copper were melted and united into one mafs, which was 
 fo temper’d and mix’d together, that it compofed the three forts of brafs afterwards called 
 Corinthian. In the firft, filver prevailed, of which it retained the whitenefs and luftre ; the 
 fecond, as it partook more of the gold, retained moftly its yellow colour; the third was that 
 in which all the three metals were pretty equally mix’d. All thefe have afterwards been imi¬ 
 tated by various workmen. 
 
 Having fufficiently explained the feveral particulars and materials mod: neceflary to be 
 confider’d and prepared before we begin to build; it is proper, in the next place, to fay fome- 
 thing of the foundations, fince it is from them the whole work mud: be railed. 
 
 CHAP. VII. 
 
 Of the qualities of the ground where foundatiotis ought to he laid. 
 
 T HE foundations are properly called the bads of the fabrick, viz. that part of it under 
 ground which fuftains the whole edibce above; and therefore of all the errors that 
 can be committed in building, thofe made in the foundation are mod: pernicious, becaufe they 
 at once occafion the ruin of the whole fabrick, nor can they be rectified without the utmoft 
 
 C difficulty. 
 
6 
 
 FIRST BOOK. 
 
 difficulty. For which reafon the architect ffiould apply his utmoft diligence in this point; in- 
 aftnuch as in l'ome places there are natural foundations, and in other places art is required. ’ 
 
 We Five natural foundations when we build on a chalky foil, which in fome decree re- 
 fembles done * ; for thefe, without digging or any other affiftance from art, are of themfelves 
 very itrong and fufficient foundations, and capable to fuftain any great edifice, either on land 
 or in water. 
 
 But when nature does not furnifh foundations, then art muff be made ufe of; becaufe 
 the places to build on are fometimes either folid ground, gravel, find, or a moift and marffiy 
 foil. Where it is folid, the foundation need be no deeper than what the quality of the 
 building, and the folidity of the ground (hall require (according as the judicious architect (hall 
 Mink proper) and mud not exceed the iixth part of the height of the whole editice if there 
 are no cellars or iubterraneous offices wanted. 
 
 Observations made in digging of wells, citterns, and fuch like, are of great ufe and 
 very much help us to know the folidity of the ground; as do all'o the herbs that lpontane’oully 
 grow thereon, efpecially if they are fuch as lpring up only in a hard and firm foil. The fo- 
 lidity may likewile be known bv throwing a great weight upon the earth, provid i neith :r 
 ! h; 7' s or re £ unds m ay eafily be obferved by the help of a drum fet upon the ground 
 
 it the percuffion only gently moves it, without making it found, or without moving the water 
 in a vend fet near it:) It may alfo be judged of by the adjacent places. 
 
 But when the place is either Cindy or gravelly, regard mutt be had whether it be on land 
 or in the water. If it be on land, that only is to be obferved which has before been laid con¬ 
 cerning dry ground. But if buildings are to be in rivers, the (and and gravel will be alto¬ 
 gether ufelefs; becaufe the water, by its continual current and flood, is always (hitting 
 their bed : We mutt therefore dig until a firm and folid bottom be found. If that cannot 
 eafily be done, let fome of the find and gravel be taken out, and then piles, made of oak 
 mutt be driven in, until their ends reach the folid ground, upon which one may build 
 
 B ut if a building is to be railed upon a boggy foil, then it mutt be dug out until firm 
 ground be come at, and fo deep therein as is in proportion to the thicknefs of the watts and 
 the largenefs of the fabrick. ' 1 
 
 Sound and firm foils, fit to fuftain buildings, are of various kinds: For as Ai bfrtt 
 well obferves in fome places the foil is fo hard, that iron can fcarce cut its way into it ‘and 
 iometimes (till harder; in others blackiffi or whinfli, which is efteem’d the weakett • fome arc 
 like chalk or otherwise foft : But the beft is that which is cut with the moft labour and 
 when wet does not diflolve into mud, * 
 
 No buildings fhould be erefted on rains before their depth is firft known and whether 
 they are fufficient to fuftain the edifice. 5 
 
 Wh en the ground is foft, and finks very much, as it commonly does in bogs then piles 
 are to he ufed, whole length ought to be the eighth part of the height of the’walls and 
 their thicknefs the twelfth part of their length. The piles are to be driven fo clofe to one 
 another, as not to leave fpace for others to come in between. Care mutt all'o be taken to 
 drive them rather with blows frequently repeated, than fuch as are violent; that fo the earth 
 may bind the better to fatten them. 
 
 T he pilings are to be not only under the outfide walls, which are placed upon the canals • 
 but alio under thofe which are placed on the earth, and divide the fabrick: For if the foun 
 cknions of the middle walls are made different from thofe on the outlide, it will often happen 
 n t when he beams are placed by each other in length, and the others over them croffways’ 
 
 befid f > K 5 W1 m k ’ and J he °? ide ones > hy bei,, § piled, will remain unmov’d; whicV 
 
 whole edific^T'b ^ H t0 c ^ c"" oecafion a11 the to open, and ruin the 
 wnole edifice This danger therefore is to be avoided by a trifling expence in pilinn • for 
 
 forThe n outfid C pr ° p0rtl0n ° f the Walls ’ the P iIes in the middle will be f,nailer than ’thofe 
 
 * There are (trittly no proper words in Englijh for Tafo or Scaranto. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
FIRST BOOK, 
 
 CHAP. VIII. 
 
 Of foundations. 
 
 OUNDATIONS ought to be twice as thick as the wall to be built on them ■ and 
 regard m this Ihould be had to the quality of the ground, and the Wends of the edi 
 
 weight § tHem Sreater m f ° ft r0ilS ’ and VCry &1 ‘ d WhCre they are t0 aconfiderable 
 
 The bottom of the trench mud be level, that the weight may prefs equally and not fink 
 more on one hde than on the other, by which the walls would open. I^was^for this reafon 
 the anttents paved the faid bottom with Thertino, and we ufually put beams or planks ‘and 
 build on them. * » ailLl 
 
 The foundations mutt be made Hoping, that is, diminiihed in proportion as they rife ■ 
 but m luch a manner that there may be juft as much fet off on one tide ns on the other’ 
 that the middle of the wall above may fall plumb upon the middle of that below Which 
 alio mutt be obferved m the fetting off of the wall above ground; becaufe the building is by 
 this method made much Hronger than if the diminutions were done any other way. * 
 
 Sometimes (efpecially in fenny places, and where columns intervene) to lefTen the ex- 
 pence, the foundations are not made continued, but with arches, over which the building is to be. 
 
 I t is very commendable in great fabricks, to make fome cavities in the thicknefs of the 
 
 l l le j°Tc at r!° n t0 the l°°u •K ecaufe th , ey S ive vent to the winds and vapours, and 
 caufe them to do left damage to the budding. They fave expence, and are of no little ufe if 
 theie are to be circular Hairs from the foundation to the top of the edifice 
 
 T 
 
 CHAP. IX. 
 
 Of the feveral forts of walls. 
 
 HE foundations being laid, we are next to treat of the upright wall above ground. 
 
 The antients had fix forts of walls : The firfi: called reticulata ; the fecond of baked earth 
 or fquare bricks; the third of rough Hones, either from mountains or rivers; the fourth of 
 irregular ftones; the fifth of fquared Hones j the fixth called riempiuta. 
 
 The firH, called reticulata, is not in ufe in our time - but becaufe Vitruvius mentions 
 its being commonly uled in his, I have given a draught of it. 
 
 T h e y made the corners or angles of the building of bricks; and between every two foot and 
 a half, three courfes of fquare bricks were laid, which bound the thicknefs of the wall together. 
 

 O O K. 
 
 The brick walls of a city, or any other great building, fhould be made with fquare bricks 
 on both Tides, and the middle filled up with cement and pounded bricks. To every three foot 
 in height there muft be three courfes of larger bricks than the others, which take the whole 
 thicknefs of the wall. The firft courfe muft be with headers, that is, the fmalleft end of 
 the brick outwards; the fecond longway, or ftretchers; -and the third headers again. After 
 this manner are the walls of the Rotunda, the baths of Dioclesian, and all the antient 
 buildings that are at Rome. 1 
 
 > i' . ■ 
 
 E, the courfes of bricks that bind the whole wall. 
 
 F, the middle part of the wall, made of cement, between the feveral courfes and the 
 
 outward bricks. 
 
 The walls built of cement muft be fo made, that to every two foot, at leaft, there may 
 be three courfes of bricks, placed according to the method above-mentioned. Thus in Pied¬ 
 mont are the walls of Turin, which are built with large river-pebbles, fplit in the middle, and 
 placed in the wall with the fplit-fide outwards, making the work very upright and even. 
 
 The walls of the arena, or amphitheatre, in Verona, are alfo of cement, and at every three 
 feet diftance are three courfes of bricks. In like manner are other antient fabricks made, as 
 
 
 li 
 
 
 G, cement , or river-pebbles. 
 
 H, courfes of bricks, that bind the whole wall. 
 
 Those walls were faid to be uncertain, which were made of ftones of unequal angles 
 and Tides. To make thofe walls they ufed a fquaring rule of lead, which being bent where 
 the ftone was to be placed, ferved them in fquaring it. This they did that the ftones fhould 
 join well together, and that they might not be obliged to make frequent tryals whether the 
 ftone was rightly placed. There are feen at Prcenefie walls after this manner j and the antient 
 roads and ftreets were thus paved. 
 
 m 
 
 Walls 
 
FIRST BOOK, 
 
 9 
 
 Wa l l s may be feen, built with fquared ftones, at Rome y where flood the piazza and the 
 temple of Augustus, in which the letter ftones are key’d in with fome courfes of the 
 larger. v 
 
 In. if: L '£$h '"_a— j 
 
 
 Vfrr'T YtVi 
 
 
 K, courfes of the lejfer ftones. 
 
 L, courfes of the larger ftones. 
 
 The method the antients made ufe of to build the walls called riempiuta , or coffer-work, 
 was by placing two rows of planks edgeways, diftant the one from the other according to the 
 thicknefs they intended to give the walls, and then filled the void with cement, mix’d with 
 all kinds of ftones, and continued it in this manner from courfe to courfe. Walls of this 
 kind may be feen at Sirmion , upon the lake of Garda. Yl 
 
 M, planks laid edgeway. 
 
 N, inward part of the wall. 
 
 O, face of the wall , the planks being taken away. 
 
 The walls of Naples , that is, the antient ones, may be faid to be after this manner j which 
 have two walls of fquared ftones, four foot thick, and fix foot diftant the one from the other, 
 bound together with others that run crofs them. The coffers that remain between the traverfe 
 and out-walls are fix foot fquare, which are filled up with ftones and earth. vn 
 
 P, the outward ftone walls. 
 
 Q, the traverfe ftone walls to bind them together , 
 
 R, the coffers , filled with ftones and earth. 
 
 These, in fine, are the different forts of walls the antients made ufe of, footfteps of which 
 ftill remain: From which we may conclude, that all walls, let them be of what kind loever, 
 ought to have fome crofs courfes, as fo many ligaments to bind all the other parts together. 
 This muft particularly be obferved in brick walls, that, fhould the middle of the walls, through 
 length of time, fink or decay, the reft may not be fubjedt to ruin; as we fee happens in 
 many walls, particularly on the fide facing the north. 
 
 D 
 
 C H A P, 
 
10 
 
 FIRST BOOK. 
 
 CHAP. X. 
 
 Of the method obfei’ved by the antients in ereSiing Jlone edifices. 
 S it fometimes happens that an edifice is either to be 
 
 ... hi part or entirely built with marble 
 
 , or wrth huge pieces of other ftone, it feems reafonable that I fhould in this place men¬ 
 tion what method the antients oblerved on fuch occafions; becaufe it appears in their works 
 Inch exadt care was taken in the joining of their ftones, that the junctures in many places are 
 lcarce to be difcerned to which every one ought to be very attentive, who, befides beauty 
 delires the lohdity and duration of the fabrick. 
 
 But as far as I could ever comprehend, they firft wrought and fquared thofe Tides 
 of the ft ones that were to be laid upon one another, leaving the other Tides rough and 
 the building: For as the edges were then thicker and ftronger * they 
 cou. J the more conveniently manage and move them backwards and forwards, until they were 
 placed and well united together, with leTs danger of breaking them than if all the Tides had 
 been fquared and poliflied, which would have made them too thin, and coniequentlv more 
 apt to be Tpoiled. 1 ■ 
 
 And in this manner they built rough or ruftick edifices; and when thus finished thev 
 then pohlhed all thole Tides of the ftones that were expofed to view. As the rofes between 
 the modi lions, and the other ornaments carved in the cornice, could not however be To conve¬ 
 niently made after the ftones were fix’d, thefe were work’d whilft they lay upon the ground. 
 This is manifeft by the many ftones found unwrought and unpolilhed in a great many antient 
 buildings. 3 
 
 Tn e arch near the old caftle in Verona, and all the other arches and antient edifices in that 
 place, are made after the Tame manner ; which is very perceptible to any one that will take notice 
 of the marks the tools have made upon the ftones, which plainly fhew how they were wrought. 
 The ‘Trajan column in Rome and the Antonine were made in this manner; it would liave beeii 
 otherwife impoffible to fix the ftones lb exadly as to make the joints meet To cloTe together 
 athwart the heads and other parts of the figures. The fame may alfo be Ibid of the "other 
 arches that are Teen there. 
 
 When the antients had any very large Tabrick to build, fuch as the Arena in Verona, the 
 amphitheatre of Pola , or any other of that kind, to five time and expence, they only wrought 
 the impofts of the arches, the capitals and cornices, leaving all the reft ruftick, having a Re¬ 
 gard only to the beautiful form of the whole edifice. 
 
 But in temples, and other ftruftures that require more delicacy, they were not fparing 
 of their labour in working of them ; but ftnoothed and poliflied, even to the very fiutes of 
 the columns, with the utmoft care and accuracy. 
 
 But it is my opinion, that brick walls ought never to be made ruftick; nor the mantles 
 of chimneys, which require to be wrought very neat: For, befides being there inifapplied, it 
 would follow, that a work, which naturally ought to be one entire piece, would appear to’ be 
 divided into ieveral parts. But, according to the largenefs and quality of the building, it may 
 either be made ruftick or very neat; for what the antients judicioufly pratftifed (being’ thereto 
 compelled by the largenefs of their ftru&ures) muft not be imitated by us in buildings in which 
 neatnefs is particularly required. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
F I Pv S T BOOK. 
 
 11 
 
 CHAP. XI. 
 
 Of the diminution of walls , and of their feveral parts. 
 
 I T ought to be obferved, that walls fliould diminifh in proportion as they rife; therefore 
 thofe which appear above ground muft be but half as thick as the walls in the founda¬ 
 tions ; thofe of the fecond ftory half a brick thinner than the walls of the firft ? and in 
 this manner to the top of the building; but with difcretion, that the upper part be not too 
 thin. 
 
 The middle of the upper walls ought to fall diredtly upon the middle of the lower, 
 which will give the whole wall a pyramidal form. But when you are willing to make the 
 fuperficies or face of the upper walls to fall diredtly upon the lower, it muft be done towards 
 the inlide of the building; becaufe that the floors, beams or rafters, vaults, and other fup- 
 ports of the fabrick, will keep them from falling or giving way. 
 
 The difcharged part, or fet-off, which is on the outfide, may be covered with a fafcia 
 and a cornice; which, furrounding all the building, will be both an ornament, and a kind of 
 bond to the whole. And becaufe the angles partake of the two lides, in order to keep them 
 upright, and united together, they ought to be made very flrong and folid with long hard 
 flones, holding them as it were with arms. 
 
 T h e windows, and other openings, ought be as far diftant from the angles as poffibie; 
 or at lead: fo much fpace muft be left between the aperture and the angles as the width of 
 the opening or void. 
 
 Having thus treated of plain walls, wefhall next confider their ornaments j among which 
 none are more confiderable than columns, when they are properly placed, and in a juft pro¬ 
 portion to the whole edifice. 
 
 C FI A P. XII. 
 
 Of the five orders made ufe of by the antients . 
 
 T HE Tufcan, Dorick, Ionick, Corinthian, and Compofitc, are the five orders made ufe 
 of by the antients. Thefe ought to be fo difpofed in a building, that the mod: folid 
 may be placed undermoft, as being the mod: proper to fuftain the weight, and to give the 
 whole edifice a more firm foundation : Therefore the Dorick mud: always be placed under the 
 Ionick; the Ionick under the Corinthian; and the Corinthian under the Compofite. 
 
 The Tufcan being a plain rude order, is therefore very feldom ufed above ground, ex¬ 
 cept in villas, where one order only is employ’d. In very large buildings, as amphitheatres, 
 and fuch like, where many orders are required, this, inflcad of the Dorick, may be placed 
 under the Ionick. 
 
 B u t if you are dedrous to leave out any of thefe orders, as, for inflance, to place the 
 Corinthian immediately over the Dorick, you may, provided you always obferve to place the 
 mod: ftrong and folid undermod:, for the reafons above-mention’d. 
 
 The meafures and proportions of each of thefe orders I Oiall feparately fet down ; not fo 
 much according to Vitruvius, as to the obfervations I have made on feveral antient edifices. 
 But I fhall fird: mention fuch particulars as relate to all of them in general. 
 
 C II A P. 
 
FIRST BOOK, 
 
 CHAP. XIII. 
 
 Of the /welling and diminution of columns , and of the intercolumniations 
 
 and pilajlers, 
 
 ( ? / j 'HE columns in each order ought to be form’d in fuch a man- 
 
 JL ner > that the diameter of the upper part of the column may be 
 fmaller than at the bottom, with a kind of a fwelling in the middle. 
 
 It is to be obferved in the diminutions, that the higher the co¬ 
 lumns arc, the lefs they mutt diminifli ; becaufe the height, by reafon 
 of the diftance, has that effedt. 
 
 Therefore, if the column be fifteen foot high, the thicknefs at 
 the bottom muft be divided into fix parts and a half, five and a half 
 of which will be the thicknefs for the top. If from fifteen to twenty 
 foot high, divide the diameter at the bottom into feven parts, and fix 
 and a half will be the diameter above. The fame muft alfo be ob¬ 
 ferved in thofe from twenty to thirty foot high; the lower diameter 
 of which muft be divided into eight parts, and feven given to the up¬ 
 per. And fo in proportion, columns of a greater altitude ought in 
 the fame manner to be diminilhed, as Vitruvius tells us in the 
 fecond chapter of his third book. 
 
 As to the manner of making the fwelling in the middle, we have 
 no more to fiiew from Vitruvius but his bare promile; which is 
 the realon that moft writers differ from one another upon that fubjedt. 
 
 T h e method I ufe in making the profile of the fwellings is this; 
 I divide the fuft of the column into three equal parts, and leave the 
 lower part perpendicular; to the fide of the extremity of which I ap¬ 
 ply the edge of a thin rule, 'of the lame length, or a little longer than 
 the column, and bend that part which reaches from the third part up¬ 
 wards, until the end touches the point of the diminution of the up¬ 
 per part of the column under the collarino. I then mark as that curve 
 diredts, which gives the column a kind of fwelling in the middle, 
 and makes it projedt very gracefully. 
 
 An d although I never could imagine a more expeditious and fuc- 
 cefsful method than this, I am nevertheless confirmed in my opinion, 
 fince Signor Pietro Cataneo was fo well pleafed when I told him 
 of it, that he gave it a place in his Treatife of Architedture, with 
 which he has not a little illuftrated this profefiion. 
 
 A B, the third part of the column , which is left direBly per¬ 
 pendicular. 
 
 B C, the two thirds that are diminijhed. 
 
 C, the point of diminution under the collarino. 
 
 The intercolumniations, or the fpaces between the columns may 
 be of one diameter and a half of the column (the diameter being taken 
 at the lowed: part of the column.) They alfo may be of two, two 
 and a quarter, three, or more diameters; but the antients never allow’d 
 more, to thefe fpaces than three times the diameter of the column, ex¬ 
 cept in the Tufcan order, where the architrave was made of timber 
 the intercolumniations were then very large. Neither did they ever 
 allow lefs than one diameter and a half, which was the diftance they 
 uiually obferv d, elpecially when the columns were very high. 
 
 But, above all other, they approved of thofe intercolumniations 
 that were of two diameters and a quarter; and they reckon’d this a 
 
 beautiful 
 
FIRST BOOK. 
 
 beautiful and elegant manner of intercolumniation. And it ought to be obferved, that there 
 fhould be a proportion and correfpondence between the intercolumniations or fpaces, and the 
 columns; becaufe if fmall columns are placed in the larger fpaces, the greateft part of their 
 beauty will be taken away, by the quantity of air, or the vacuity between the fpaces, which 
 will diminifti much of their thicknefs. On the contrary, if large columns are placed in fmall 
 intercolumniations, the ftraitnefs or narrownefs of the fpaces will make them appear cl unify, 
 and without grace. Therefore if the fpaces exceed three diameters, the thicknefs of the co¬ 
 lumns ought to be a fcventh part of their height; as I have obferved in the following Tufcan 
 order. 
 
 B u t if the fpaces are three diameters, the columns ought to be feven and a half or eight, 
 diameters high; as in the Dorick order: If two and a quarter, the height of the columns 
 mull be nine diameters; as in the Ionick : If but two, the height of the columns fhould be 
 nine diameters and a half; as in the Corinthian: And, laftly, if of one diameter and a half, 
 the height of the columns muft be ten ; as in the Compofite. In which orders I have taken 
 this care, that they may ferve as an example for the different intercolumniations mention’d by 
 Vitruvius in the aforefaid chapter. 
 
 A n even number of columns ought always to be placed in the fronts of edifices, that an 
 intercolumniation may be made in the middle fomewhat larger than the others, that the doors 
 and entries, ufually placed in the middle, may be the better feen. And this is fufilcient as to 
 limple colonades. 
 
 B u T if loggia’s are made with pilafters, they ought to be fo difpofed, that the thicknefs 
 of the pilafters be not lefs than one third of the void or fpace between pilafter and pilafter; 
 and the thicknefs of thofe placed in the corners to be two thirds of the faid fpace, that fo the 
 angles of the fabrick may be both ftrong and folid. 
 
 And when they are to fuftain an exceeding great weight, as in very large buildings, they 
 ought then to be made as thick as half the void, like thofe of the theatre of Vicenza , and the 
 amphitheatre at Capua ; otherwife their thicknefs may be two thirds of the faid fpace, as thofe 
 of the theatre of Marcellus at Ro??ie, and that of Ogubio , now in poffeflion of Signor Ludo¬ 
 vico de Gabrielli, a gentleman of that city. 
 
 The antients fometimes made them as thick as the whole void, as thofe are in that part 
 of the theatre of Verona which is not upon the Mountain. But in private buildings they 
 muft not be lefs in thicknefs than the third part of the void, nor more than the two thirds 
 and ought to be fquare. But to leffen the expence, and to make the place to walk in larger, 
 they may be made lefs thick in the flank than front, to adorn which, half columns and pi¬ 
 lafters may be placed in the middle, to fupport the cornice over the arches of the loggia’s, 
 whofe thicknefs muft be proportionable to their height, according to each order; as may be feen 
 in the following chapters and defigns. 
 
 For the better underftanding of which, and to avoid my repeating the fame thing often, 
 it is to be obferved, that in the dividing and meafuring the faid orders, I would not make ufe 
 of any certain and determinate meafure peculiar to any city, as a cubit, foot, or palm, know¬ 
 ing that thefe feveral meafures differ as much as the cities and countries; but imitating Vi¬ 
 truvius, who divides the Dorick order with a meafure taken from the thicknefs or diame¬ 
 ter of the columns, common to all, and by him called a module, I ftiall therefore make ufe 
 of the fame meafure in all the orders. 
 
 The module ftiall be the diameter of the column at bottom, divided into fixty minutes; 
 except in the Dorick Order, where the module is but half the diameter of the column, di¬ 
 vided into thirty minutes, becaufe it is thus more commodious in the divifions of the faid 
 order. 
 
 From whence every one may, by either making the module greater or lefs, according 
 to the quality of the building, make ufe of the proportions and profiles belonging to each 
 order. 
 
 E 
 
 C H A P. 
 
i4 
 
 FIRST BOOK. 
 
 CHAP. XIV. 
 
 Of the Tuscan Order. 
 
 r HE Tufcan order, according to Vitruvius, and as in effedt it appears, is the moft 
 fimple and plain of all the orders in architecture 3 becaufe it retains fomething of the 
 former antiquity, and is deprived of thofe ornaments that make the others fo fightly and 
 beautiful. 6 } 
 
 I t was firft invented in Tufcany , a moft noble part of Italy , from whence its name is de¬ 
 rived. 
 
 Th e columns, with their bafe and capital, ought to be feven modules in height and to 
 be diminifhed at top a fourth part of their thicknefs. 
 
 If fimple colonades are made of this order, the fpaces or intercolumniations may be very 
 wide becaufe the architraves are made of wood, which will therefore be very commodious 
 for vdla’s, becaufe it admits of paflkge for carts, and other country implements, befides beine 
 of little expence. ° 
 
 But if gates or loggia’s with arches are to be made, then the meafures marked in the 
 delign are to be uled in which the ftoncs are bonded, as I think they ought to be. I have 
 all'o been mindful of this in the defigns of the other four orders. And this way of difpofing 
 and bonding the ftones I have taken from many antient arches3 as will be leen in my Book 
 of arches 3 and in this I have ufed great diligence. 
 
 A, the architrave of ’wood. 
 
 B, the joyfls ’which form the corona or drip. 
 
 T h e pedeftals placed under the columns of this order are to be made plain, and one mo¬ 
 dule in height. The height of the bafe is half the diameter of the column 3 and this height 
 is to be divided into two equal parts, one to be given to the plinth, which is made with the 
 compafs, and the other divided into four parts, one to be given to the fillet, all'o called the 
 cimhia, which may fometimes be made lei's, and in this order only is part of’the bafe which 
 in all the other is part of the column 3 the other three parts are for the torus or baftone. The 
 projection of this bafe is the fixth part of the diameter of the column. 
 
 T h e height of the capital is half the diameter of the lower part of the column, and is 
 divided into three equal parts ; one is given to the abaco, (which from its form is’ ufually 
 called the dado ) the other to the ovolo , and the third is divided into leven parts 3 of one the 
 fillet under the ovolo is made, and the remaining fix are for the collarino. The height of 
 the aftragal is double that of the liftello or fillet under the liftello, and its center is made upon 
 the line that falls perpendicularly upon the faid liftello, upon which all'o falls the projection 
 of the cimbia, which is as thick as the liftello. 
 
 The projection of tins capital anfwers to the Ihaft of the column below3 the architrave 
 is made of wood, equal in height as in width, and not to exceed in width the Ihaft of 
 the column at top. The projecture of the joyfts that form the gronda or drip, is a fourth 
 part of the length of the column. 
 
 These are the meafures of the Tufcan order, according to Vitruvius. 
 
 A, Abaco. 
 
 B, Ovolo. 
 
 C, Collarino. 
 
 D, Afragal. 
 
 E, the f:aft of the column at top. 
 
 F, the fiaft of the column below. 
 
 G, Cimbia or CinBure. 
 
 H, Toro or Bafone. 
 
 I, Orlo. 
 
 K, Pedefal. 
 
 The profiles placed near the plan of the bafe and capital are the imports of the arches. 
 
 But 
 
FIRST BOOK 
 
 But when the architraves are to be made of ftone, then what has been faid before, with 
 refpedt to the intercolumniations, mull be obferved. 
 
 There are antient buildings Ml to be feen, which, as they partly retain the fame mea- 
 fures, may be faid to have been formed of this order, like the arena of Verona , the arena 
 and theatre of Pola , and many others; from which I have taken the profiles of the bafe, 
 capital, architrave, frize, and cornices, placed upon the laft plate of this chapter, as alfo thofe 
 of the imports of arches, and fliall infert the defigns of all thefe feveral edifices in my books 
 of antiquity. 
 
 A, Gola diritta. 
 
 B, Corona. 
 
 C, Gocciolatrio e 
 
 D, Cavetto. 
 
 E, Fregio , or fr 
 
 F, Architrave. 
 
 G, Cimacio 
 
 H, Abaco 
 
 I, Gola diritta 
 
 K, Collari?io. 
 
 Directly oppofite to the architrave marked F, there is the profile of an architrave 
 formed with more delicacy. 
 
 Gola diritta. 
 
 : ze. 
 
 of the capital. 
 
 L, AJlragal. 
 
 M, Shaft of the column under the capital. 
 
 N, Shaft of the column at bottom. 
 
 O, Cirnbia of the column. 
 
 P, j Bafo?ie and Gola ) 
 
 or Torus of the bafe. 
 
 Q^ Orlo 
 
 \° J 
 

 
 B 
 
 
 P. B 
 
 1 
 
 . ^ 
 
 4- A 
 
 'jn 
 
 MO. 1 . 4 . 
 
 
 V 
 
 N 
 
 c 
 
 7 
 
 7 
 
 
 
 
 M O. a . . 
 
FIRST BOOK. 
 
 
 CHAP. XV. 
 
 Of the Dorick Order. 
 
 T HE Dorick order had both its name and origin from the Dorians , a Greek nation in 
 Afia. If the columns of this order are made alone, and without pilafters, they ought 
 to be feven diameters and a half or eight in height: the intercolumniations are fomething lefs 
 than three diameters of the column; which manner of placing columns, to form colonades, 
 is called by Vitruvius diaftilo’s. 
 
 But when they are fupported with pilafters, their height ought to be feventeen modules 
 and one third, including the bafe and capital. And it is to be obl'erved, as I have faid before 
 in chap. xiii. that the module in this order, only, is but half the diameter of the column 
 divided into thirty minutes, and in all the other orders it is the whole diameter divided into 
 fixty minutes. 
 
 N o pedeftal is to be feen in antient buildings to this order, although there are in the 
 modern; therefore when a pedeftal is required, the dado ought to be made fquare, from which 
 the meafures of all its ornaments muft be taken, becaufe it is to be divided into four equal 
 parts ; two of them ftiall be for the bafe with its zocco or plinth, and one for the cimacia, 
 to which the orlo of the bafe muft be joined. Some pedeftals of this kind are ftill to be feen 
 in the Corinthian order, at Verona , in the arch called de Leoni. 
 
 I h A v e inferted different profiles, that may be adapted to the pedeftals of this order ; all 
 of them beautiful, and taken from the antients, and meafured with the utmoft diligence. 
 
 This order has no bafe peculiar to it, which is the reafon that in a great many edifices 
 the columns are to be feen without bafes : As at Rome, in the theatre of Marcellas ; in the 
 temple de la Pieta , near the faid theatre ; in the theatre of Vicenza ; and in divers other places. 
 
 But the Attick bafe is fometimes joined to it, which adds very much to its beauty; and 
 the meafures are thus. The height muft be half the diameter of the column, which is to be 
 divided into three equal parts; one goes to the plinth or zocco, the other two are divided into 
 four parts, one of which is for the upper baftone; the remaining three are again divided into 
 two equal parts, one of which is for the lower torus, the other to the cavetto with its liftello’s, 
 therefore muft be divided into fix parts, the firft for the upper liftello, the fecond for the 
 lower, and four remain for the cavetto. 
 
 The projedture is the fixth part of the diameter of the column. The cimbia is half the 
 upper torus. If it is divided from the bafe, its projedture is one third part of the whole pro¬ 
 jedture of the bafe; but if the bafe and part of the column make one entire piece, the cimbia 
 muft be made thin: As may be feen in the third defign of this order, where there are alfo two 
 different forts of impofts of archt 
 
 A, Shaft of the column. 
 
 B, Cimbia or filet. 
 
 C, Upper Torus. 
 
 D, Cavetto with its Lifellos 
 E, Lower Torus. 
 
 The capital ought to be in height half the diameter of the column, and is to be divided 
 into three parts. The upper part is given to the abaco and cimacio. The cimacio is two of 
 the live parts thereof, which muft be divided into three parts; with the one the liftello is 
 made, and with the other two the gola. The fecond principal part is divided into three equal 
 parts ; one to be given to the annelli or annulets, or gradetti, which three are equal; the other 
 two remain for the ovolo, which projedts two thirds of its height. The third part is for the 
 collarino. 
 
 The whole projedture is the fifth part of the diameter of the column. The aftragal or 
 tondino is as high as all the three annelli, and projedts equal to the lower part of the lhaft 
 of the column. The cimbia is half the height of the aftragal or tondino, and its projedture 
 is diredtly plumb with the centre of the faid aftragal. 
 
 F 
 
 F, Plinth or Zocco. 
 
 G, Cimacia \ 
 
 H, Dado > of the pedefals. 
 
 I, Bafe S 
 
 K, Impofls of arches. 
 
 The 
 
FIRST BOOK. 
 
 The architrave is placed upon the capital, the height of which mult be half the diameter 
 of the column, that is, a module. It is divided into feven parts. With one the tenia or 
 bcnda is made, whofe projedture muft be equal to its height j then the whole is again di¬ 
 vided into fix parts, one is given to the goccie, which ought to be fix, and to the liftello un¬ 
 der the. tenia, which is a third part of the faid goccie. 
 
 From the tenia downwards the remainder is again divided into feven parts j three arc to be 
 given to the firft fafcia, and four to the fecond. ' The frize is a module and a half in height 
 The breadth of the triglyph is one module, and its capital the fixth part of a module. The 
 triglyph is to be divided into fix parts ; two of which are for the two channels in the mid¬ 
 dle, one for the two half channels at the ends, and the other three for the fpaces between 
 the faid channels. 
 
 The metopa, or fpace between triglyph and triglyph, ought to be as broad as it is high. 
 The cornice muft be a module and one fixth in height, and divided into five parts and a half 
 two of which are given to the cavetto and ovolo. The cavetto is lefs than the ovolo by the 
 width of its liftello. The remaining three parts and a half are to be given to the corona or 
 cornice, which is vulgarly called gocciolatoio , and to the gola or cima redta and reverfa. 
 
 The corona ought to projedt four parts in fix of the module, and have on its foffit, that 
 looks downwards, and projects forward, fix drops, or guttce, in length, and three in breadth 
 with their liftelli over the triglyphs, and fome rofes over the metopa*. The gutta are round* 
 fiiaped like bells, and anfwer to thofe under the tenia. 
 
 The gola muft be an eighth part thicker than the corona, and divided into eight parts; 
 
 two arc to be given to the orlo, and fix remain for the gola, whofe projedture is feven parts 
 
 find n half 
 
 and a half. 
 
 Therefore the height of the architrave, frize and cornice is a fourth part of the al¬ 
 titude of the column. r 
 
 These are the dimenfions of the cornice, according to Vitruvius; from which I have 
 deviated in altering fome of the members, and making them fomewhat larger. 
 
 A, Gola reEla. 
 
 B, Gola reverfa. 
 
 C, Gocciolatoio or Corona. 
 
 D, Ovolo. 
 
 E, Cavetto. 
 
 F, Capital of the Triglyph. 
 
 G, Triglyph. 
 
 L, Firjl Fafcia. 
 
 H, Metopa. 
 
 I, Tenia. 
 K, Goccie. 
 
 Parts of the capital. 
 
 N, Cimacio. 
 
 O, Abaco. 
 
 P, Ovolo. 
 
 S, Aflragal. 
 
 T, Cimbia. 
 
 V, Shaft of the column. 
 
 X, Plan of the capital, and the module 
 
 Q, Gradetti or Annulets. 
 
 R, Collarino. 
 
FIRST BOOK. 
 
 *9 
 
 CHAP. XVI. 
 
 Of the I o n i c k Order. 
 
 T HE Ionick order had its origin from Ionia , a province in Afia , of which it is faid that 
 the temple of Diana at EpheJ'us was built. The columns, with the capital and bafe, 
 are nine modules high. By a module is underdood the lower diameter of the column. 
 
 The architrave, frize, and cornice are a fifth part of the altitude of the column. In the 
 defigns of fimple colonades, the intercolumniations are of two diameters and a quarter, which 
 is the mod: beautiful and commodious manner of intercolumniations, and by Vitruvius 
 called Euftilo's. In the defign of arches the piladers are a third part of the void, and the 
 arches are two fquares high. 
 
 I f a pededal is to be put to Ionic columns, as in the defign of arches, it mud be made 
 as high as half the width of the arch, and divided into feven parts and a half; two of which 
 are for the bafe, one for the cimacia, and the remaining four and a half for the dado, that 
 is, the middle plain. 
 
 T h E bafe of the Ionick order mud: be half a module in thicknefs, and divided into three 
 parts; one to be given to the plinth, whofe projedture is the fourth and eighth part of the 
 module ; the other two are divided into feven parts, three of which are for the badone or 
 torus; the other four are again divided into two, of one is made the upper cavetto, and 
 with the other the lower, which mud projedt more than the other. 
 
 The adragal mud be the eighth part of the cavetto. The cimbia of the column is the 
 third part of the badone or torus of the bafe. But if the bale is joined with part of the 
 column, then the cimbia mud be made thinner, as I have faid in the Dorick order. Thefe 
 are the dimenfions of the Ionick bafe, according to Vitruvius. 
 
 But as in many antient buildings Attick bafes are feen placed under the columns of this 
 order, and they pleafe me better fo, I have drawn the faid bafe upon the pededal, with a 
 little torus under the cimbia; but at the fame time I have not omitted the defign of that or¬ 
 der’d by Vitruvius. 
 
 The defigns marked L are two different profiles, to make the impods of arches, the 
 dimenfions of each of which are marked in numbers, lhewing; the minutes of the module 
 
 as it has been obferved in all the other defigns. 
 pilader is thick, which fupports the arch. 
 
 A, Shaft of the column. 
 
 B, T mdino or Afragal , with the Cimbia , 
 
 and are members of the column. 
 
 C, upper Baft one or Torus. 
 
 D, Cavetto. 
 
 E, lower Baftone or Torus. 
 
 Thefe impods are half as high again as the 
 
 F, Orlo joined to the Cimacia of the pedeftal. 
 
 G, the Cimacia in two different forms ) , 
 
 H, Dado ■“ i ft*. 
 
 I, BaJ'e in two different forms J e J a • 
 
 K, Orlo or Plinth of the Bafe. 
 
 L, Impofts of the arches. 
 
 T o form the capital, the foot of the column mud be divided into eighteen parts, and 
 nineteen of thefe parts is the height and width of the abaco, half thereof is the height of the 
 capital with the volute, which is therefore nine parts and a half high; one part and half mud 
 be given to the abaco with its cimacio, the other eight remain for the volute, which is thus 
 made. 
 
 One of the nineteen parts is to be allowed from the extremity to the infideof the cimacio, 
 and from that place where the point was made, a line mud fall perpendicular, which divides 
 the voluta in the middle, called catheto. And where the point is upon the line which fepa- 
 rates the fuperior four parts and a half from the inferior three and a half, the centre of the 
 eye of the voluta mud be made, whofe diameter is one of the eight parts- And from the 
 faid point a line mud be drawn, which interfering with the catheto at redtangles, divides the 
 voluta into four parts. 
 
 Then 
 
20 
 
 FIRST BOOK. 
 
 Th t n a fquare ought to be formed in the eye of the voluta, half the diameter of the Bid 
 eye in bignefs, and diagonal lines drawn. Upon which lines the points are marked whereon 
 the fixed foot of the compares mull be placed in forming the voluta. Thele are thirteen in 
 number, including the centre of the eye of the faid voluta. " The order that ought to be obferved 
 in them will plainly appear by the numbers placed in the defign. 
 
 T h e aftragal of the column is in a diredt line with the eye of the voluta. The thicknefs 
 of the voluta in the middle mud be equal to the projedture of the ovolo, which projedts be¬ 
 yond the abaco juft as much as the eye of the voluta is. The channel of the voluta is even 
 with the fhaft of the column. 
 
 The aftragal of the column goes quite round under the voluta, and is always feen, as 
 appears by the plan: For it is natural, that a thing fo tender as the voluta is fuppofed to be, 
 fhould give way to a hard one, fuch as the aftragal, from which it mull always be equally 
 diftant. 
 
 Capitals are generally made in the angles of colonades and portico’s of this order, with 
 voluta: not only in front, but all'o in that part which, if the capital was made as ufual, would 
 be the flankj by which means they have the fronts on two fides, and are called angular ca¬ 
 pitals. I fhall fhew how thefe are made in my book of temples. 
 
 A, Abaco. E, Cimbia. 
 
 B, Channel or hollow of the Voluta. F, Shaft of the column. 
 
 C, Ovolo. G, The line called Catheto. 
 
 D, Tondino or Afragal under the Ovolo. 
 
 In the plan of the capital the faid members are countermarked with the fame letters. 
 
 S, The eye of the Vdata in a larger form. 
 
 Members of the bafe, according to Vitruvius. 
 
 K, Shaft of the column. 
 
 L, Cimbia. 
 
 M, Bajlone or Torus. 
 
 N, Firjl Cavetto. 
 
 O, Tondini or AJlragals. 
 
 P, Second Cavetto. 
 
 Q, Orlo or Plinth. 
 
 R, Projecture of the bafe. 
 
 The architrave, frize and cornice are, as I have faid, a fifth part of the height of the 
 column, the whole to be divided into twelve parts, of which the architrave is four parts, the 
 frize three, and the cornice five. 
 
 The architrave is to be divided into five parts ; of one its cimacio is made, and the re¬ 
 maining four divided into twelve parts, three of which are given to the firft fafeia and its 
 aftragal; four to the fecond and its aftragal, and five to the third. 
 
 T h e cornice is to be divided into feven parts and three fourths; two muft be given to the 
 cavetto and ovolo, two to the modiglion, and three and three fourths to the corona and gola 
 or cima. Its projedture is equal to its height. I have defigned the front, flank, and plan of 
 the capital ; as alfo the architrave, frize, and cornice, with their proper ornaments. 
 
 A, Gola or Cima re51 a. 
 
 B, Gola, or Cima reverfa. 
 
 C, Gocciolatoio or Corona. 
 
 D, Cimacio of the Modiglions. 
 
 E, Modiglions. 
 
 F, Ovolo. 
 
 G, Cavetto. 
 
 H, Fregio or frize. 
 
 I, Cimacio of the architrave. 
 
 K, Firjl Fafeia. 
 
 L, Second Fafeia. 
 
 M, Third Fafeia. 
 
 Members of the capital. 
 
 N, Abaco. Tondino of the column or Afragal. 
 
 O, Hollow of the Volufa. R, Shaft of the column. 
 
 P, Ovolo. 
 
 T H e foffit of the cornice is where the rofes are between one modiglion and the other. 
 
■*■ ' 
 

FIRST BOOK. 
 
 CHAP. XVII. 
 
 Of the Corinthian Order. 
 
 T HE Corinthian order, which is more beautiful and elegant than any of the foregoing 
 orders, was firft invented in Corinth , a moft noble city in Peloponefus. 
 
 The columns are like thofe of the Ionic order, being five modules and a half in height, 
 including their bafe and capital. When they are to be fluted, they ought to have twenty four 
 channels or flutes, whofe depth muff be half of their width. The (paces between two flutes 
 muft be one third of the width of the faid flutes. 
 
 The architrave, frize and cornice are a fifth part of the height of the whole column. In 
 the defign of a fimple colonade the intercolumniations are of two diameters, as they are in 
 the portico of St. Maria la Rotunda at Rome ; which manner of placing columns is by Vi- 
 truvius called Sijlilos. In that of arches the pilafters are two fifths of the void, which 
 void is two fquares and a half, including the thicknefs of the arch. 
 
 The pedeftals to be placed under Corinthian columns ought to be one fourth of the height 
 of the columns, and divided into eight parts; one to be given to the cimacia, two to its 
 bafe, and the remaining five for the dado. The bafe muft be divided into three parts; two 
 to be given to the zocco or plinth, and one to the cornice or molding. 
 
 The Attick is the bafe to thefe columns, but differs from that which is placed under the 
 Dorick order, its projedture being but one fifth part of the diameter of the column. It may alfo 
 vary in fome other parts; as is feen in the defign, where the impofts of the arches are alfo 
 profiled, whofe height is half as much again as the thicknefs of the members or pilafters that 
 iupport the arch. 
 
 A, the fhaft of the column. 
 
 B, the Cimbia or Cindlure, and Tondino 
 or Afragal of the column. 
 
 C, the upper Baflone or Torus. 
 
 D, Cavetto with its Ajlragal. 
 
 E, lower Bafone or Torus. 
 
 F, Orlo of the bafe joined to the Cimacia of the 
 
 pedejlal. 
 
 G, Cimacia 
 
 H, Dado > of the pedeflal. 
 
 I, Cornice of the bafe j 
 
 K, Orlo of the bafe. 
 
 The impofs of the arches is by the fide of the column. 
 
 The height of the Corinthian capital ought to be the diameter of the column below, and 
 a fixth part more, which is allowed to the abaco. The remainder is divided into three equal 
 parts; the firft is given to the firft leaf, the fecond to the fecond, and the third is again di¬ 
 vided into two parts. In that part neareft to the abaco muft be made the caulicoli or ftems, 
 with their leaves, that feem to be fupported by them, and from which they arii'e ; therefore 
 the fhaft or Item from whence they fpring fhould be thick, and diminifh gradually in their 
 foldings, imitating thereby the plants, which are thicker in the part from whence they fprout, 
 than at the extremities of their branches. 
 
 The campana , which is the body of the capital under the leaves, ought to fall diredtly 
 perpendicular with the bottom of the flutes of the columns. To form the abaco, and to give 
 it a fuitable projedture, a fquare is to be made, every fide whereof muft be a module and a 
 half, within which let diagonal lines be drawn, and in the middle or centre where they in- 
 terfedt, the fix’d point of the compaffes ought to be placed, and towards every angle of the 
 fquare a module is to be marked; then, where the points are, lines that interfedt the faid 
 diagonals at redtangles muft be drawn, fo as to touch the fides of the fquare, and thefe will 
 be the bounds of the projedture, the length of which will alfo give the width of the horns 
 of the abaco. 
 
 The curvature, or diminution, is made by drawing a thread from one horn to the other, 
 and taking the point where the triangle is formed whofe bafe is the diminution, then a line 
 is to be drawn from the extremities of the faid horn to the extremity of the aftragal or tondi¬ 
 no of the column, which line the tip of the leaves is to touch, or they may come out a little more, 
 
 G and 
 
22 FIRST BOOK. 
 
 and this is their proje&ure. The width of the rofe ought to be a fourth part of the lower 
 diameter of the column. 
 
 The architrave, frize, and cornice, as I have faid, are one fifth of the height of the 
 column, and the whole to be divided into twelve parts, as in the Ionick; but with this dif¬ 
 ference, that in this the cornice is to be divided into eight parts and a half, one of which is 
 given to the intavolato or cima reverfa, another to the dentello or dentels, the third to the 
 ovolo, the fourth and fifth to the modiglion, and the remaining three and a half to the corona 
 and gola. 
 
 The projc&ure of the cornice is equal to its height. 
 
 1 h e pannels for the rofcs placed between the modiglions muft be fquare, and the modiglions 
 half as broad as the plane of the faid rofes. 
 
 The members of this order are not marked with letters, as the foregoing ; becaufe by them 
 thefe may ealily be known. 
 
r im 1$ r Aui ai uxi !^l xx 
 
 Vwvv . T~Iv . v . V> . ' . I 
 
 „.' . A.,1 
 
 
 from middle to middle of Column • MO . 6 
 
 WMMfflmM 
 
 XXII 
 
 HlN 
 

 
 'll Cl 
 
 3EZ3HSZ3HEiaHEZ3S? 
 
 Z3HSZ3HEZ3K 
 
 xr o . ,r >- i 
 
 taflMitM/AYf'/A\l 
 
 ■_ ///////////////// 
 
 XXIV 
 
 n ei 
 
 iTi 
 
24 
 
 FIRST BOOK- 
 
 CHAP. XVIII. 
 
 Of the Composite Order. 
 
 T H E Compofite order, which is alfo called Latin from its having been the antient Romans 
 invention, and alfo becaufe it partakes of two of the foregoing orders. The moll re¬ 
 gular and beautiful is that which is compofed of the Ionic and Corinthian. 
 
 I t is made more llender than the Corinthian, and may be formed like that in all its parts, 
 except the capital. The columns ought to be ten modules high. 
 
 In the defigns of fimple colonades the intercolumniations are of one diameter and a half, 
 which is called by Vitruvius Pienoftilo's. In that of arches the pilafbers are half the void 
 of the arch, and the arches are two fquares and a half high under the vault. 
 
 And becaufe this order, as I have faid, ought to be formed more llender than the Co¬ 
 rinthian, its pedellal is a third part of the height of the column divided into eight parts and 
 a half; of one the cimacia of that bafe is made, and live and a half remain for the dado. 
 The bale of the pedeffals is divided into three parts two are given to the zocco or plinth, and 
 one to its ballone and gola. 
 
 The Attick may ferve for the bafe of this column, as in the Corinthian ; and alfo may 
 be form’d compofed of the Attick and Ionick, as appears by the defign. 
 
 The profile of the impoll of the arches is on one fide of the dado of the pedellal, the 
 height of which is equal to the thicknefs of the membretto . 
 
 The dimenfions of the Compofite capital are the fame as thofe of the Corinthian, but 
 differs from it in the voluta, ovolo, and fufarolo , which members arc attributed to the Ionick. 
 The method of forming which is thus: From the abaco downwards the capital is to be di¬ 
 vided into three parts, as in the Corinthian; the firll to be given to the firll leaf, the fecond 
 to the fecond, and the third to the voluta, which is formed in the fame manner, and with 
 the fame points with which it was faid the Ionick was made, and takes up l'o much of the 
 abaco that it feems to grow out of the ovolo near the flower, which is placed in the middle 
 of the curvature of the faid abaco, and is as thick in front as the blunt part that is made over 
 the horns thereof, or a little more. 
 
 The thicknefs of the ovolo is three parts in five of the abaco. Its lower part begins pa¬ 
 rallel with the lower part of the eye of the voluta, and projects three parts of four of its height, 
 and is with its projetture perpendicular to the curvature of the abaco, or a little more. 
 
 The fufarolo is one third part of the height of the ovolo, and its projedture a little more 
 than half its thicknefs, and goes round the capital under the voluta always in fight. 
 
 The gradetto , which is placed under the fufarolo that forms the orlo of the campana of 
 the capital is half the fufarolo. The body of the campana anfwers diredlly to the bottom of 
 the flutes of the columns. 
 
 I have feen one of this kind at Rome , from which I have taken the faid dimenfions, be¬ 
 caufe I thought it extremely beautiful, and exceedingly well contrived. 
 
 There are alfo capitals to be feen formed in another manner, that may be called Com¬ 
 pofite, of which mention fhall be made and the defigns placed in my books of antiquity. 
 
 The architrave, frize and cornice are a fifth part of the height of the column. Their 
 proportions and diviflons may eafily be known by what has been laid in the other orders, and 
 by the numbers placed in the defigns. 
 
2 S 
 
 FIRST BOOK. 
 
 CHAP. XIX. 
 
 Of Pedestals. 
 
 1 H A V E hitherto laid as much as I thought neceflary with refpeCt to plain walls, and 
 their ornaments ; and have particularly touched upon the feveral pedeftals that may be ap¬ 
 plied to each order. 
 
 But tho the antients may leem to have had no regard to form a pedeftal larger for one 
 order than another ; yet this member is a very great addition both in point of ornament and 
 beauty when it is made with judgment, and in due proportion to the other parts. 
 
 I n order that the architect may have a perfeCt knowledge of pedeftals, and be able to 
 ule them upon all occalions; it is to be oblerved, that the antients made them fometimes 
 fquare, equal in height and width, as in the arch of Leoni at Verona. Thefe I have given 
 to the Dorick order, becaufe it requires folidity. 
 
 They fometimes made them by taking the meafure from the opening, as in the arch of 
 Titus at Santa Maria Nova in Rome , and that of Trajan over the port of Ancona., where the 
 height of the pedeftal is half the void of the arch. Which kind of pedeftal I have placed 
 in the Ionick order. 
 
 They fometimes took the dimenfion from the height of the column, as may be feen in 
 an arch that was ereCted in honour of Augustus Caesar, at Sufa , a city fituated it the 
 foot of the mountains that part France and Italy 5 in the arch of Pola, a city in Dalmatia 3 
 and in the amphitheatre at Rome , in the Ionick and Corinthian orders; in which edifices the 
 pedeftal is one fourth of the height of the columns, as I have obferved in the Corinthian 
 order. In the arch of Cajlel Vecchio at Verona, which is exceeding beautiful, the pedeftal is 
 a thud part of the heignt of the column, as T hnvn placed it in the Compofitc order. Thefe 
 are the moft beautiful forms of pedeftals, and fuch as have a fine proportion to the other 
 parts. 
 
 When Vitruvius, in his fixthbook, fpeaking of theatres, makes mention of the pOggio, 
 it is to be obferved, that the poggio is the fame as the pedeftal, which is a third of the length 
 of the column, placed as an ornament to the feene. 
 
 But pedeftals that exceed a third part of the columns may be feen in the arch of Con - 
 jlantine at Rome , where the pedeftals are two fifths of the height of the columns. And it was 
 obferv’d in almoft all the antient pedeftals to form the bale twice as thick as the cimacia 3 
 as fhall be feen in my book of arches. 
 
 CHAP. XX. 
 
 Of Abuses. 
 
 H AVING laid down the ornaments of archite&ure, that is, the five orders, and fhewn 
 how they ought to be made ; and having placed the profiles of every one of their parts 
 as 1 found the antients did obferve them; it feems to me not improper to inform the reader in 
 this place of many abufes introduc’d by the Barbarians, which are ftill followed, that the ftu- 
 dious in this art may avoid them in their own works, and be able to know them in thole of 
 others. 
 
 I s ay therefore, that architecture, as well as all other arts, being an imitatrix of nature, 
 can fuft'er nothing that either alienates or deviates from that which is agreeable to nature; 
 from whence we fee, that the antient architects, who made their edifices of wood, when they 
 began to make them of ftone, inftituted that the columns ftiould be left thicker at the top 
 than at the bottom, taking example from the trees, all which are thinner at the top than in 
 the trunk, or near the root. 
 
 II 
 
 And 
 
26 
 
 FIRST BOOK. 
 
 And becaufe it is very probable, that thofe things are deprefled upon which fome great 
 weight is put, bafes were placed under the columns, which, with their balloni and cavetti, 
 feem to be crulhed with the burden laid upon them. 
 
 S o likewife in the cornice they introduced the triglyphs, modiglions and dentels, which re- 
 prcfent the ends of thofe beams that are put for a fupport to the floors and roofs. 
 
 The fame alfo may be obferved in all the other parts, if they are confider’d. Being thus, 
 that manner of building cannot but be blamed, which departs from that which the nature of 
 things tcacheth, and from that fimplicity which appears in the things produced by her; framing 
 as it were another nature, and deviating from the true, good and beautiful method of building. 
 
 For which reafon one ought not, inftead of columns or pilafters, that are to fuftain fome 
 great weight, to place cartelli , alfo called cartocci, being a kind of a fcroll, which to the 
 intelligent appear very Ihocking, and to thofe that are not fo it gives rather a confufion than 
 a plealure; nor have they any other effedt befides encreafing the builder’s expence. 
 
 For the lame reafon none of thefe cartocci ought to projedt from the cornices; for it is 
 requifire that all the parts of the cornices iliould be made for fome purpofe and Ihew, like what 
 they would feem to be if the whole work was of wood. 
 
 Besides, it is neceflary that a great weight Iliould be fuftained by lomething folid and 
 ftrong enough to fupport it: now it is certain that thofe cartocci would be altogether luperflu- 
 ous, becaufe it is impoflible that any beams or timber fliould produce the effect reprefented; 
 and fince they are fuppofed to be foft and tender, I cannot conceive with what reafon they 
 can be placed under a thing both hard and heavy. 
 
 But, in my opinion, the moll important error is that of making the frontifpieccs of doors, 
 windows, and loggia’s broken in the middle, fince thefe were made to keep the rain from the 
 fabricks, and which the antient builders, inftrudtcd by neceflity itfelf, made to clofe and fwell 
 in the middle. 
 
 I know therefore nothing that can be done more contrary to natural reafon, than to divide 
 that part which is fuppofed to llielter the inhabitants and thofe that go into the houfe from 
 rain, fnow, and hail. 
 
 And altho’ variety and things new may pleafe every one, yet they ought not to be done 
 contrary to the precepts of art, and contrary to that which reafon dictates; whence one lees, 
 that altho’ the antients did vary, yet they never departed from the univerfal and neceflary 
 rules of art, as lhall be feen in my books of antiquities. 
 
 Also as to the projection of the cornices, and the other ornaments, the making them 
 come out too much is no fmall abufe; becaufe when they exceed that which is reasonably 
 proper for them, elpecially if they are in a clofe place, they will make it narrow and difa- 
 greeable, and frighten thofe that ftand under them, as they always threaten to fall. 
 
 Nor ought the making cornices which are not in proportion to the columns lefs to be 
 avoided; becaufe if upon little columns great cornices are placed, or little cornices upon great 
 columns, who doubts but that fuch a building mult have a very unplealing alpedt ? 
 
 Besides which, the fuppoflng of the columns to be divided, making certain annulets and 
 garlands round them, that may feem to hold them firmly united together, ought as much 
 as poflible to be avoided; becaufe the more folid and ftrong the columns appear, the better 
 they feem to execute the purpofe for which they were eredted, which is to make the work 
 thereon both ftrong and fecure. 
 
 I could mention many other fuch abufes, as fome members in the cornices that are 
 made without any proportion to the others, which, by what I have Ihewn above, and by 
 that which lias been already faid, may very eafily be known. 
 
 I t remains now, to come to the diipofltion of the particular and principal places of the 
 fabricks. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
FIRST BOOK, 
 
 27 
 
 C FI A P. XXI. 
 
 Of the loggia's, entries, halls, rooms, and of their form. 
 
 T HE loggia’s, for the moft part, are made in the fore and back front of the houfe, 
 and are placed in the middle, when only one is made, and on each fide when theie 
 are two. 
 
 These loggia’s ferve for many ufes, as to walk, eat in, and other recreations; and are 
 either made larger or fmaller, according as the bignefs and conveniency of the fabrick requires; 
 but, for the moft part, they are not to be made lefs than ten foot wide, nor more than twenty. 
 
 Besides, all the well-contrived houfes have in the middle, and in their more beautiful 
 part, fome places, by which all the others have a communication: thefe in the under part 
 are called entries, and in the upper halls. Thefe places are publick. 
 
 The entries are the firft parts, except the loggia’s, which offer to thofe that enter the houfe, 
 and are the moft convenient for thofe to ftay in who wait the matter’s coming out, to falute 
 or do bufinefs with him. 
 
 The halls ferve for feafts, entertainments and decorations, for comedies, weddings, and 
 fuch like recreations; and therefore thefe places ought to be much larger than the others, 
 and to have the moft capacious form, to the end that many perfons may be therein comino- 
 dioufly placed, and fee whatever is done there. 
 
 I n the length of halls I ufe not to exceed two fquares, made from the breadth; but the 
 nearer they come to a fquare, the more convenient and commendable they will be. 
 
 The rooms ought to be diftributed on each fide of the entry and hall; and it is to be 
 
 obfervcd, that thoic on the right eoncipoml with tho£? 011 thr* left, that fo tile hlbl'ick 
 
 may be’the fame in one place as in the other, and that the walls may equally bear the 
 burden of the roof; becaufe if the rooms are made large in one part, and lmall in the other, 
 the latter will be more fit to refift the weight, by reafon of the nearnefs of the walls, and 
 the former more weak, which will produce in time very great inconveniences, and ruin the 
 whole work. 
 
 The moft beautiful and proportionable manners of rooms, and which fucceed beft, are 
 feven, becaufe they are either made round (tho* but feldom) or fquare, or their length will 
 be the diagonal line of the fquare, or of a fquare and a third, or of one fquare and a half, 
 or of one fquare and two thirds, or of two fquares. 
 
 CHAP. XXII. 
 
 Of pavements a?id, cielings . 
 
 H AVING feen the forms of the loggia’s, halls, and rooms, it is proper to fpeak of their 
 pavements and cielings. 
 
 The pavements are ufually made either of terrazzo , as is ufed in Vmice , bricks or live 
 ftones. Thofe terrazzi are excellent which are made of pounded bricks, and fmall gravel, 
 and lime of river pebbles, or the paduan , well pounded; and ought to be made in fpring or 
 in fummer, that they may be well dry’d. 
 
 The brick floors, becaufe the bricks may be made of divers forms and of divers colours 
 by reafon of the diverfity of the chalks, will be very agreeable and beautiful to the eye. 
 
 Those of live ftones are very feldom made in chambers, becaufe they are exceeding cold 
 in winter; but they do very well in the loggia’s and publick places. 
 
 It is to be obferved, that the chambers which are one behind the other muft have their 
 
 floors 
 

 FIRS 
 
 BOOK, 
 
 floors even, and in fuch a manner that the threfholda of the doors be not higher than tire 
 remaining part of the chamber-floor , and if any little room or clofet (hould not ioin wtth its 
 height to that mark, a mezato or falfe floor ought to be made upon it. 
 
 The cielings are alfo diverily made, becaufe many take delight to have them of beautiful 
 and well-wrought beams. Where it is necefl'ary to obferve, that thefe beams ougln to be di 
 ftant one from another one thicknefs and a half of the beam becaufr the - S r “ d 
 t t, ve,y beautiful to the eye, and there remains fo muchTthe^ wlfl b^ee^f eXf 
 
 ftant, they’ll not”b? made^el's ^itrfl "be in'fma™''' 
 
 up“ef wall muftt mined" 1 ** bd ° W ’ WhereUP ° n ’ the beams ’ bdn g ™tted or bun,"the 
 
 „ 7" E ? S . arc f ° r ha ™S compartments of Jiucco, or of wood, in which piftures are placed ■ 
 
 CHAP. XXIII. 
 
 Of the height of the rooms. 
 
 HT 1 ,' T i r T S , a 5 ei fl hcr mad ^ w:tha vau, ‘cd or flat deling. If with a flat cieling, the 
 -Li. u-ngnt fion the floor to the cieling muft be equal to their breadth - -ind t-Ko - 
 
 * - ■" -- k ■ > 1 1 1 V 0- Zu , , ; . 1 , .. 
 
 ”l ;lde ' beC;mf V heyth r S a PP earn, ° re beautiful, and arelefs expoful to fins) the 
 S the vaubs m rooms that are f q uare > s a third part more than the breadth of the room. 
 
 amfbrlad"h ti tn fe fok fo.^l th ‘h ‘'’T "* br ° a , d ' St Wil1 be neceffi ‘ r y from the length 
 
 1 to feek for the height, that they may bear a proportion to carl, other. This 
 
 Jietght will be found in adding the breadth to the length 
 and dividing the whole into two equal parts, becaufe 
 one of thole halves will be the height of the vault. 
 As for example, let b c be the place to be arched ; add 
 the breadth, a c, to a b, the length, and let the line 
 eb be . ma <J e > which is to be divided into two equal 
 parts, m the point / well fay fb is the height we 
 leek Otherwise, let the room to be vaulted be twelve 
 
 — *• *h i,»” 
 
 Another height, that will be proportionable both 
 
 to the length and breadth of the room, will all?, in this 
 manner be found, c b, the place to be vaulted, being: 
 let down we’ll add the breadth to the length, and make 
 the line b j ; we’ll afterwards divide it into two equal 
 parts in the point c, which being made the centre we’ll 
 make the hall circle bgf and lengthen ac until it 
 touches the circumference in the point g, and ^ - W ]U 
 give the height of the vault of c b. 
 
 By numbers it will thus be found : The length and 
 breadth of the room in feet being known, we’ll find 
 a number that has the fame proportion to the breadth 
 as the length has to the number fought. This we 
 t , : ” r , , bud by multiplying the lelfer extreme with the m-nt-rw 
 
 becaufe the fquare root of the number which will proceed from the Ibid multiplied 
 be the heiehtwe feek. As for ex a in ne if __hi_ •. T 111 -' 011 
 
 be the height vve feek^ As for'Sample 7‘th‘e LCLZdT nrultiplication will 
 „ j r • ii-i , i J me puce mat we intend to vault be nine font nno- 
 
 and four Wiue, the height of the vault will helix foot; and the fame proportion that pfoehS 
 to fix, fix alio has to lour, that is the fefquialteral. * r mne nas 
 
 But 
 
FIRST BOOK, 
 
 29 
 
 But it is to be obferved, that it will not be poflible always to find this height in whole 
 numbers. 
 
 Another height may be found that will fall 
 fhort of this, but neverthelefs will be proportion- 
 able to the room. Draw the lines a b, ac i c d, and 
 bd y that defcribe the breadth and length of the 
 room, and the height will be found as in the firft 
 method, which is c e, this join to ac , then draw b 
 the line e d f and lengthen a b until it touches 
 e df in the point f and bf will be the height of 
 the vault. 
 
 This may likewife be done with numbers. The 
 height being found, from the length and breadth 
 of the room, according to the firft method (which 
 in a foregoing example was nine) the length, breadth 
 and height mud be placed as they are in the figure j then nine is to be multiplied with 
 twelve and with fix, and that which will proceed from twelve is to be 
 placed under the twelve, and the product of fix under the fix; afterwards 12-9-6 
 the fix is to be multiplied with twelve, and the product, which is fe- 108 - 72 - 54 
 venty two, placed under the nine ; then a number being found which mul- 8 
 
 tiplied by nine amounts to feventy two, which in our cafe would be eight, 
 we’ll fay eight foot to be the height of the vault. 
 
 These heights run in this manner between themfelves, viz. the firft is greater than the fecond, 
 and the fecond is greater than the third ; we’ll however make ufe of each of thefe heights, accord¬ 
 ing as they may fuit with convenience, that feveral rooms of different dimenfions may be fo made 
 as to have all their vaults of an equal height, and the faid vaults to be neverthelefs proportionable 
 to them } from which will icfuh both beauty to the eye, and convenience for the floors that are 
 placed thereon, fince they’ll all be level. 
 
 There arealfo other heights for vaults, which do not come under any mle, and are there¬ 
 fore left for the architect to make ufe of as neceflity requires, and according to his own judgment. 
 
 a c e 
 
 CHAP. XXIV. 
 
 Of the feveral manners of vaults. 
 
 T HERE are fix manners of vaults, viz. crofs’d, fafeiated, flat (fo they call vaults which 
 are a portion of a circle, and do not arrive to a femicircle) circular, groined, and fhell- 
 like j all which are a third part of the breadth of the room in height. 
 
 The two laft manners have been invented by the moderns, but the four firft were ufed 
 by the antients. 
 
 The circular vaults are made in fquare rooms, and the manner of making them is thus: 
 In the angles of the room are left fome mutules that fupport the femicircle of die vault, which 
 in the middle is flat, but more circular the nearer it comes to the angles. 
 
 f H E R E 1S one this kind in the baths of Titus at Rome , which was partly ruin’d 
 when I faw it. 
 
 I 
 
 I HAVE 
 
I Have here put under the forms of all thefe different manners, applied to the different 
 fhapes of the rooms. 
 
 CHAP. XXV. 
 
 Of the dimenjtons of the doors and 
 
 O certain and determinate rule can be given for the height and breadth of the princi¬ 
 pal doors of fabricks, or concerning the doors and windows of rooms; bccaufe, in 
 making the principal doors, the architect ought to accommodate them to the bigneis of the 
 fabrick, to the quality of the mafler, and to thofe things that are to be carried in and out of 
 the fame. 
 
 The beft way, in my opinion, is to divide the fpace from the floor to the fuperficies of 
 the ioyfts into three parts and a half, (as Vitruvius teacheth in the fixth chapter of his 
 fourth book) and allow two to the height, and one to the breadth of the opening, wanting 
 the twelfth part of the height. 
 
 The antients ufed to make their doors narrower at top than at bottom, as is feen in a 
 temple at Tivoli, and which Vitruvius alfo teacheth, perhaps for greater ftrength. 
 
 The place to be chofen for principal doors, is where a free accefs may be had to it from 
 all parts of the houfe. 
 
 The doors of rooms are not to be made wider than three foot, and fix and a half high; 
 nor lefs than two foot in breadth, and five in height. 
 
 It is to be obferved in making the windows, that they fhould not take in more or lefs light, 
 or be fewer or more in number, than what necefiity requires: therefore great regard ought to 
 be had to the largenefs of the rooms which are to receive the light from them; bccaufe it is 
 manifeft, that a great room requires much more light to make it lucid and clear, than a fmall 
 and if the windows are made either lefs or fewer than that which is convenient, they will 
 make the places obfeure, and if too large, they will fcarce be habitable, becaufe they will let 
 in fo much hot and cold air, that the places, according to the feafon of the year, will either 
 be exceeding hot or very cold, in cafe the part of the heavens which they face, does not in 
 fome manner prevent it. 
 
 There- 
 
FIRST BOOK. 
 
 3 1 
 
 Therefore the windows ought not to be wider than the fourth part of the breadth of 
 the rooms, or narrower than the fifth, and are to be made two fquares and a fixth part of 
 their breadth more in height. And altho’ the rooms in a houfe are made large middling 
 and fmall, the windows, neverthelefs, ought to be all equal in the fame order or ftory. 
 
 To take the dimenfions of the faid windows, I like thofe rooms very much whofe length 
 is two thirds more than the breadth, that is, if the breadth be eighteen foot, the length fiiould 
 be thirty, and I divide the breadth into four parts and a half, one I give to’the breadth of the 
 void of the window, and two to the height, adding one fixth part of the breadth more • 
 and according to the largenefs of thefe I make thofe of the other rooms. 
 
 The windows above thefe, that is, in the fecond ftory, ought to be a fixth part lefs in he 
 height of the void, than thofe underneath; and in the'fame manner, if other windows are 
 placed higher, they ought to diminifti ftill a fixth part. 
 
 The windows on the right hand ought to correfpond to thofe on the left and thofe 
 above direCtly over them that are below; and the doors likewife ought to be direCtly over 
 one another, that the void may be over the void, and the folid upon the folid and all face 
 one another, fo that ftanding at one end of the houfe one may fee to the other which 
 affords both beauty and cool air in fummer, befides other conveniencies. 
 
 For greater ftrength, it is ufual that the lintels or architraves of the doors and windows 
 may not be overcharged with the weight, to make certain arches which are vulgarly called 
 legments, which contribute very much to the duration of the fabrick. 
 
 The windows ought to be diftant from the angles or corners of the building as has been 
 faid before becaufe that part ought not to be opened and weakened, which is’ to keep the 
 whole edifice upright and together. r 
 
 The pilafters or jambs of the doors and windows muft not be lefs in thicknefs than the 
 fixth part of the breadth of the void, nor more than the fifth. 
 
 I t remains now that we look into their ornaments. 
 
 C H A P. XXVI. 
 
 Of the orname?its of doors a?id windows. 
 
 H O W the ornaments of the principal doors of a building ought to be made may eafily 
 be known by what Vitruvius teacheth in the fixth chapter of the fourth book 
 (adding withal what the moft reverend Barbaro fays and (hews in his defign upon that 
 fubjeCt) and by what I have hitherto faid and defigned in all the five orders. & 
 
 But fetting thefe afide, I fhall only give fome profiles of the ornaments of the doors and 
 windows of rooms according as they may be differently made, and fiiew how to mark each 
 member in particular, that it may be graceful and have a due projection. 
 
 The ornaments given to doors and windows, are the architrave, frize, and cornice • the 
 architrave goes round the door, and muft be as thick as the jambs or pilafters, (which I have 
 fud ought not to be lefs thick than the fixth part of the breadth of the void nor thicker than 
 the fifth) from which alfo the frize and cornice take their thicknefs. 
 
 T h e firft or uppermoft of the two defigns which follow, has thefe meafures: the architrave 
 is divided into four parts, three of which are for the height of the frize, and five for that 
 of the cornice. The architrave is again divided into ten parts, three of which go to the firft 
 fafeia, four to the fecond, and the remaining three parts are lubdivided into five, two are 
 given to the regolo or orlo, and the remaining three to the gola reverfa, which is’otherwife 
 called intavolato. Its projection is equal to its height. The orlo projects lefs than half its 
 thicknefs. 
 
 T h e intavolato is in this manner marked; a ftrait line muft be drawn that ends at the 
 extremities of that under the orlo, and upon the fecond fafeia, and to be divided in the mid¬ 
 dle, 
 
FIRST BOOK. 
 
 die, making each of the halves the bafe of a triangle of two equal Tides; then placing the 
 fixed foot of the compafles in the angle oppofite to the bafe, draw the curve lines which form 
 the faid intavolato. 
 
 The frize is three parts of the four of the architrave, and is to be marked with a fegment 
 of a circle lefs than half a circle, and with its fwelling comes diredtly to the cimacio of the 
 architrave. 
 
 The five parts which are given to the cornice, are in this manner difiributed to its mem¬ 
 bers ; one is given to the cavetto with its liftello, which is a fifth part of the cavetto: the 
 cavetto projects three parts in two of its height. To mark it a triangle mull: be formed of 
 two equal Tides, and the angle C made the center, fo that the cavetto will be the bale of 
 the triangle: another of the faid five parts is given to the ovolo, whofe projection is tw r o 
 parts in three of its height; to mark it a triangle mult be formed of two equal Tides, and 
 the point H made the center: the other three are divided into feventeen parts, eight are 
 given to the corona or gocciolatoio, with its liftelli, of which that above is one of the laid 
 eight parts, and that below which makes the hollow of the gocciolatoio, is one of the fix 
 parts of the ovolo: the other nine are given to the gola diritta, and to its orlo, which is one 
 part of the three of the faid gola. To form it well, and make it graceful, the firaight line 
 A B mull: be drawn, and divided into two equal parts, in the point C ; one of thefe mull: 
 be divided into feven parts, fix of which mull: be taken in the point D, to form the two 
 triangles A E C, and CBF, and in the points E and F the fixed foot of the compafies mull: 
 
 be placed to defcribe the fegments of a circle A C and C B, which form the gola. 
 
 The architrave like wife, in the fecond invention, is to be divided into four parts, three 
 of which make the height of die frize, and five that of the cornice. 
 
 The architrave mull be divided into three parts, two of which mull be fubdivided into 
 feven, and three given to the firlt fafeia, and four to the fecond ; the third part mull: be 
 divided into nine ; with two the tondino is made, and the other feven are to be fubdivided 
 into five, three of which form the intavolato, and two the ovolo. 
 
 The height of the cornice is divided into five parts and three quarters, one of thefe mull 
 be divided into fix, and five given to the intavolato over the frize, and one to the liftello • 
 the projection of the intavolato is equal to its height, as alfo of the liftello. Another is given 
 
 to the ovolo, whofe projection is three parts of four of its height: the gradetto over the 
 
 ovolo is a fixth part of the ovolo, and its projection the fame : the other three are divided 
 into feventeen, eight of which are given to the gocciolatoio, whofe projection is four parts 
 of three of its height ; the other nine are divided into four, three of which are given to the 
 gola, and one to the orlo: the three quarters that remain mull be divided into five parts and 
 a half; with one is made the gradetto, and with the other four and a half its intavolato over 
 the gocciolatoio. The projection of this cornice is equal to its tbicknefs. 
 
 The members of the cornice of the firft invention. 
 
 I, Cavetto. N, Gola. 
 
 K, Ovolo. O, Orlo. 
 
 L, Gocciolatoio. 
 
 Members of the architrave. 
 
 P, Intavolato or Gola reverfa. R, Orlo. 
 
 Q, firjl FaJ'cia. S, J'welling of the Frize. 
 
 V, fecond Fafeia. T, part of the Frize that goes into the wall. 
 
 B y means of thefe the members of the fecond invention may alfo be known. 
 
 O f thefe two other inventions, the architrave of the firft, marked with F, mull likewife 
 be divided into four parts; three and a quarter are given to the height of the frize, and five 
 to the height of the cornice. The architrave muft be divided into eight parts, five go to the 
 piano , and three to the cimacio; which is alfo divided into eight parts, three of which are 
 given to the intavolato, three to the cavetto, and two to the orlo. The height of the cornice 
 muft be divided into fix parts; two are given to the gola diritta with its orlo, and one to the 
 intavolato; then the laid gola muft be divided into nine parts, with eight of which is made 
 
 the 
 

. A 
 
 
FIRST BOOK. 
 
 33 
 
 the gocciolatoio and gradetto : the aftragal or tondino over the frize, is a third of one of the 
 laid fix parts, and that which remains between the gocciolatoio and tondino is left to the 
 cavetto. 
 
 I n the other invention the architrave marked with H, is divided into four parts; three and 
 a half are given to the height of the frize, and five to the height of the cornice: the architrave 
 is divided into eight parts; five go to the piano, and three to the cimacio: the cimacio is 
 divided into feven parts; with one is made the aftragallo, and what remains is divided again 
 into eight parts, three are given to the gola reverfa, three to the cavetto, and two to the orlo; 
 the height of the cornice muft be divided into fix parts and three quarters j with three parts 
 are made the intavolato, the dentello and ovolo. The projection of the intavolato is equal to 
 its thicknefs; of the dentello two parts of three of its height, and of the ovolo three parts of 
 four: with the three quarters the intavolato between the gola and gocciolatoio is made j and 
 the other three parts are to be divided into feventeen, nine of which make the gola and orlo, 
 and eight the gocciolatoio. 
 
 The projection of this cornice is equal to its height, as alfo the abovefaid cornices. 
 
 CHAP. XXVII. 
 
 Of Chimneys. 
 
 T H E antients ufed to warm their rooms in this manner. They made their chimneys in 
 the middle, with columns or modiglions that fupported the architraves, upon which 
 was the pyramid of the chimney, from whence the fmoke iffued. There was one of thefe to 
 be feen at Bate near Nero’s pifcina, and another not far from Civita Vecchia. 
 
 And when they were not willing to have chimneys, they then made in the thicknefs of 
 the walls fome tubes or pipes, through which they conveyed the heat of the fire that was 
 under thofe rooms, and which came out of certain vents or holes that were made at the top 
 of thofe pipes. 
 
 Almost in the fame manner the Trent i, Vicentine gentlemen at Cofioza , their villa 
 cooled the rooms in the fummer, becaufe there are in the mountains of the laid villa fome 
 very large caves, which the inhabitants of thofe places call Couali, that formerly were quarries, 
 (which I believe Vitruvius means, when in the fecond book, wherein he treats of /tones* 
 he fays, that in the Marca Trivigiana a fort of /tone was dug up, which was cut with a 
 faw like wood) in which fome very cool winds were generated, and which thofe gentlemen 
 conveyed to their houfes through certain fubterraneous vaults, by them called ventiducts, and 
 with pipes like the abovefaid, they convey that cool wind through all the rooms, by flopping 
 and unflopping them at pleafure, to receive more or lefs of that cool air according to the 
 feafons. 
 
 And altho’ this very great convenience makes this place wonderful, what makes it flill 
 more worthy our admiration, is the prifon of the winds, which is a fubterraneous room built 
 by the moft excellent Signor Francesco Trento, and by him called Eolia, where a 
 great number of thofe ventiducts difcharge themfelves j to beautify which, and make it worthy 
 of the name, he has neither fpared cofl or care. 
 
 But to return to the chimneys j we make them in the thicknefs of the walls, and raife 
 their funnels above the roofs, that they may carry the fmoke into the air: obferving not to 
 make their funnels too wide, nor too narrow; becaufe if they are made wide, the air wandering 
 through them, will drive the fmoke down, and hinder its afcending and going out freely j 
 when too narrow, the fmoke not having a free paffage, will choak it up, and return. 
 
 Therefore in the chimneys of rooms the funnels are not to be made lefs wide than 
 half a foot, nor wider than nine inches, and two foot and a half long j and the mouth of 
 the pyramid, where it joins to the funnel, mufl be made a little narrower, that the fmoke 
 returning down, may meet with that impediment to hinder its coming into the room. 
 
 Some make the funnel crooked, in order that by this crookednefs, and the force of the 
 fire, which drives the fmoke up, they may prevent the fmoke from returning back, 
 
 K 
 
 The 
 
34- 
 
 FIRST BOOK 
 
 T h e top of the chimneys, or the holes thro’ which the fmoke is to go out, ought t> 
 be wide, and far from any combuflible matter. The mantle-trees upon which the pvr.u ,id 
 of the chimneys are made, ought to be very neatly wrought, and in every thing far from being; 
 ruftick; becaufe ruflick work is not proper, unlefs it be in very great edifices, for the rcafons 
 already mentioned. 
 
 CHAP. XXVIII. 
 
 Of fairs , and the various kinds of the?n ; and of the number and fze 
 
 of the feps. 
 
 RE AT care ought to be taken in the placing of Hair-cafes, becaufe it is no finall diffi- 
 J culty to find a fituation fit for them, and that doth not impede the remaining part of 
 the fabrick: A proper place mull therefore be principally given them, that they may not 
 obflrudt other places, nor be obflrutted by them. 
 
 Three openings are required in flair-cafes; the firfi is the door thro’ which one goes 
 up to the Hair-cafe, which the lefs it is hid to them that enter into the houfe, fo much the 
 more it is to be commended. And it would pleafe me much, if it was in a place, where 
 before that one comes to it, the mofi beautiful part of the houfe was feen; becaufe it makes 
 the houfe (altho’ it fliould be little) feem very large ; but however, let it be manifefl, and 
 eafily found. The lecond opening is the windows that are neceffary to give light to the 
 
 Heps; they ought to be in the middle, and high, that theTight may be fpread equally every 
 
 where alike. The third is the opening thro’ which one enters into the floor above 5 this 
 
 ought to lead us into ample, beautiful, and adorned places. 
 
 T h e Hair-cafes will be commendable if they are clear, ample, and commodious to afeend, 
 inviting, as it were, people to go up: They will be clear, if they have a bright light, and if 
 (as I have Hid) the light be diflufed equally every where alike: They will be fuffiqently 
 ample, if they do not feem fcanty and narrow to the large nets and qualify of the fabrick; 
 but they are never to be made lefs wide than four foot, that if two pcrlons meet, they may 
 conveniently give one another room: They will be convenient with reipedt to*the whole- 
 building, if the arches under them can ferve to lodge home neceflaries ; and with refpedl to 
 men, if their afeent is not too Heep and diflicult: therefore their length mufl be twice their 
 height. 
 
 The Heps ought not to be made higher than fix inches of a foot; and if they are made 
 lower, particularly in long and continued Hairs, it will make them the more cafy, becaufe 
 in riling one’s felf the foot will be lefs tired ; but they mufl never be made lower than four 
 inches: the breadth of the Heps ought not to be made lefs than one foot, nor more than one 
 and a half. 
 
 The antients obferved to make the Heps uneven in number, that beginning to go up with 
 the right foot, one might end with the fame j which they look’d upon as a good omen, 
 and of greater devotion when they entered the temple: The number of Heps is not to 
 exceed eleven, or thirteen at mofl, before you make a floor or refling-place, that the weak 
 and weary may find where to reft themfelves, if obliged to go up higher, and be able more 
 eafily to Hop any thing that fliould happen to fall from above. 
 
 Stair-cases are either made flraight or winding ; the flraight are either made to fpread 
 into two branches, or fquare, which turn into four branches: To make thefe, the whole 
 place is to be divided into four parts, two are given to the Heps, and two to the void in the 
 middle, from which thefe Hairs would have light, if it was left uncovered: They may be 
 made with the wall within, and then in the two parts which are given to the Heps, this wall 
 is alfo included; and they may alfo be made without. 
 
 These two forts of Hair-cafes were invented by the magnificent Signor Luigi Cor- 
 naro, a gentleman of an excellent judgment, as may be known by the mofl beautiful log¬ 
 gia, and the mofl elegantly adorned rooms which he built for his habitation at Padua. 
 
 The winding Hair-cafes (that are alfo called a chiocciolaJ are in fome places made round, 
 in others oval, fometimes with a column in the middle, and fometimes void, in narrow places 
 
 parti- 
 
B : 1 
 
 XXXIL 
 

 -l-U. 
 
 
 I yffliiiiii 
 
 
 _ii i mu i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■/: ■ •: //////A. 
 
 mill 
 
 YSy. .• // 
 
 Y4'/z4zaj^£ 
 

FIRSTBOOK. 
 
 o 5 
 
 particularly, becaufe they occupy lefs room than the ftraight, but are fomewhat more diffi 
 cult to afcend. They fucceed very well that are void in the middle, becaufe they can have 
 the light from above, and thofe that are at the top of the flairs, fee all thofe that come im 
 or begin to alcend, and are likewife feen by them : Thofe that have a column in the middle 
 are made in this manner ; the diameter being divided into three parts let two be left to the 
 fteps, and one given to the column, as in the defign A, or let the diameter be divided into 
 feven parts, and three given to the column in the middle, and four to the fteps • and in this 
 
 manner exadtly is made the flair-cafe of the column of Trajan. And if the fteps are 
 
 made crooked, as in the defign B, they will be very beautiful to look at and longer than 
 if they are made ftraight: but in thofe that are void, the diameter muft be divided into 
 four parts; two are given to the fteps, and two remain for the place in the middle. 
 
 Besides the ufuaf manners of ftairs, there was another fort of winding flair-cafe in¬ 
 vented by the Clariflimo Signor Marc' An ton io Barbaro, a Venetian gentleman of a fine 
 genius, which in very narrow places ferves very well: it has no column in the middle • 
 and becaufe the fteps are crooked, they are very long, and muft be divided as die above- 
 faid. 
 
 The oval ftair-cafes are alfo divided in the very fame manner as the round • they are 
 
 very beautiful and agreeable to fee, becaufe all the windows and doors come to the head of 
 
 the oval, and in the middle, and are fufficiently commodious. 
 
 1 have made a ftair-cafe void in the middle, in the monaftery de la Car it a in Venice 
 wnich fucceeds admirably. 
 
 A, The winding ftair-cafe with a column in the middle. 
 
 B, The winding ftair-cafe with a column , and with crooked fteps. 
 
 C, The winding ftair-cafe 'void in the middle. 
 
 D, The winding ftair-cafe -void in the middle , and with crooked fteps , 
 
 E, The oval ftair-cafe with the column in the middle. 
 
 F, The oval ftair-cafe without a column. 
 
 G, The ftraight ftair-cafe with the wall within. 
 
 H, The Jlrait ftair-cafe without the wall. 
 
 Another beautiful fort of winding ftairs was made at Chamber. , (a place in France) 
 by order of the magnanimous King Francis, in a palace by him ere&ed in a wood 
 and is in this manner : there are four ftair-cafes, which have four entrances, that is one each* 
 and afcend the one over the other in fuch a manner, that being made in’the middle of the 
 fabnek, they can ferve to four apartments, without that the inhabitants of the one go down 
 the ftair-cafe of the other, and being open in the middle, all fee one another lineup and 
 down, without giving one another the leaft inconvenience: and becaufe it is a new and a 
 beautiful invention, I have inferted it, and marked the ftair-cafes with letters in the 1 plan 
 and elevation, that one may fee where they b:gin, and how they go up. F 
 
 There were alfo in the portico’s of Pompey in Rome , going into the piazza Giudea 
 three winding ftair-cafes of a very laudible invention, becaufe being placed in the middle' 
 where they could receive no light but from above, they were made upon columns that the 
 light might fpread equally every where. 
 
 In imitation of thefe, Bramante, a me .ft excellent architect in his time, made one in 
 Belvedere without fteps, and with the four oiders in architecture, that is, the Dorick Ionick 
 Corinthian and Compofite. To make fuch ftair-cafes, the whole fpace is to be divided into 
 four parts j two are given to the void in the middle, and one of a fide to the fteps and 
 columns. 1 
 
 Many other forts of ftair-cafes are to be feen in antient edifices, fuch as triangular- of 
 thjs kind are the ftairs that lead to the cupulo of Santa Maria Rotonda , and are void in’the 
 middle and receive the light from above. Thofe were alfo very magnificent that are at Santo 
 Apoftolo in the faid city, and go up to Monte Cavallo : thofe ftair-cafes were double from 
 which many have fince taken example, and did lead to a temple placed on the top ’of the 
 mountain, as I Ihall ftiew in my book of temples j and the laft defign is of this fort. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
FIRST 
 
 BOOK. 
 
 CHAP. XXIX. 
 
 Of Roofs. 
 
 /-p H E walls being railed up to their fummit, the vaults made, the joyfls of the floors 
 laid, the ftair-cafes, and all thofe things accommodated of which mention has been 
 made before, it is neceffary to make the roof > which embracing every part of the fabrick, 
 and with its weight preffing equally upon the walls, is a kind of a ligament to the whole 
 work, and befides defending the inhabitants from rain, fnow, the fcorching fun, and moifture 
 of the night, it is no fmall affiflance to the fabrick, in calling off the water from the walls 
 when it rains, which altho’ they may feem to be but of little prejudice, are, neverthelefs, 
 in time the caufe of great damages. 
 
 Our forefathers (as may be read in Vitruvius) ufed to make the roofs of their habi¬ 
 tations flat; but perceiving that they were not Iheltered from rain, compelled by neceffity, 
 began to make them ridged, or raifed in the middle. 
 
 These ridges ought to be made higher or lower, according to the regions where one 
 builds; therefore in Germany , by reafon of the great quantity of fnow that falls there, the 
 roofs are made very acute, and covered with fhingles, which are fmall pieces of boards, or 
 with very thin tiles; which roofs, if they were otherwife made, would be deftroyed by the 
 weight of the fnow: But we that live in temperate regions, ought to chufe that height which 
 makes a roof appear agreeable and with a beautiful form, and that eafily carries off the rain. 
 
 Therefore the breadth of the place to be roofed, mud be divided into nine parts, and 
 two given to the height of the ridge; for if it is made with a fourth of the breadth, the roof 
 will be too deep, whereby the tiles will be fattened with great difficulty ; and if a fifth is 
 given, it will be too flat, and therefore the tiles and fhingles would be very much charged 
 when the fnows fall. 
 
 Gutters are ufually made round the houfes, into which the water falling from the 
 tiles, is by fpouts thrown away a great diflance from the walls: thefe ought to have a foot 
 and a half of wall over them, which, befides holding them firm, will defend the timber of 
 the roof from receiving damage in any part from the water. 
 
 There are various manners of difpofing the timber of the roofs; but when the middle 
 wails fupport the beams, they are very eafily accommodated j which method pleafeth me very 
 much, becaufe the out-walls do not bear fo much weight, and altho’ the head of fome beam 
 fliould rot, the roof is notwithffanding in no danger. 
 
 The E N D of the. F 1 R ST BOOK- 
 
THE SECOND BOOK 
 
 O F 
 
 Andrea Palladio’s 
 
 architecture. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 Of the decorum or conveniency that ought to he ohferved in private fabrics . 
 
 I HAVE explained in the foregoing book all thofe things, that to me Teemed moft 
 worthy of confideration for the building of public edifices, and private houfes, that the 
 work mi^ht be beautiful, graceful and durable: I have there alfo mentioned fome things 
 belonging to the conveniency of private houfes, to which this other book fhall chiefly be ap- 
 nlied • for that houfe only ought to be called convenient, which is fmtablc to the quality ot 
 him that is to dwell in it, and whofe parts correfpond to the whole and to each other. 
 
 But the architect ought above all to obferve, that (as Vitruvius fays in the firft and 
 fixth book") for great men, and particularly thofe in a republic, the houfes are required with 
 loggia’s and fpacious halls adorned, that in fuch places thofe may be amufedwith pleafure, who 
 (hall wait for the mafter to falute, or afk him fome favour: and for gentlemen of a mean¬ 
 er* ftation the fabrics ought alfo to be lefs, of lefs expence, and have fewer ornaments. For 
 iudges and advocates, they ought likewife to be fo built, that in their houfes there may be 
 handfome and well adorned places to walk in, that their clients may remain there without 
 inconvenience. 
 
 Merchants houfes ought to have places facing the north, where their merchandizes 
 may be lodged; and to be fo difpofed, that the mafter may not be in fear of thieves. 
 
 Decorum is alfo to be obferved in regard to the work, if the parts fo anfwer to the 
 whole as that in great edifices there may be great members, in the little, fmall, and mid¬ 
 dling in the middle-fized: for what a dilagreeable and unfeemly thing wou’d it be, if in a 
 very large fabric there fhouId be fmall halls and rooms; and, on the contrary, in a little one, 
 there ftiould be two or three rooms that took up the whole. 
 
 As much as pofiible, one ought therefore, as has been faid, to have a regard to thofe who 
 are inclined to build; and not fo much to mind what they can afford to lay out as the qua¬ 
 lity of the building that is proper for them : when that is fettled, the parts are to be lo dil- 
 pofed that they may be fuitable to the whole, and to each other, and fuch ornaments are 
 to be ’applied as lhallfeem moft proper. But an archited is very often obliged to conform 
 more to the will of thofe who are at the expence, than to that which ought to be ob- 
 lerved. 
 
 L 
 
 CHAP. 
 
38 
 
 SECOND BOOK. 
 
 CHAP. II. 
 
 Of the compartment or difpoftion of rooms , and of other places. 
 
 X wouy M bTal woX m f°f S f0r K the Ufe ° f the fomi 'y> Wkh0ut which they 
 
 taftn, not only fn the prind °“8 h ‘ be 
 
 ample flairs, light and eafv of afrenr .* h>.t . 1 r * , S > J our . ts > magnificent rooms, and 
 
 be accommodated to the iervice of the greateft’anTm 6 ” linu J. c and leaft beautiful parts 
 there are fome noble and beautiful TTTf T f ° r aS in thc human b ° d y 
 
 we fee that thofe Hand J S no “ c and di %-able, and yet 
 
 in fabricks, there ought to Z femeT rtS cot^ [o 
 
 without which the other cou’d not remain free an/t h ° n ? Ured » f nd fon ?® lcfs elegant; 
 their dignity and beauty. But as our Bleffed Crnt h ^ on ^ ( l lientI y wou’d lofe part of 
 
 a manner, 'that the moft beau tiful To ! , has ordered thcfe our members in fuch 
 
 more hidden ; fo in builTg a l/o wo FT ^ ex P ofed . to view, and the lefs comely 
 in places the moft feen, and Tie lefs beautiful in T ^ P rmci P aI and confiderable parts, 
 poflible; that in them may be lodged all tho fbnl r P Tu m ? ch hldden from the eye as 
 may give any obftrudtion and i,? anv TT /T ^ and . a11 thofe things" that 
 I approve therefore that in the loweft y pa rt of theTabrit 6 Th ? aFtS dila S reeabIe - 
 
 ground, may be difpofed the cellars tho n,™ ■ o ’ wh * ch 1 make Somewhat under- 
 halls, wafh-houles, ovens, and fuch like thino-sTTT 0r f wo ° d ? P antries > kitchens, fervants- 
 tion follow two conveniences the one thatTe ^ 7 ^ daiy . ufe ‘ From which difpofi- 
 
 and no lefs important is that’ the fldVnner part “ s a11 *ee ; and the other 
 
 being at a diftance from the damps of thcgrouS^ in > the floor 
 
 be looked at, and to look out of It is alfo to he nhTf a u V s mor ® a § rceabIe to 
 the fabric there may be great, middle-fized and frmll ^ * T* V? * 16 remablin g part of 
 they may reciprocally be § made ufe of ' r °° mS ' and a11 one another, that 
 
 The fmall rooms may be divided off to make rUC^ , i « 
 placed, riding accoutrements and other lumber which mav 7 ^ ° F llbraries ma y be 
 
 fo — to - * r&tjg 
 
 andTurned £°£Z£ T** T*’ ^ 
 
 than otherwife: becaufe we feek the {hades and wind r and weft ’ and rather fmaI > 
 befides fmall rooms are much more ea%^ warm J thanTargr™"’ ^ “ Win “ r thc * 
 
 muft he turned to the 
 
 SB? *" lt 1 w - * -%«—jSTJSJtfi ”S; 
 
 But the large rooms with the middling, and thofe with it t 
 
 buted, that, as I have elfewhere faid one part oftblfl h ^all ought to be fo diftri- 
 and that fo the body of the edifice’ mayTave in itfHf may corrd P ond with the other; 
 bers, that may render the whole beautifi/and graceful f * “““h COnvemence in mem- 
 
 places, preferibe certain limfis/TlThT^archkedl- the ftreets ’ or P ubl 'ck 
 form himfelf to the circumftances of the fituation • tn I' TTt U -n ? r ° per he fhou ’ d con - 
 plans and elevations will give a great infight onH wK* T 5 1 , r mi ? a ^ e not > the following 
 what has been faid in the foregobg boot ' ^ ferVe as an ««iple of 
 
 CHAP. 
 
SECOND BOOK, 
 
 39 
 
 CHAP. III. 
 
 Of the dejigns of town-houfes . 
 
 I AM convinced, that in the opinion of thofe, who (hall fee the following fabrics, and 
 know how difficult it is to introduce a new cudom, efpecially in building, of which 
 profeffion every one is perfuaded that he knows his part, I (hall be edeemed very fortu¬ 
 nate, to have found gentlemen of fo noble and generous a dilpolition, and of fuch ex¬ 
 cellent judgment, as to have hearkened to my reafons, and departed from that antiquated cuf¬ 
 tom of building without grace or any beauty at all; and, indeed, I cannot but very heartily 
 thank God, as we ought in all our a&ions to do, for granting me fuch a (hare of his fa¬ 
 vour, as to have been able to put in pradtice many of thofe things, which I have learnt from 
 my very great fatigues and voyages, and by my great dudy. 
 
 And altho’ fome of the defigned fabrics are not entirely finifhed, yet may one by what is 
 done comprehend what the whole will be when finiflied. I have prefixed to each the name of 
 the builder, and the place where they are, that every one may, if he pleafes, really fee how 
 they fucceed. 
 
 And here the reader may take notice, that in placing the faid defigns, I have had refpedt 
 neither to the rank or dignity of the gentlemen to be mentioned; but I have inferted them 
 where I thought mod convenient: not but they are all very honourable. 
 
 Let us now come to the fabrics, of which the following is in TJdetie the metropolis Plate i. 
 of Friuli , and was raifed from the foundation by Signor Florian© Antonini, a gentle¬ 
 man of that city. The fird order of the front is of rudic work, the columns of the 
 front, of the entrance, and of the loggia backwards are of the Ionick order. The fird rooms 
 are vaulted; the greater have the height of the vaults according to the fird method before- 
 mentioned, for the height of vaults in places that are longer than they are broad. The rooms 
 above have fiat ceilings, and fo much wider than thofe below, as the contraction or dimi¬ 
 nution of the walls, and the height of the ceilings, equal to their breadth. Over thefe are 
 other rooms which may ferve for granaries. The height of the hall reaches to the roof. The 
 kitchen is out of the houfe, but very commodious neverthelefs. The neceffary places are on 
 the fides of the dairs, and although they are in the body of the fabric, they do not give 
 any offenfive fmell; becaufe they are placed in a part remote from the fun, and have vents 
 from the bottom of the pit all through the thicknefs of the wall, to the very fummit of the 
 houfe. 
 
 %—I-1-1—^—I-I—i—^—I—+~ %—|-1-1—^—I-1-1— * —I-1-1— % 
 
 This line is half the Vicentine foot, with which the following fabrics have been mea- 
 fured. 
 
 The whole foot is divided into twelve inches, and each inch into four minutes. 
 
 In Vicenza upon the Piazza , which is vulgarly called the Ifola , the Count Valerio 
 Chiericato, an honourable gentleman of that city, has built according to the following Plate 2, 
 invention. 
 
 This fabric has in the part below a loggia forwards, that takes in the whole front: the 
 pavement of the fird order rifes above ground five foot; which has been done not only to 
 put the cellars and other places underneath, that belong to the conveniency of the houfe, 
 which wou’d not have fucceeded if they had been made intirely under ground, becaufe the 
 river is not far from it; but alfo that the order above might the better enjoy the beautiful 
 fituation forwards. The larger have rooms the height of their vaults, according to the fird 
 method for the height of vaults : the middle-fized are with' groined vaults, and their vaults 
 as high as thofe of the larger. The fmall rooms are alfo vaulted, and are divided off. All thefe 
 
 vaults 
 
SECOND BOOK. 
 
 4° 
 
 vaults are adorned with moft excellent compartments of ftucco, by Mefler Bartolomeo Ri- 
 dolfi, a Veroneje fculptor; and paintings by Mefler Domenico Rizzo, and Mefler Bat¬ 
 tista Venetiano, men Angular in this profeflion. The hall is above in the middle of 
 the front, and takes up the middle part of the loggia below. Its height is up to the roof; and 
 becaufe it projects forward a little, it has under the angles double columns. From one part 
 to the other of this hall, there are two loggia’s, that is, on each fide one; which have their 
 foffites or ceilings adorned with very beautiful pictures, and afford a moft agreeable fight. The 
 flrft order of the front is Dorick, and the lecond Ionick. 
 
 Place 3. Here follows the aefign of part of the front in a large form. 
 
 Tlate 4. _ The following defigns are of the houfe of the Count Iseppo de Porti, a very noble 
 family of the laid city. This houfe fronts two publick ftreets, and therefore has two en- 
 
 1 nces, which have four columns each, that fupport the vault, and render the place above it 
 fecure. The flrft rooms are vaulted. The height of thole, that are on each flde the faid en¬ 
 trances, is according to the laft method for the height of vaults. The fecond rooms, that is, of 
 the fecond order, are with flat cielings: and thus the flrft, as well as the fecond of that part 
 of the fabrick, which has been done, are adorned with paintings, and moft beautiful ftucco’s, 
 by the hands of the aforefaid excellent artifts, and of Mefler Paolo Veronese, a moft ex¬ 
 cellent pair.ter. The court encompafled with portico’s, to which one goes from the faid en¬ 
 trances by a paflage, is to have columns fix and thirty foot and an half high, that is, as high 
 as the flrft and fecond order. Behind thefe columns there are pilafters one foot and three 
 quarters broad, and one foot and two inches thick, which fupport the pavement of the log¬ 
 gia above. This court divides the whole houfe into two parts: that forwards is for the ufe 
 of the mafter, and the women belonging to him; and that backward to lodge ftrangers in; 
 whereby thofe of the houfe, and the ftrangers will remain free in every refpedt: to which the 
 ancients, and efpecially the Greeks , had a very great regard. 
 
 Besides which, this partition will alfo ferve in cafe the defcendants of the faid gentleman, 
 fhou’d chufe to have their apartments feparate. 
 
 I have placed the principal ftairs under the portico, that they may anfwer to the middle of 
 the court; that thofe who have a mind to go up, may as it were be compelled to fee the 
 moft beautiful pait of the fabrick j and alfo, that being in the middle, they may forve one 
 part as well as the other. The cellars and fuch-like places are under ground. The ftables are 
 out of the fquare of the houfe, and have their entrance under the ftairs. Of the defigns in 
 
 Plate5,6. a large form, the flrft is of part of the front, and the fecond of the part towards the court. 
 
 Plate 7. The following fabrick is in Vtrona, and was begun by the Count Giovianni Battis¬ 
 ta della Torre, a gentleman of that city, who being overtaken by death, could not 
 finiih it; but there is a great part of it done. One goes into this houfe by the flanks, where 
 the paflages are ten feet wide 5 from which one comes into the courts, each fifty feet long ; 
 and from thefe into an open hall, which has four columns for the greater fecurity of the' 
 vault above. From this hall one goes to the ftairs, which are oval, and open in the mid¬ 
 dle. The faid courts have corridors or balconies round them, level with the floor of the 
 fecond rooms. The other ftairs ferve for the greater conveniency of the whole houfe. This 
 compartment fucceeds extremely well in this fituation; which is long and narrow, and has 
 the principal ftreet towards one of the lefler fronts. 
 
 Plate 8 . The following defigns are of a fabrick in Vicenza , of the Count Ottavio de Thieni : 
 It belonged to Count Marc’ Antonio, who began it. This houfe is fltuated in the middle 
 of the city, near the piazza, and therefore I have thought proper to difpofe of that part to¬ 
 wards 'the piazza into fhops : becaufe the architect is alfo to confider the advantage of 
 the builder, when it can be done conveniently, and where the fituation is fufficiently large. 
 Every (hop has over it a mezato for the ufe of the fhop-keeper j and over them are the rooms 
 for the mafter. 
 
 This houfe is infular, that is, encompafled by four ftreets. The principal entrance, or as one 
 may fay, the mafter-gate, has a loggia forwards, and fronts the moft frequented ftreet of the 
 city. The great hall is tq be above; which will project even with the loggia. There are 
 
 two 
 
lliraaiiiniB | iw.«iwi |^E 
 
i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


SECOND BOOK* 
 
 two entrances in the wings, which have columns in the middle, placed there hot fo much 
 for ornament, as they are to render the part above it fecure, and to make the height pro¬ 
 portionable to the breadth. From thefe entrances one goes into the court encompafled all 
 round with loggia's of pilafters. In the firft order they are Ruftick, and in the fecond of the 
 Compofite order. In the angles, there are octangular rooms, that fucceed well, as well with 
 refpeCt to their form, as for diverfe ufes to which they may be accommodated. The rooms 
 of this fabrick that are now finifhed, have been adorned with the moft beautiful ftucco’s, by 
 Mefler Alessandro Vittoria, and Metier Bartolomeo Ridolfi ; and with paint¬ 
 ings, by Mefler Anselmo Canera, and Mefler Bernardino India of Verona , not in¬ 
 ferior to any of the prefent age. The cellars, and fuch like places, are under ground ; becaufe 
 this fabrick is in the higheft part of the city, where there is no danger that water fhould 
 prove any inconvenience. 
 
 Of the following defigns, in a larger form of the above inferted fabrick; the firft is part P latef >- 
 of the front; the fecond is of the part towards the court. Plate io. 
 
 The Counts Valmarana, very honourable gentlemen, for their own honour and con- 
 veniency, and the ornament of their native country, have built in the faid city, according to 
 the following defigns : in which fabrick there is no want of any ornaments that can be thought Plate n. 
 of; as ftucco’s and paintings. This houfe is divided into two parts by the middle court; about 
 which there is a corridor, or balcony, which leads from the fore-part to that which is back¬ 
 wards. The firft rooms are vaulted; the fecond with flat cielings, and they are as high as 
 they are broad. The garden, which is before one comes to the ftables, is much larger than 
 it is marked; but it has been made fo fmall becaufe the leaf wou’d not have contained the 
 ftables and all the other parts. Thus much as to this fabrick, having in this, as well as in 
 all the others, inferted the meafure of each part. 
 
 The following defign is of half the front. Plate 12. 
 
 Amongst many honourable Vicentine gentlemen, there is Monfignor Paol.o Almeri- 
 co, an ecclefiaftick, and who was referendary to two fupreme Popes, Pio the fourth and 
 fifth, and who for his merit, deferved to be made a Roman citizen with all his family. This 
 gentleman after having travelled many years out of a defire of honour, all his relations being 
 dead, came to his native country, and for his recreation retired to one of his country-houfes up¬ 
 on a hill, lefs than a quarter of a mile diftant from the city, where he has built according to the 
 following invention: which I have not thought proper to place amongft the fabricks of villa's, Plate 13; 
 becaufe of the proximity it has with the city, whence it may be faid to be in the very city. The 
 fite is as pleafant and as delightful as can be found; becaufe it is upon a fmall hill, of very eafy 
 accefs, and is watered on one fide by the Bacchiglione, a navigable river; and on the other it is 
 encompafled with moft pleafant rifings, which look like a very great theatre, and are all culti¬ 
 vated, and abound with moft excellent fruits, and moft exquifite vines: and therefore, as it en¬ 
 joys from every part moft beautiful views, fome of which are limited, feme more extended, 
 and others that terminate with the horizon; there are loggia’s made in all the four fronts; under 
 the floor of which, and of the hall, are the rooms for the conveniency and ufe of the family. 
 
 The hall is in the middle, is round, and receives its light from above. The fmall rooms are di¬ 
 vided off. Over the great rooms (the vaults of which are according to the firft method) there is 
 a place to walk round the hall, fifteen foot and a half wide. In the extremity of the pedeftals, 
 that form a fupport to the ftairs of the loggia’s, there are ftatues made by the hands of Mefler 
 Lorenzo Vicent 1 no, a very excellent fculptor. 
 
 Signor Giulio Capra, likewife a moft noble cavalier, and a Vicentine gentleman, for an 
 ornament to his native country, rather than from any neceflity he was under of fo doing, has 
 prepared the materials to build, and has begun according to the following defigns, in a moft Plate i4. 
 beautiful fite, in the principal ftreet of the city. This houfe will have courts, loggia’s, halls 
 and rooms; fome of which will be great, fome middling, and others fmall. The form will be 
 beautiful, and diverfified; and certainly that gentleman will have a very ftately and magnificent 
 houfe, fuitable to his noble mind. 
 
 C, an open court. 
 
 D, a court likewife uncovered. 
 
 L, the court. 
 
 S, the hall which in the lower part has columns, and free above, that is, without columns. 
 
 I made the prefent invention for a fite, belonging to the Count Montano Barbarano at Plate i|, 
 Vicenza ; in which, by reafonof the fituation, I did notobferve the fame order on one part, as 
 
 M I did 
 
4-2 
 
 SECOND BOOK. 
 
 I did on the other. Now this gentleman has bought the neighbouring piece of ground and 
 therefore the ft me order is obferved in both parts; and as in one part the ftables are placed' and 
 the lodgings for iervants (as may be feen in the defign) fo in the other there are rooms that will 
 lerve tor a kitchen, and places for women, and for other conveniences. They have already be- 
 .'.r.tc 16. gun to build,, and have raifed the front according to the following defign, in a large form. I 
 have not yet inferted the defign of the plan, according as it was finally concluded on, and ac¬ 
 cording as the foundations are already laid, fince I could not get it graved time enough’to have it 
 printed. The entrance of this invention has fome columns which fupport the vault for the 
 reafons already mentioned. On the right and left there are two rooms one fquare and a half long • 
 and alter thele, two fquareones; and befidesthefe, two clofets. Oppofite to the entrance there 
 is a panage, from which one comes into a loggia over the court. This paflage has aclofet on 
 each hde, and over them mezati’s, to which the principal flairs of the houfe ferve. All the 
 vaults of thefe places are one and twenty foot and a half high. The hall above, and all the 
 other rooms, are with flat cielings; the fmall rooms only have their vaults as high as the ciel- 
 mgs of the rooms. The columns of the front have pedeftals under them, and fupport the bal¬ 
 cony ; into which one enters by the fofita. The front is not to be made in this manner fas 
 Plate 16. was find) but according to the following defign, in a large form. v 
 
 CHAP. IV. 
 
 Of the Tuscan A t r i o, or porch. 
 
 A FTER having fetdown fome of thofe fabricks I have direfted in cities, it is very pro¬ 
 per that, to keep my promife, I fhould infert the defigns of fome of the principal parts of 
 the houfes of the antients. And becaufe the Atrio was a very remarkable part of them I lhall 
 firft make men tion of the Atrio’s, or porches, and then of the places adjoined to them and 
 lo proceed to the halls. ’ 
 
 Vitruvius fays, in his fixth book, that there were five kinds of Atrio’s among the 
 Antients that is, theTufcan, of four columns ; the Corinthian, Tefluginato, and Uncover’d 
 Plate 17. of which I do not intend to fpeak. The following defigns a/e of the Tufcan Atrio The 
 breadth of this Atrio is two thirds of the length. The breadth of the Tablino is two fifths 
 of that of the Atrio, and of the fame length. From this one pafles into the Periftilio that 
 is, into the court with porticos round it; which is one third longer than it is broad. The 
 portico’s are as wide as the' columns are long. On the fides of the Atrio fmall halls might 
 be made, that would look over the gardens ; and if they were made as one fees in the defign 
 their columns would be of the Ionick order, twenty foot long, and the portico would be as 
 wide as the intercolumniation. Above them there would be other columns of the Corinthian 
 order, one fourth part lefs than thofe below; between which there would be windows to re¬ 
 ceive light. Over the Anditi there fhould be no covering, but they fliould have baluftrades 
 round them; and according to the fituation, they might be made either longer or fliorter 
 than what I have defigned, according as it Ihould be neceflary for the afe and conveniency of 
 thofe who were to dwell there. J 
 
 Plate 18. Here follows the defign of this Atrio in a larger form. 
 
 B, Atrio. I, Portico of the Periftillio. 
 
 D, Frize, or beam of limitation. K, Loggia before the Atrio , which we may call 
 G, the door of the Tablino. Vefibulo. 
 
 F, Tablino. 
 
 CHAP. V. 
 
 Of the Atrio with four columns. 
 
 T HE following defign is of the Atrio with four columns; which is in breadth three parts 
 of five of its length. The wings are the fourth part of the length. The columns are 
 Corinthian ; their diameter is half the breadth of the wings. The uncover’d part is a third 
 part of the breadth of the Atrio, and as long. From the Atrio through the Tablino one 
 pafles into the Periftilio; which is in length one fquare and a half. The columns of the 
 firft order are Dorick, and the portico’s are as broad as the faid columns are long. Thofe 
 above, that is, of the fecond order, are Ionick, one fourth part lefs than thofe of the firft 
 under which there is a Poggio, or pedeftal, two foot and three quarters high. 
 
 A, Atrio. 
 


33 : 2 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pj © 5 
 
B 
 
 o . 
 
 M 
 
 _ 
 
 i-2x£l ..iki'.ZV,: 
 
 A.:\V~ 7 1 , F>J 1 ■r- .-y r 
 
 
 
 "] ‘tease 
 
 
 
 r.— -1 
 
 
 
 
 IIIllilll I:.u nliii :i HITII1ITT 
 


SECOND 
 
 BOOK. 
 
 43 
 
 A, Atrio. 
 
 G, the uncover'd part of the Atrio , with 
 
 B, Tablino. 
 
 balufrades round it. 
 
 C, door of the Tablino. 
 
 H, the wings of the Atrio. 
 
 D, portico of the Perifilio. 
 
 I, frize of the cornice of the Atrio. 
 
 E, rooms near the Atrio. 
 
 K, folid part over the columns. 
 
 F, Loggia thro ’ which one enters the Atrio. 
 
 L, meajure of ten feet. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
 VI. 
 
 Of the Corinthian Atrio. 
 
 T H E following fabrick is of the convent de la Carita where are regular canons at Venice. Plate 20. 
 
 I have endeavoured to make this houfe like thofe of the antients; and therefore I 
 have made a Corinthian Atrio to it, whofe length is the diagonal line of the fquare of 
 its breadth. The wings are one part of three and a half, or two fevenths of its length. 
 
 The columns are of the Compofite order, three foot and a half thick, and five and thirty 
 foot long. The uncovered part in the middle is the third part of the breadth of the Atrio. 
 
 Over the columus there is an uncovered terrace level with the floors of the third order of 
 the cloifter where the Friar’s cells are. The facrifty is on one fide near the Atrio 
 incompaffed with a Dorick cornice, which lupports the vaults. The columns there feen 
 fupport that part of the wall in the cloifter, which in the part above, divides the chambers 
 or cells from the loggia’s. This facrifty ferves for a tablino (fo they called the place where 
 they lodged the images of their anceftors) tho’ for conveniency, I have placed it on one fide 
 of the Atrio. On the other fide is the place for the chapter, which anfwers to the facrifty. 
 lit the part near the church there is an oval ftair-cafe, void in the middle, which is very 
 convenient and pleafmt. From the Atrio one enters into the cloifter, which has three or¬ 
 ders of columns, one over the other. The firft is Dorick, and the columns project from the 
 pilafters more than one half. The fecond is Ionick ; the columns are one fifth part lefs than 
 thole of the firft. The third is Corinthian, and the columns are a fifth part lefs than thofe 
 of the fecond. In this order, inftead of pilafters, there is the continued wall; and dire&ly 
 over the arches of the inferior orders, there are windows which give light to the entrance into 
 the cells, the vaults of which are made with reeds, that they may not overcharge the walls. 
 Oppofite to the Atrio and cloifter, beyond the flairs, one finds the refedtory, which is two 
 fquares long, and as high as the floor of the third order of the cloifter: It has a loggia on 
 each fide, and underneath a cellar made in the fame manner as cifterns are, that the water may 
 not get in. At one end it has the kitchen, ovens, a yard for poultry, a place for wood a 
 place to wafli clothes in, and a very agreeable garden; and at the other end, other kind' of 
 places. 
 
 There are in this fabrick, befides places for ftrangers, and others that fervefor different 
 purpofes, forty four rooms, and forty fix cells. 
 
 Of the defigns that follow, the firft is of part of this Atrio in a larger form, and the fecond Plate 2r > 
 ol part of the cloifter. and 22. 
 
 CHAP. VII. 
 
 Of the Atrio Testugginato, and of the private houfes of the 
 
 antient Romans. 
 
 B BS IDES the abovefaid different manners of Atrio’s, there was another very much in 
 ufe among the antients, by them called Teftugginato: and becaufe this part is very 
 difficult, from the obfcurity of Vitruvius, and worthy of a particular regard, I Avail mention 
 what I think of it, adjoining thereto the difpofition of the Oeci, or fmall halls, Cancellarie, 
 
 Tinelli, baths, and other places; fo that in the following defign there will be all the parts of Plate 23. 
 the private houfe fet in their proper places according to Vitruvius. The Atrio is as long 
 as the diagonal of the fquare of the breadth, and as high as it is broad, up to the limitary 
 beam. The rooms on the fide thereof, are fix foot lefs in height; and upon the walls, 
 which divide them from the Atrio, there are fome pilafters that fupport the Teftudine, or 
 covering of the Atrio; and through the diftances between them it receives light; and the 
 rooms have an open terrace over them. Oppofite to the entrance is the Tablino, which is 
 one part of two and a half, or two. fifths of the breadth of the Atrio; and thofe places 
 
 ferved, 
 
SECOND BOOK. 
 
 44- 
 
 ferved, as I before faid, to place the images and ftatues of their anceftors in. Farther on, 
 is the Periftilio, which has portico’s round it, as broad as the columns are long. The 
 rooms are of the fame breadth, and are as high to the import of the vaults as they are 
 broad, and the vaults are in height a third part of the breadth. 
 
 Several forts of Oeci are defcribed by Vitruvius (it was thefe halls, or Salotte, in 
 which they made their feftivals and entertainments, and where the women worked) that is, 
 Tetraftili j fo called, becaufe there were four columns; the Corinthian, which had femi- 
 columns round them ; the Egyptian, which over the firft columns were inclofed with a wall 
 with femi-columns dire&ly over the firft, and one fourth part lefs. In the inter-columnia- 
 tions there were windows, from which the part in the middle received light. The height 
 of the loggia’s that were round them, did not pafs the firft columns, and over that it was 
 uncovered, and encompafs’d with a corridor or balcony. The defigns of each of thefe (hall 
 be feparately fet down. The fquare Oeci were places to be in the cool in the fummer : 
 and looked upon gardens and other green places. There were alfo other Oeci made, which 
 they called Ciziceni, which alfo proved for the conveniencies abovefaid. The Cancellarie, 
 and libraries were in proper places towards the eaft ; and alfo the Ticlini, which were places 
 where they did eat. There were alfo baths for the men and women, which I have defigned 
 in the fartheft part of the houfe. 
 
 A, Atrio. 
 
 B, 'Tablino. 
 
 C, Periftilio. 
 
 D, Corinthian Salotti. 
 
 E, Salotti r with four columns. 
 
 Plate 24. The following defign is of this fame Atrio in a larger form. 
 
 F, Bafilica. 
 
 G, places for fummer. 
 
 H, rooms. 
 
 K, library. 
 
 D, Atrio. 
 
 E, windows which give light to the Atrio. 
 
 F, door of the Tab lino. 
 
 G, Tablino. 
 
 H, portico of the Cortile. 
 
 I, Loggia before the Atrio, 
 
 K, Cortile. 
 
 L, rooms round the Atrio. 
 
 M, Loggia. 
 
 N, beam of limitation , or frize of the 
 
 Atrio. 
 
 O, part of the Corinthia?i hall. 
 
 P, uncovered place , over which the light 
 
 comes into the Atrio. 
 
 CHAP. VIII. 
 
 Of the Halls with four columns. 
 
 Plate 25. f "I"' HE following defign is of the halls, which were called Tetraftili, becaufe they had 
 Jf four columns. Thefe were made fquare; and the columns were put to make the 
 breadth proportionable to the height, and to make the place above fecure j which I have done 
 my felf in many fabricks, as has been feen in the foregoing defigns, and will be in thofe 
 that follow. 
 
 CHAP. IX. 
 
 Of Corinthian Halls. 
 
 T H E Corinthian halls were made in two manners, that is, either with columns which 
 rofe from the ground, as may be feen in the firft defign; or with columns upon 
 Plate 27. pedeftals, as they are in the fecond : But in the one as well as the other, the columns were 
 made clofe to the wall; and the architraves, frizes and cornices were wrought with ftucco, 
 or made of wood, and there was but one order of columns. The vault was made either of a 
 femi-circle, or a Schiffo, that is, it had as much in height, as was the third part of the breadth 
 of the hall, and ought to be adorned with compartments of ftucco and paintings. The 
 length of thefe halls would be very beautiful of one fquare and two thirds of the breadth. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
i ii !i i: ii r i! i 1 ii r 
 
 
 MwM, 
 
 wrnlm. 
 
 %Y7/Y/97//, 
 
 m&m, 
 
 Wmfo 
 
 wMWm 
 
 f§i§|§| 
 
 "‘■.V-//'' W, 
 
 Wy/mX'/m 
 
 wmm 
 
 WMm 
 
 V/WY/' 
 
 
 
 '/wy/My/-, 
 
 7 / 
 
 ■ > 
 
 Wmm 
 
 Wwmm, 
 
 Wmam, 
 
 ■ 
 
 Vmw', 
 
 . 
 
 Wfflm 
 
 ' "Am "’$$& 
 fwmmMm 
 
 W///W"m/y 
 
 
 HHU 
 
 'm 
 
^Xll 
 
 
Second book. 
 
 chap, x. 
 
 Of Egyptian Hallsj 
 
 T H E following defign is of the Egyptian halls, which refembled Bafilica’s very much, Plate a?, 
 (that is, places where juftice was adminifter’d) of which mention fhall be made when 
 we treat of the piazza’s: becaufe in thefe halls there was a portico commonly made with 
 the columns at a diftance from the wall, as they are in the Bafilica’s ; and over the columns 
 there were the architraves, the frizes, and the cornices. The fpace between the columns 
 and the wall was covered with a pavement. This pavement was uncovered, and formed a 
 Corridor, or balcony, round. Above the faid columns there was a continued wall, with 
 femi-columns on the infide, one fourth part lefs than the abovefaid; and between the inter- 
 columniations there were windows, which gave light to the hall, and through which, from 
 the faid uncover'd pavement, one might fee into it. Thefe halls muft needs have been of 
 an admirable magnificence, as well by reafon of the ornament of the columns, as alfo for its 
 height j becaufe the foffit lay over the cornice of the fecond order, and muft have been very- 
 commodious when feftivals and entertainments were made there. 
 
 CHAP. Xt. 
 
 Of the Private Houses of the Greeks, 
 
 T H E Greeks held a different manner of building from the Latins; becaufe, as Vitruvius 
 fays, omitting the loggia’s and atrio’s, they made the entrance of the houfe little and 
 narrow ; and on one part placed the ftables for horfes, and on the other the porter's rooms. 
 From this firft paflage one enter’d the court; which had on three fides portico’s, and on the 
 part fronting the fouth they made two Anti, i. e. pilafters, which fupported the beams of the 
 more inward cielings j becaufe fome fpace being left on the one fide, and the other, there 
 were very large places appointed for the mothers of families, wherein they dwell with their 
 men and women fervants. And even with the faid Anti were fome rooms, which we may 
 call antichamber, chamber, and backroom, as they ate one behind the other. Round the 
 portico’s were places for eating, fleeping, and for other like neceflary things to the family. 
 To this edifice they annexed another, of much greater fize, and ornament, with more ample 
 courts; in which they either made four portico’s of an equal height, or one that was 
 greater, viz. that which fronted the fouth, and the court which had this higher portico was 
 called Rhodiaco; perhaps becaufe the invention came from the Rhodians. Thefe courts had 
 magnificent loggia’s forwards, with particular gates of their own, wherein the men only dwelt. 
 Near this fabrick, on the right and left, they made other houfes, which had particular 
 gates of their own, and all the conveniences neceflary to make them habitable ; and in thefe 
 ftrangers were lodged: for it was the cuftom among thefe people, when a ftranger came, to 
 conduct him the firft day to eat with them, and then to aflign him a lodging in the faid 
 houfes, and fend him thither all the neceflaries of life; whereby the ftrangers were in every 
 refpedt as free, as if they had been in their own houfe. 
 
 L e t it fufflee to have faid thus much concerning the houfes of the Greeks , and of city 
 
 houfes. 
 
 Of the parts of the houfes of the Greeks. 
 
 A, paftage. 
 
 B, fables. 
 
 C, places for the porters. 
 
 D, frjl court. 
 
 E, entrance to the rooms. 
 
 F, places where the women did their work. 
 
 G, firf great room y which we Jhall call the 
 
 antichamber. 
 
 H, middling chamber. 
 
 I, fmall room. 
 
 K, fmall halls to eat 'in. 
 
 L, the rooms. 
 
 M, fecond court , larger than the frft. 
 
 N, portico greater than the three others , 
 from which the court is called Rhodiaco. 
 
 O, place leading from the leffer into the Plate 29* 
 greater court. 
 
 P, the three portico's , having fmall co+ 
 lumns 
 
 Q, Lriclini, Ciziceni , and Cancelarie , or 
 the places to be painted. 
 
 R, hall. 
 
 S, library. 
 
 T, fquare halls , where they ufed to eat. 
 
 V, the houfes for the ftrangers. 
 
 X, little alleys , which parted the faid houfes 
 from thofe of the mafter. 
 
 Y, fmall uncovered courts . 
 
 Z, principal ftreet. 
 
 N 
 
 CHAP, 
 

 SECOND BOOK. 
 
 CHAP. XII. 
 
 Of the Site to be chofen for the fabricks of Villas. 
 
 T HE city houfes are certainly of great fplendour and conveniency to a gentleman who 
 is to refide in them all the time he (hall require for the adminiftration of the republick, 
 or for directing his own affairs. But perhaps he will not reap much lefs utility and confolation 
 from the country houfe; where the remaining part of the time will be paffed in feeing and 
 adorning his own poffefllons, and by induftry, and the art of agriculture, improving his 
 eftate; where alfo by the exercife which in a villa is commonly taken, on foot and on horfe- 
 back, the body will the more eafily preferve its ftrength and health; and, finally, where the 
 mind, fatigued by the agitations of the city, will be greatly reftor’d and comforted, and be 
 able quietly to attend the ftudies of letters, and contemplation. 
 
 Hence it was the antient fages commonly ufed to retire to fuch like placesj where being 
 oftentimes vifited by their virtuous friends and relations, having houfes, gardens, fountains, and 
 fuch like pleafant places, and above all, their virtue, they could eafily attain to as much 
 happinefs as can be attained here below. 
 
 Having now, by the help of God, gone through what I had to fay concerning city 
 houfes; it is juft that we proceed to thofe of the country, in which private and family affairs 
 are chiefly tranfadted. 
 
 But before we come to the defigns of thefe, it feems not improper to fay fomething 
 concerning the fituation or place to be chofen for thofe fabricks, and of their difpofition j 
 becaufe, as we are not confined (as commonly happens in cities) by publick walls, or thofe 
 of our neighbours, to certain and determinate bounds, it is the bufinefs of a wife’architect, 
 with the utmoft care and diligence, to feek and find out a convenient and healthy place: 
 frnce we are, for the moft part, in the country during the fummer feafon ; at which time 
 even in the moft healthy places, our bodies become weak and fickly, by reafon of the heat. 
 
 I n the firft place therefore, let a place be chofen as convenient as poffible, and in the 
 middle of the eftate, that the owner, without much trouble, may view and improve it on 
 every fide, and that the fruits thereof may be the more conveniently carried by the labourers 
 to his houfe. J 
 
 . I? one may build upon a river, it will be both convenient and beautiful ; becaufe at all 
 times, and with little expence, the products may be convey’d to the city in boats and will 
 ferve for the ufes of the houfe and cattle. Befides the cooling the air in fummer very much 
 it will afford a beautiful profpedt, with which the eftates, pleafure and kitchen gardens may 
 with great utility and ornament be water’d, which are the foie and chief recreation of a villa. 
 
 But if navigable rivers cannot be had, one muft endeavour to build near fome other 
 running water ; and above all to get at a diftance from ftanding waters, becaufe they generate 
 a very bad air: which we may very eafily avoid, if we build upon elevated and chearful 
 places, where the air is, by the continual blowing of the winds, moved; and the earth by 
 its declivity purged of all ill vapours and moifture : and where the inhabitants are healthy 
 and chearful, and preferve a good colour, and are not molcfted by gnats and other fmall 
 animals, which are generated by the putrefa&ion of ftill fenny waters. 
 
 And becaufe the waters are very neceffary to human life, and according to their various 
 qua .ties they produce in us different effedts s feme generating the fpleen, others glandulous 
 fwellings in the neck, others the ftone, and many other difeafes: 6 
 
 G R E A T care ought therefore to be taken, not to build near thofe waters which have any 
 odd tafte, or which partake of any colour ; but be clear, limpid, and fubtile and which 
 being fprmkled upon a white cloth, do not ftain it: becaufe thefe will be certain figns of 
 
 T H E r E are many methods to find whether the waters are good, taught us by Vitruvius • 
 but that water is deemed perfeft which makes good bread, and in which greens are quickly 
 boiled; and which, being boiled, does not leave any fur or fediment at bottom of the veffel. 
 
 It 
 
rrin mr 
 
 TTt’1 i-'\i ;"i y 
 
 
 mm: 
 
 
 SBSBBKffifBS 
 
 awssa 
 
 
 
 
 
 ■XzurtisiL 
 
 >ot. 
 
SECOND BOOK, 47 
 
 It will be an excellent fign of the goodnefs of the water, if, where it paffes, one does 
 not fee mofs or rufhes grow; but the place is clean, beautiful, and has fand or gravel at the 
 bottom, and is not foul and muddy. 
 
 The animals which are accuftomed to drink of them, will alfo be an indication of the 
 goodnefs and falubrity of the waters, if they are lively, robuft, and fat, and not weak and 
 lean. 
 
 But with regard to the wholefomnefs of the air, befides the aforefaid particulars the antient 
 edifices will give an indication thereof, if they are not corroded and fpoiled : if the trees are 
 well nourilhed and beautiful, and not bent in any part by the winds, and if they are not 
 luch aS grow in fenny places. J 
 
 And if the tones produced in thofe places do not appear on the furface to be nutrified * 
 and alfo if the colour of the inhabitants be natural, and fhews a good temperature. 
 
 One ought not to build in valleys enclofed between mountains; becaufe edifices in valleys 
 are there hid, and are deprived of feeing at a diftance, and of being feen. Thefe are without 
 dignity and grandure and alfo entirely contrary to health; becaufe the earth being impregnated 
 ■ • j 16 mS / ! hat f et . t e t ^ iere » f enc * s f ort: h peftiferous vapours, infeCting both the body and 
 mind ; the fpirits being by them weaken’d, the joints and nerves emafculated: and what is 
 lodged in the granaries will corrupt through the too great moitore. 
 
 B e s i d e s which, if the fun happens to fliine, the reflection of its rays will caufe excefliv® 
 heats; and it it doth not, the continual thade will render the people in a manner ftupid and 
 difcoloured. r 
 
 And when the winds enter into the faid valleys, it will be with too much fury as if it 
 Were through narrow channels; and when they do not blow, the collected air will grow 
 grofs and unhealthy. © - 
 
 When there is a neceflity of building upon a mountain, let a fituation be chofen facing 
 a temperate part of the heaven, and which is not by higher mountains continually fhaded 
 nor fcorched (as it were by two funs) by the fun’s reverberation fromfome neighbouring rock • 
 for in either of thefe cafes it will be exceeding bad to dwell in. 6 
 
 An d, finally, in the choice of the fituation for the building a villa, all thofe confidera- 
 tions ought to be had, which are neceffary in a city houfe; fince the city is as it were but 
 a great houfe, and, on the contrary, a country houfe is a little city. 
 
 CHAP. XIII. 
 
 Of the compartment or difpoftion of the Viua’s, 
 
 T HE agreeable, pleafant, commodious, and healthy fituation being found, attention i 
 to be given to its elegant and convenient difpofition. There are two forts of fabrick 
 required in a villa: one for the habitation of the matter, and of his family; and the other t 
 manage and take care of the produce and animals of the villa. Therefore the compartmer 
 of the file ought to be in fuch a manner, that the one may not be any impediment to the othe: 
 
 The habitation for the matter ought to be made with a juft regard to his family am 
 condition, and as has been obferved in cities, of which mention has been made. * 
 
 The covertures for the things belonging to a villa, mutt be made fuitable to the ettat 
 and number of animals; and in fuch manner joined to the matter’s habitation, that he mai 
 be able to go to every place under cover, that neither the rains, nor the fcorching fun of thi 
 fummer, may be a nuifance to him, when he goes to look after his affairs; which will alf< 
 be of great ufe to lay wood in under cover, and an infinite number of things belonging to : 
 vil a, that would otherwife be fpoiled by the rains and the fun: befides which thefe portico’ 
 will be a great ornament. ^ 
 
 . R E ® A * D muft be had in lodging the men employ’d for the ufc of the villa, the animals, 
 tiie products, and the mftruments, conveniently, and without any contoaint. The rooms 
 
 for 
 
4 g SECONDBOOK. 
 
 for the fteWard, for the bailiff or farmer, and for the labourers, ought to be in a convenient 
 place near to the gates, for the fafeguard of all the other parts. 
 
 The ftables for the working animals, fuch as oxen and horfes, muff be at a diftance from 
 the mafter’s habitations, that the dunghills may be at a diftance from it, and be placed in very 
 light and warm places. 
 
 The places for breeding animats, as hogs, fheep, pidgeons, fowls, and fuch like, are'to 
 be difpofed according to their quality and nature: and in this the cuftom of different countries 
 ought to be obferved. 
 
 The cellars ought to be under ground, inclofed, and far from any noife, moifture, or 
 ill fmell, and ought to receive their light from the eaft, or from the north ; becaufe that having 
 it from’any other part, where the fun might heat them, the wines being thereby warmed 
 would grow weak, and be fpoiled. They, muft be made fomewhat Hoping in the middle, 
 and have their floors of terazzo, or paved in fuch a manner, that fhould the wine happen to 
 run out, it may be taken up again. The tubs in which the wine is fermented muft be 
 placed under the covertures that are made near the faid cellars, and fo raifed,. that their out¬ 
 lets may be fomething higher than the bung-holes of the barrels, that the wine may be the 
 more eaflly convey’d, either through leather pipes or wooden channels, from the faid tubs 
 into the barrels. 
 
 The granaries ought to have their light towards the north, becaufe the corn cannot fo 
 eaflly be heated, but rather cooled by the winds; and thereby it will be a long time preferv’d, 
 and none of thofe little animals will breed there, which damage it very much. Their floor, 
 or pavement, ought to be of terrazzato, if it can be had, or at leaft of boards j becaufe the 
 corn will be fpoiled by touching of lime, 
 
 The other ftore-rooms ought alfo, for the faid reafons, to look towards the fame part 
 of the heaven. 
 
 Hay-lofts ought to face the fouth or weftj becaufe the hay being dried by the 
 heat of the fun, it will not be in danger of corrupting and taking fire. The inftruments 
 neceflary to the hufband-mcn, muft be in convenient places under cover towards the fouth. 
 The grange, where the corn is threfhed, ought to be expofed to the fun, ample, fpacious, 
 paved, and a little raifed in the middle, with portico’s round it, or at leaft on one fide; 
 that in cafe of fudden rains, the corn may be immediately conveyed under cover; and muft 
 not be too near the mafter’s houfe, by reafon of the duft, nor fo far off as to be out of 
 fight. 
 
 This in general will fuffice concerning the election of fites, and their compartments. It 
 remains (as I have promifed) that I infert the defigns of fome of the fabricks which I have 
 dire&ed in the country, according to feveral inventions. 
 
 CHAP. XIV. 
 
 Of the Designs of the country-houfes belongmg to fome noble Venetians. 
 
 Plate 30. 
 
 T HE following fabrick is at Bagnolo , a place two miles diftant from Lonigo , a caftle in 
 the Vicentine , and belongs to the magnificent Counts Vittore, Marco, and 
 Daniele de Pisani, brothers. The ftables, the cellars, the granaries, and fuch like other 
 places, for the ufe of the villa, are on each fide of the court. The columns of the portico’s 
 are of the Dorick order. The middle part of this fabrick is for the mafter’s habitation. The 
 pavement of the firft rooms, are feven foot high from the ground; under which are the 
 kitchen and fuch like places for the family. The hall is vaulted, in height once and half 
 its breadth. To this height alfo joins the vault of the loggia’s. The rooms are with flat 
 cielings, and their height equal to their breadth: the length of the greater is one fquare and 
 two thirds, and of the others one fquare and an half. And it is to be obferved, that gfeat 
 attention has not been given, in putting the leffer ftairs in a place where they might have 
 a ftrong light, (as we have recommended in the firft book) becaufe they being to ferve to 
 places below, and to thofe above, which are for granaries and mezzati; wherefore, regard 
 has been chiefly had to accommodate well the middle order, which is for the mafter’s habi¬ 
 tation, and for ftrangers. The ftairs that lead to this order, are put in a very proper place, 
 as may be feen by the defigns. 
 
 This 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 * 
 
SECOND BOOK. 
 
 49 
 
 This is faid alfo for an hint to the prudent reader, with refpe<5l to all the other fabricksr 
 of one order only; becaufe, in thofe which have two, beautiful and well adorned, I ^ 
 have taken care that the flairs fhould be light, and put in commodious places: I fay two, 
 becaufe that which goes under-ground for the cellars, and fuch like ufes, and that which 
 goes to the part above, and ferves for granaries and mezzati, I do not call a principal order, 
 as it does not lead to the habitation of the gentlemen. 
 
 The following fabrick belongs to the magnificent Signor Francesco Badoero, in the Plate 31. 
 Polefine , at a place called La Frata , on a life fomewhat elevated, and wafhed by a branch 
 of the Adige , where formerly flood a caflle, belonging to Salinguerr a de Este, brother- 
 in-law to Ezzelino da Romano. 
 
 The bafe to the whole edifice is a pedeflal, five feet high; the pavement of the rooms 
 is level with this height, which are all with flat cielings, and have been adorned with grotefque 
 work of a beautiful invention, by Giallo Fiorentino. The granaries are above, and the 
 kitchen, cellars, and other places belonging to its convenience, are below. The columns of 
 the loggia’s of the mailer’s houfe, are of the Ionick order. The cornice, like a crown, en- 
 compalfes the whole houfe. The frontifpiece, over the loggia’s, forms a beautiful fight, becaufe 
 it makes the middle part higher than the fides. Lower on the plane are found the places for 
 the fleward, bailiff or farmer, flables, and other fuitables for a villa. 
 
 The magnificent Signor Marco Zeno has built according to the following invention Plate 32. 
 at CeJ'alto , a place near to the Motta , a caflle in the Trevigiano. The pavement of the 
 rooms, all which are vaulted, is level with a bafement which encompaffes the whole fabrick. The 
 height of the vaults of the greater, is according to the fecond manner for the height of 
 vaults. Thofe that are fquare, have lunetti in the angles over the windows. The little rooms 
 next the loggia, are cov’d a fafcia , as alfo the hall. The vault of the loggia is as 
 high as that of the hall, and both exceed the height of the rooms. This fabrick has 
 gardens, a court, a dove-houfe, and all that is neceffary for a villa. 
 
 Not very far from the Gambarare , on the Brenta , is the following fabrick, belonging pi ate ^ 
 to the magnificent Signors Nicolo' and Luigi de Foscari. This fabrick is railed 
 eleven foot from the ground ; and underneath are the kitchens, fervants halls, and fuch like 
 places, and vaulted above as well as below. The height of the vaults of the greater rooms, 
 is according to the firfl manner for the height of vaults. The fquare rooms have their vaults 
 d cupola. Over the fmall rooms, there are mezzati. The vaults of the hall is crofied 
 femicircularly : the height of its impofl, is as high as the hall is broad; which has been 
 adorned with mod excellent paintings, by Meder Battista Venetiano. Meder 
 Battista Franco, a very great defigner of our times, had begun to paint one of the 
 great rooms; but being overtaken by death, has left the work imperfedt. The loggia is of 
 the Ionick order. The cornice goes round the houfe, and forms a frontifpiece over the 
 loggia ; and on the oppofite part below the main roof, there is another cornice, which 
 pades over the frontifpiece. The rooms above are like mezzati, by reafon of their lownefs; 
 becaufe they are but eight foot high. 
 
 The following fabrick is at Mafera , a village near AJ'olo , a cadle in the Trevigiano ; p] ate 34< 
 belonging to Monfignor Reverendifiimo El etto de Aquileia, and to the magnificent 
 Signor Marc’ Antonio de Barbari, brothers. That part of the fabrick which ad¬ 
 vances a little forward, has two orders of rooms. The floor of thofe above is even with 
 the level of the court backwards, where there is a fountain cut into the mountain oppo¬ 
 fite to the houfe, with infinite ornaments of flucco and paintings. This fountain forms a 
 fmall lake, which ferves for a fifh-pond. From this place the water runs into the kitchen ; 
 and after having watered the gardens that are on the right and left of the road, which leads 
 gradually to the fabrick, it forms two fifh-ponds, with their watering places upon the high¬ 
 road j from whence it waters the kitchen garden, which is very large,and full of the mod excellent 
 fruits, and of different kinds of pulfe. The front of the mailer’s houfe has four columns, 
 of the Ionick order. The capitols of thofe in the angles face both ways. The 
 method of making which capitols, I fhall fet down in the book of temples. On the one, 
 and on the other part, there are loggia’s, which, in their extremities, have two dove- 
 houfes ; and under them there are places to make wines, the flables, and other places for the 
 ufe of the villa. 
 
 The following fabrick is near the gate of Montagnana , a caflle in the Padoano ; pj ate 3< 
 and was built by the magnificent Signor Francesco Pisani ; who being gone to a 
 better life, could not finifli it. The large rooms are one fquare and three quarters in length ; 
 the vaults are a fchiffo , and in height according to the fecond manner for the height of 
 
 O vaults. 
 
SECOND BOOK. 
 
 5° 
 
 vaults. The middle fized are fquare, and vaulted a cadino. The fmall rooms, and the pafiuge, 
 are of an equal breadth : their vaults are two fquares in height; the entrance has four co¬ 
 lumns, one fifth lefs than thofe without, which fupport the pavement of the hall, and make 
 the height of the vaults beautiful, and fecure. In the four niches that are feen there, have been carved 
 the four feafons of the year, by Mefler Alessandro Vittoria, an excellent fculptor. 
 The firft order of the columns is Dorick, the lecond Ionick. The rooms above, are with 
 fiat cielings. The height of the hall reaches up to the roof. 
 
 This fabrick has two ftreets on the wings, where there are two doors; over which 
 there are paflages that lead to the kitchen, and places for fervants. 
 
 Plate 36. The following fabrick belongs to the magnificent Signor Giorgio Cornara, at 
 Piombino , a place in Cajlelfranco The firft order of the loggia’s is Ionick. The hall is 
 placed in the moft inward part of the houfe, that it may be far from the heat and cold. 
 The wings where the niches are feen, are in breadth the third part of its length. The co¬ 
 lumns anfwer directly to the laft, but one, of the loggia’s, and are as far diftant from one ano¬ 
 ther, as they are high. The large rooms are one fquare and three quarters long. 1 he 
 height of the vaults is according to the firft method for the height of vaults. The mid¬ 
 dle fized are fquare, one third higher than they are broad: their vaults are a lunetti. Over the 
 fmall rooms there are mezzati. The loggia’s above are of the Corinthian order. The columns 
 are one fifth lefs than thofe underneath. " The rooms are with flat cielings, and have fome 
 mezzati over them. On one part is the kitchen, and places for houfewifery ; and on the 
 other, places for fervants. 
 
 Plate 37. The fabrick beneath belongs to the Clarifiimo Cavalier il Signor Leonardo 
 Mocenico, at a village called Marocco , on the road from Venice to Trevigi. The cellars 
 are above-ground, and over them, in one part, are the granaries, and on the other, conve¬ 
 niences for the family ; and over thefe places, are the mafter’s rooms, divided into four ap- 
 partments. The vaults of the larger, are one and twenty foot high, and made of cane, that 
 they may be light. The vaults of the middle-fized are as high as thofe of the greater. The 
 vaults of the fmaller rooms, or clofets, are a crocieri ;, and feventeen foot high. The loggia below 
 is of the Ionick order. There are four columns in the ground hall, that the height may be 
 proportionable to the breadth. The loggia above is of the Corinthian order, and has a poggio 
 two foot and three quarters high. 
 
 The ftairs are placed in the middle, and divide the hall from the loggia, and go up, 
 one contrary to the other, whereby one may go up and down on the right and left; and are 
 both very convenient and beautiful, and fufiiciently light. 
 
 This fabrick has on the wings, the places to make wine, the ftables, portico’s, and 
 other conveniencies, proper for the ufe of a villa. 
 
 Plate 38. The under fabrick is at Fanzolo y a village in the Trevigiano , three miles diftant from 
 Cajlelfranco , belonging to the Magnificent Signor Leonardo Erno. The cellars, the 
 granaries, the ftables, and the other places belonging to a villa, are on each fide of the mafter’s 
 houfe; and at the extremity of each of them, is a dove-houfe, which affords both profit 
 to the mafter, and an ornament to the place; and to all which, one may go undercover: 
 which is one of the principal things required in a villa, as has been before obferved. 
 
 Behind this fabrick there is a fquare garden of eighty campi trevigiani ; in the middle 
 of which runs a little river, which makes the fituation very delightful and beautiful. 
 
 It has been adorned with paintings by Mefler Battista Venetiano. 
 
 CHAP. XV. 
 
 Of the Designs of the Villa’s belonging to fotne gentlemen of 
 the Terra F i rm a. 
 
 phte ^ A T a place in the Vicentine , called Finale , is the following building belonging to Sig- 
 " nor Biagio Sarraceno. The floor of the rooms is raifed five foot above the 
 
 ground ; the larger rooms are one fquare and five eighths in length, and in height equal to 
 their breadth, and with flat cielings. This height alfo continues to the hall. The fmall 
 rooms, near the loggia, are vaulted; the height of the vaults is equal to that of the rooms. 
 
 The 
 

 
 
 
 » 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 / 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECOND BOOK, 
 
 The cellars are underneath, and the granaries above, which take up the whole body of 
 the houfe. The kitchens are without the houfe, but fo joined, that they are convenient. 
 
 On each fide there are all the necellary places for the ufe of a villa. 
 
 The following defigns are of the fabrick of Signor Gioralamo Ragona, a Viceii- Plate 49. 
 thie gentleman, built by him at Le Ghizzole, his villa. This fabrick has the conveniences 
 before mention’d, that is, one may go every where under cover. The pavement of the 
 rooms for. the mailer’s ufe, is twelve foot above the ground : under thefe rooms, are the 
 conveniences for the family ; and above them, other rooms which may ferve for granaries, 
 and alfo for places to lodge in on occafion. The principal flairs are in the fore front of 
 the houfe, and anfwer under the portico’s of the court. 
 
 In Pogliana , a village, is the following fabrick of the Cavalier Pogliana. Its rooms plate 
 have been adorned with paintings and mofl beautiful flucco’s, by MefTer Bernardino 
 India, and MefTer Anselmo Canera, Veronefe painters, and by MefTer Barto¬ 
 lomeo Ridolfi, a Veronefe fculptor. The large rooms are one fquare, and two thirds 
 long, and are vaulted. The fquare ones have the lunetti in their angles. Over the fmall 
 rooms there are mezzati. The heigth of the hall, is one half more than it is broad ; and 
 even with the height of the loggia the hall is vaulted a fafeia , and the loggia a crociera . 
 
 Over all thefe places, are the granaries, and underneath them the cellars and the kitchen, 
 becaufe the floor is raifed five foot above ground. On one fide it has the court, and other- 
 places for the neceflaries of a villa; on the other there is a garden, which anfwers to 
 the laid court; and backwards a kitchen-garden, and a fifh-pond : fo that this gentleman, 
 as he is magnificent, and of a mofl noble mind, has not fpared any of thofe ornaments, or 
 any of the conveniencies poffible, that might render this place of his, beautiful, delightful,’ and 
 commodious. 
 
 At Lifiera , a place near Vicenza , is the following fabrick, built by Signor Francesco Plate 4 ->. 
 Valmarana, of happy memory. The loggia’s are of the Ionick order: the columns 
 have a fquare bafe under them, which goes round the houfe. Level with this height is the 
 floor of the loggia’s, and of the rooms, which are all with flat cielings. In the angles of 
 the houfe there are four towers, which are vaulted. The hall is vaulted afafeia 
 
 This fabrick has two courts; one forward, for the ufe of the mailer, and the other 
 backward, where the corn is threfhed : and has covertures, in which are accommodated all the 
 places belonging to the ufe of a villa. 
 
 The following fabrick was begun by Count Francesco, and Count Lodovico de Plate 43. 
 Trissini, brothers, at Meledo , a village in the Vicemine. The fituation is very beautiful, 
 becaufe it is upon a hill, which is wafhed by an agreeable little river, in the middle of a 
 very fpacious plain, and near to a well frequented road. Upon the fummit of the hill, there 
 is to be a round hall, encompafled with the rooms, but fohigh, that it may receive its light 
 fiom above them. There are fome half columns in the hall, that fupport a gallery into 
 which one goes from the rooms above; which by rcafon they are but feven feet^high, ferve 
 for mezzati. Under the floor of the firfl rooms, there are the kitchens, fervant’s halls, and 
 other places.. And becaufe every front has a very beautiful profpedl, there are four’lo 4 ia’s, 
 of the Corinthian order; above the frontifpieces of which the cupola of the hall^rifes*. 
 
 The loggia’s that tend to the circumference, form an agreeable profpedt. Nearer to the plain’ 
 are the hay-lofts, the cellars, the flables, the granaries, the places for the farmer, and other 
 rooms for the ufe of the villa. The columns of thefe portico’s are of the Tufcan order. Over 
 the river, in the angles of the court, are two dove-houfes. 
 
 The under-placed fabrick is at Gampiglia , a place in the Vicentine , and belongs to Sig- p , 
 nor Mario Repeta, who has executed, in this fabrick, the will of his father, Signor ' 44 ‘ 
 
 Francesco, of happy memory. The columns of the portico’s are of the Dorick order- 
 the interco uminations are four diameters of a column. In the extream angles of the roof 
 where the loggia’s, are feen without the whole body of the houfe, there are two dove-houles’ 
 and the loggia. On the flank, oppofite to the flables, there are rooms, of which, fome are 
 flill dedicated to contiuency, others to juflice, and others to other virtues, with elo^iums and 
 paintings adapted to the fubjedl ; part of which is the work of MefTer Battis°ta Ma- 
 ganza, a Vicentine painter, and an excellent poet. This was done, that this Gentleman 
 who very courtioufly receives all thofe who go and fee him, may lodge his vifitors and friends 
 in the 100ms inferibed to that virtue to which he thinks them moflly inclined This fa 
 brick has this conveniency, that one can go every where under cover. And becaufe the part 
 for the mailer’s dwelling, and that for the ufe of the villa, are of the fame order ; 
 
 as 
 
52 
 
 SECOND BOOK. 
 
 as much at that lofes in grandeur, for not being more eminent than this, fo much this of 
 the villa increafes in its proper ornament and dignity, by being made equal to that of the 
 mafter, which adds beauty to the whole work. 
 
 Plate 45. The following fabrick belongs to the Count Oleardo and Count Theodoro de 
 Thieni, brothers, and is at Cigogna , his villa; which fabrick was begun by Count 
 Franceso their father. The hall is in the middle of the houfe, and has round it feme 
 Ionick columns, over which there is a gallery, level with the floor of the rooms above. 
 The vault of this hall reaches up to the roof. The large rooms are vaulted a fchiffo and 
 the fquare ones a mezzo cadina and rife in fuch a manner, that they form four little 
 towers in the angles of the fabrick. The fmall rooms have their mezzati over them, the 
 doors of which anfwer to the middle of the ftairs. The ftairs are without a wall in the 
 middle; and becaufe the hall by receiving the light from above, is very clear, thefe alfo 
 have light enough : as they are void in the middle befldes, they alfo receive light from 
 above. In one of the covertures, on the fides of the court, there are the cellars, and the 
 granaries; on the other, the (fables, and the places for a villa. Thofe two loggia’s, which like 
 arms come out of the fabrick, are made to join the mailer’s houfe with that of the villa. 
 Near this fabrick, there are two courts of old building, with portico’s; the one to threfh 
 the corn in, and the other for the under part of the family. 
 
 Plate 46. The following fabrick belongs to the Count Giacomo Angarano, and was built by 
 him at his villa at Angarano in the Vicentine. On the (ides of the court there are the cel¬ 
 lars, granaries, places to make wines, places for the farmer, (fables, dove-houfe; and farther, 
 in one part of the court, places for the neceflaries of a villa; and on the other a garden. 
 The mailer’s houfe, which is placed in the middle, is vaulted in the lower part, and in that 
 above deled. The fmall rooms above, as well as thofe below, have mezzati. Near to this fabrick 
 the Brent a runs, a river abounding with excellent filh. This place is celebrated for the 
 good wines that are made there, and the fruits that grow there, but much more for the 
 courtefy of the mafter. 
 
 Plate 47. The defigns that follow, are of the fabrick belonging to Count Ottavie Thiene, 
 at Quinto, his villa. It was begun by the Count Marc’ Antonio, his father, of happy 
 memory, and by Count Adr i ano, his uncle. The fituation is very beautiful, having on one 
 part the Tefma, and on the other a branch of the faid river, which is pretty large. This palace 
 has a loggia before the gate, of the Dorick order : through this one pafles into another loggia, 
 and from that into a court, which has on the fides two loggia’s; on the one, and on the other end 
 of thele loggia’s, are the apartments or rooms, fome of which have been adorned with paintings by 
 McfTer Giovani Indemio Vincentino, a man of a very fine genius. Oppofite to the entrance 
 one finds a loggia, like that at the entrance; from which one enters into an atrio of four 
 columns; and from that into the court, which has portico’s of the Dorick order, and ferves 
 for the ufe of the villa. There are no principal (lairs that correfpond with the whole fabrick 
 becaufe the part above is intended only for (lores, and places for fervants. 
 
 Plate 48. At Loncdo , a place in the Vicentine , is the following fabrick, belonging to Signor Gi¬ 
 rolamo de Godi. It is placed upon a hill that has a beautiful profpeCl, and near a river 
 that ferves for a fi(h-pond. To make this place commodious for the ufe of a villa, courts 
 
 have been made, and roads upon vaults, at no fmall expence. The fabrick in the middle 
 
 is for the habitation of the mafter, and of the family. The mailer’s rooms have their floor 
 thirteen feet high from the ground, and are with cielings; over thefe are the granaries and 
 the part underneath, that is, in the height of the thirteen foot, are difpofed the cellars’ the 
 places to make wines, the kitchens, and fuch like other places. The hall reaches, in height, 
 up to the roof, and has two rows of windows. On either fide of this body of the fabrick 5 
 
 there are courts, and the covered places for the neceflaries of a villa. This fabrick 
 
 has been adorned with paintings of a beautiful invention by Mefler Gualt iera 
 Padovano, by Mefler Battista del Moro Veronese, and by Mefler Battista 
 Venetiano. Becaufe this gentleman, who is a very judicious man, in order to bring 
 it to all the excellency and perfection poflible, has not fpared any cod, and has pitched on 
 the mod Angular and excellent painters of our time. 
 
 Plate 49. At Santa Sofia , a place five miles from Verona , is the following fabrick belonging to 
 Signor Conte Marc’ Antonio Sarego. It is placed in a very beautiful fituation, that 
 is, upon a hill of a mod eafy afeent, which difeovers a part of the city, and between two 
 imall vales. . All the hills about it are very agreeable, and abound with mod excellent water 
 therefore this fabrick is adorned with gardens and marvellous fountains. This place, for its 
 agreeablenefs, was the delights of the Seinora Dalla Scalla; and by fome veftigia, that 
 
 are 
 



 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECOND BOOK. 53 
 
 arc there to be feen, one may comprehend, that in the time of the Romans, it was alfo held 
 by the antients in no fmall efteem. 
 
 The part of this houfe which ferves for the life of the matter, and of the family, has 
 a court, round which are portico’s. The columns are of the Ionick order, made of unpo- 
 lifhed ftones; as it ttiould feem a villa requires, to which plain and fimple things are more fuitable 
 than thofe that are delicate. Thefe columns fupport the outward cornice, that forms a gutter ; 
 into which the water falls from the roof. Behind thefe columns, that is, under the portico's* 
 there are pilafters which fupport the pavement of the loggia above, that is, of the fecond 
 floor. In this fecond floor there are two halls, the one oppofite to the other; the largenefs of 
 which is exprefled in the defign of the plan, with lines that interfedl one another, and are 
 drawn from the outward walls of the fabrick to the columns. On the fide of this court is 
 that for the ufe of the villa ; on the one and on the other part of which, there are covertures 
 for thofe conveniencies that are required in villa’s. 
 
 The following fabrick belongs to Signor Conte Anibale Sarego, at a place in the Plate50 
 Cologne/e, called la Miga. A pedeftal, four foot and a half high, forms a bafement to the 
 whole fabrick ; and at this height is the pavement of the firft rooms ; under which there are 
 the cellars, the kitchens, and other rooms for the ufe of the family. The faid firft rooms are 
 vaulted, and the fecond cieled. Near this fabrick there is the court for the neceflaries of a villa, 
 with all thofe places that are fuitable to fuch a ufe. 
 
 CHAP. xvr. 
 
 Of the Villa’s of the antients . 
 
 1 HAVE hitherto put the defigns of many fabricks, for villa’s done by my direction. It remains 
 that I lliou’d alfo put the defign of a houfe for a villa, which, as Vitruvius fays, the 
 antients ufed to make; becaufe all the places belonging to the habitation, and to the ufes of the 
 villa, may be feen in it expofed to that region of the heaven which is fuitable for them. Nor 
 Avail I expatiate in referring to what Pliny fays upon this fubjedt; becaufe my chief in¬ 
 tent at this time, is only to fhew how Vitruvius ought to be underftood in this place. 
 
 The principal front is turned to the fouth, and has a loggia, from which one goes into the Plate 51 
 kitchen through a paflage, which receives its light from above the places adjacent, and has the 
 chimney in the middle. On the left hand there are the ftables for oxen, whofe manners are 
 turned to the fire, and to the eaft. The baths are alfo on the fame part, which, for the 
 rooms that thefe require, are at a diftance from the kitchen, even with the loggia. On the 
 right hand is the prefs, and other places for the oil, anfwerable to the places for the baths, 
 and front the eaft, fouth, and weft. Backwards there are the cellars, which receive their 
 light from the north, and are far from noife, and from the heat of the fun. Over the cel¬ 
 lars are the granaries, which receive their light from the fame part of the heaven. On the 
 right and left part of the court, there are the ftables for horfes, flieep, and other animals; 
 the hay-lofts, the places for ftraw, and the bake-houfes; all which ought to be far from the 
 fire. Backwards one fees the matter’s habitation, the principal front of which is oppofite 
 to the front of the houfe for the ufes of the villa: fo that in thefe houfes, built out of the 
 city, the atrio’s were in. the back part. In this are obferved all thofe confiderations of which 
 mention has been made before, when the defign of the antient private houfe was given ; and 
 therefore we have now only confidered what regards the villa. 
 
 I HAVE made the frontifpiece in the fore-front in all the fabricks for villa’s, and alfo in 
 fome for the city, in which are the principal gates; becaufe fuch frontifpieces lhew the en¬ 
 trance of the houfe, and add very much to the grandeur and magnificence of the work. 
 
 Befides, the fore-part being thus made more eminent than the reft, is very commo¬ 
 dious for placing the enfigns or arms of the owners, which are commonly put in the mid¬ 
 dle of the front. The antients alfo made ufe of them in their fabricks, as is feen in the remains of 
 the temples, and other publick edifices; from which, as I have faid in the preface to the firft 
 book, it is very likely that they took the invention, and the reafons for private edifices or 
 houfes. Vitruvius, in the laft chapter of his third book, teaches how they are to be 
 made. 
 
 P 
 
 CHAP, 
 
5* 
 
 SECOND BOOK. 
 
 C FI A P. XVII. 
 
 Offome Inventions, according to divers filiations. 
 
 M Y intention was to fpeak only of thofe fabricks which were either compleated, or 
 begun, and carried on fo far that one might foon expedl them to be finifhed : but 
 knowing that it is very often neceffary to conform one’s felf to the fituation, as one does 
 not always build in open places, I was afterwards perfuaded that the annexing to the afore¬ 
 going defigns fome few inventions, made by me at the requell of divers gentlemen, would 
 not be deviating from our purpofe ; and which they have not executed, for thole reafons which 
 ordinarily happen ; becaufe of their difficult fituations, and the method I have obferved in accom¬ 
 modating in them the rooms, and the other places, that they might have a correfpondence 
 and proportion the one to the other, may (as I imagine) be of no ftnall utility. 
 
 Plate 52. The fituation of the firfl invention is pyramidal. The bafe of the pyramid comes to the 
 principal front of the houfe, which has three orders of columns, that is, the Dorick, the 
 Ionick, and the Corinthian. The entrance is fquare, and has four columns, which fupport 
 the vault, and make the height proportionable to the breadth. On the one, and on the other 
 part, there are two rooms, one fquare and two thirds long, and in height according to the 
 firft method for the heights of vaults. Near each there is a fmall room, and flairs to go up 
 to the mezzati. At the head of the entrance I intended to make two rooms, one fquare 
 and an half long, and then two fmall rooms in the fame proportion with the flairs that 
 fhould lead to the mezzati ; and, a little farther, the hall, one fquare and two thirds long, 
 with columns equal to thofe of the entrance. There would have been a loggia, in the 
 flanks of which fhould have been the flairs in an oval form; and a little farther the court, 
 on the fide of which wou’d have been the kitchens. The fecond rooms, that is, thofe of 
 the fecond order, wou’d have had twenty feet in height, and thofe of the third eighteen ; 
 but the height of each hall wou’d have been up to the roof. And thefe halls wou’d have 
 had, even with the floor of the upper rooms, fome corridors, which wou’d have ferved to 
 place perfons of refpedt in, at the time of feflivals, banquetings, and fuch like diverfions. 
 
 Plate 53. I made the following invention for a fituation at Venice. The principal front has 
 three orders of columns ; the firfl is Ionick, the fecond Corinthian, and the third Com- 
 pofite. The entrance advances a little outwards, and has four columns equal to, and like 
 thofe in the front. The rooms that are on the flanks have the height of their vaults ac¬ 
 cording to the firfl method for the height of vaults. Befides thefe there are fmall rooms, 
 clofets, and the flairs that ferve to the mezzati. Oppofite to the entrance, there is a paf- 
 fage, through which one goes into another fmaller hall, which on one fide has a fmall court, 
 from whence it receives light, and on the other, the principal and larger flairs, of an oval 
 form, void in the middle, and with columns round them, that fupport the fleps. Farther, one 
 enters into a loggia, through a paffage, the columns of which are of the Ionick order, equal 
 to thofe of the entrance. This loggia has an apartment on each fide, like thofe of the en¬ 
 trance ; but that which is on the left leffens a little by reafon of the fituation. Near this 
 there is a court, with columns round it, that form a corridor, which ferve the rooms back¬ 
 wards, where the women were to have been ; and there the kitchen fhould have flood. 
 The part above is like that below, except the hall over the entrance, which has no columns, 
 and joins in height up to the roof, and has a corridor, or balcony, even with the third rooms, 
 that wou’d alfo have ferved to the windows above, becaufe there wou’d have been two orders 
 of them in this hall. The fmaller hall wou’d have had the beams even with the vaults of the 
 fecond rooms; and thefe vaults wou’d have been three and twenty feet high. The rooms 
 of the third order wou’d have been cieled, and eighteen feet high. All the doors and win¬ 
 dows wou’d have faced, and have been over one another; and all the walls wou’d have had 
 their fhare of the weight. The cellars, the places to wafh clothes in, and the other maga¬ 
 zines, wou’d have been accommodated under ground. 
 
 Plate 5-<. I made the following invention at the requefl of the Count Francesco, and Count 
 Lodovico de Trissini, brothers, for a fituation belonging to them at Vicenza-, accor¬ 
 ding to which, the houfe wou’d have had a fquare entrance, divided into three {paces' by co¬ 
 lumns of the Corinthian order, that its vault might have had flrength and proportion. On 
 the flanks there wou’d have been two apartments, with feven rooms in each, including three 
 mezzati, to which the flairs wou’d have ferved that were on one fide of the fmall rooms. 
 The height of the greater rooms wou’d have been feven and twenty feet, and of the mid¬ 
 dling and fmaller eighteen. Farther in wou’d the court have been found, ’encompaffed with 
 


» 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECOND BOOK. 
 
 55 
 
 loggia’s of the Ionick order. The columns of the firft order of the front wou’d have been 
 Ionick, and equal to thofe of the court ; and thofe of the fecond, Corinthian. The hall 
 wou’d have been quite free, of the fize of the entrance, and raifed up to the roof. Evert 
 with the floor of its foffita, it wou’d have had a corridor. The greater rooms wou’d have 
 been ceiled, and the middling and fmaller vaulted. On one fide of this court wou’d have 
 
 been rooms for the women, kitchen, and other places; and under ground, the cellars, the 
 
 places for wood, and other conveniencies. 
 
 The invention here placed, was made for the Count Giacomo Angarano, for a fite Plate 5 S- 
 of his in the fame city. The columns of the front are of the Compofite order. The rooms 
 near the entrance are one fquare and two thirds long. Next to them is a clofet, and over that 
 a mezzato. One then paffes into a court incompaffed with portico’s. The columns are fix 
 and thirty feet long, and have behind them fome pilafters, by Vitruvius called Parafta- 
 tice, that fupport the pavement of the fecond loggia ; over which there is another uncover’d, 
 even with the floor of the laft deling of the houfe, and has corridors round it. Farther one 
 finds another court, encompafled likewife with portico’s. The firft order of the columns is 
 Dorick, the fecond Ionick, and in this the flairs are placed. In the oppofite part to the 
 
 flairs, there are the flables, and the kitchens might be made there, and the places for fer- 
 
 vants. As to the part above, the hall wou’d have been without columns, and its deling 
 wou’d have reached up to the roof. The rooms wou’d have been as high as they are broad ; and 
 there wou’d have been clofets and mezzati, as they are in the lower part. Over the columns in 
 the front a corridor might have been made, which on leveral occafions would have been 
 very commodious. 
 
 In Verona , at the Portoni, vulgarly called Della Bra , a mofl notable fituation, the Count Plate 56. 
 Gio. Battista della Torre, fometime fince intended to make the under placed fa- 
 brick, which wou’d have had gardens, and all thofe parts required in a commodious and 
 delightful place. The firfl rooms wou’d have been vaulted, and over all the fmall ones there 
 wou’d have been mezzati; to which the fmall flairs wou’d have ferved. The fecond rooms, 
 that is, thofe above, wou’d have been deled. The height of the hall wou’d have reached 
 up to the roof; and even with the plane of the foffita, there wou’d have been a corridor or 
 balcony ; and from the loggia, and the windows placed in the flanks, it wou’d have 
 received light. 
 
 I made alfo the following invention for the Cavalier Gio. Battista Garzadore, a^ 7 - Plate 57. 
 centine gentleman, in which are two loggia’s, one forwards, and the other backwards, of the Co¬ 
 rinthian order. Thefe loggia’s have foffites, as alfo the ground hall; which is in the inmofl 
 part of the houfe, that it may be cool in the fummer, and has two orders of windows. 
 
 The four columns that appear, fupport the foffita, and make the pavement of the hall above 
 flrong and fecure ; which is fquare, and without columns, and as high as it is broad, and as 
 much as the thicknefs of the cornice more. The height of the vaults of the greater rooms 
 is according to the third manner for the height of vaults. The vaults of the clofets are 
 fixteen foot high. The rooms above are cieled. The columns of the fecond loggia’s are 
 of the Compofite order, the fifth part lefs than thofe underneath. The loggia’s have fron- 
 tifpieces, which (as I have faid,) give no fmall grandeur to the fabrick; making it more 
 elevated in the middle, than it is in the flanks, and ferve to place the enfigns. 
 
 I made the following invention at the requeft of the Clariffimo Cavalier il Sig. Leo- Plate 58. 
 nardo Mocenico, for a fite of his upon the Brenta. Four loggia’s, which like arms tend 
 to the circumference, feem to receive thofe that come near the houfe. Near thefe loggia’s 
 are the ftables, in the part forwards that looks over the river; and on the part backwards, 
 the kitchens, and the places for the fteward, and the farmer. The loggia in the middle of 
 the front is thick of columns, which, becaufe they are forty foot high, have behind them 
 fome pilaflers two feet wide, and one foot and a quarter thick, that fupport the floor of the 
 fecond loggia. And farther in, one finds the court encompafled with loggia’s of the Ionick 
 order. The portico’s are as wide as the columns are long ; one diameter of the column 
 excepted. The loggia’s and the rooms that look over the gardens, are alfo of the fame 
 breadth, that the wall which divides one member from the other, may be placed in the 
 middle to fuflain the weight of the roof. The firft rooms wou’d have been very convenient 
 to eat in, when a great number of perfons fhould happen to have been there, and are in a 
 double proportion. Thofe of the angles are fquare, and have their vaults a fchiff'o , as high 
 up to the impoft as the room is broad, and are cover’d one third of the breadth. The hall is 
 two fquares and an half long. The columns are put there to proportion the length and 
 breadth to the height; and thofe columns wou’d have been in the ground hall only, that 
 the hall above might have been quite free. The columns of the upper loggia’s over the court 
 are one fifth lefs than thofe underneath them, and are of the Corinthian order. The rooms 
 
 above 
 
O N D BOOK. 
 
 The ftairs are at the end of the court, and afcend one 
 
 S 6 SEC 
 
 above are as high as they are broad, 
 oppoiite to the other. 
 
 And with this invention, praife be to God, I have put an end to thefe two books; in 
 which, with as much brevity as poflible, I have endeavoured to put together, and teach 
 eafily, with words and figures, all thefe things that feemed to me mod: neceflary, and mofl 
 important for building well; and particularly for building private houfes, that they may in 
 themfelves contain beauty, and be of credit and conveniency to the owners. 
 
 The END of the SECOND BOOK. 
 
 THE 
 
THE THIRD BOOK 
 
 O F 
 
 Andrea Palladios 
 ARCHITECTURE. 
 
 Ihe PREFACE to the Reader. 
 
 H AV IN G fully treated of private edifices, and taken notice of all the moll necef- 
 fary advertencies that ought in them to be had; and having, befides this, put the 
 defigns of many of thole houfes, that have been by me directed, both within and 
 without cities, and of thofe which (according to Vitruvius) were made by the antients; 
 it is very proper, that, in directing my difcourfe to more excellent, and to more magni¬ 
 ficent fabricks, I fiiould now pafs on to the publick edifices: in which, as they are made 
 more {lately, and with more exquifite ornaments than the private, and ferve for the ufe 
 and conveniency of every body, princes have therein a very ample opportunity to make the world 
 acquainted with the greatnefs of their fouls, and architects a very fine one to Ihew their 
 capacity in beautiful and wonderful inventions. 
 
 I desire therefore in this book, in which my antiquities begin, and in the others 
 which, God willing, lhall follow, that fo much the more attention may be applied, in 
 confidering the little that lhall be faid, and the defigns that lhall be given, as I have, with 
 far greater fatigue, and much longer vigilancy, reduced thofe fragments that remained of 
 the antient edifices, to fuch a form, that the obfervers of antiquity may (I hope) take 
 delight therein, and the lovers of architecture may thence receive very great utility ; there 
 being much more to be learnt from good examples in a little time, by meafuring and 
 feeing the entire edifices, with all their parts, upon a fmall leaf, than in a long time from 
 words, by which, with the imagination only, and Hill fome difficulty, the reader is able to 
 attain to a firm and certain knowledge of what he reads, and with much more difficulty will 
 he put it in praCtife. 
 
 And to every one, that is not altogether void of judgment, it may be very manifelt, 
 how good the method was, which the antients obferved in building ; iince after fo much 
 time, and after fo many ruins and mutations of empires, there Hill remain both in 
 Italy and out of it, the veftigies of fo many of their fumptuous edifices, by which we are 
 able to get at a certain knowledge of the Roman virtue and grandeur, which perhaps had not 
 otherwife been believed. I therefore, in this third book, (in placing the defigns of the 
 edifices contained in it) lhall obferve this order. 
 
 In the firlt place, I lhall put thofe of the llreets, and of the bridges, as belonging to 
 that part of architecture which regards the ornaments of cities and of provinces, and which 
 ferves for the univerfal conveniency of mankind. For, as in the other fabricks which 
 the antients made, one may eafily apprehend that they had no regard either to expence, 
 or to any labour to bring them to that pitch of excellency, which has been granted 
 them from our imperfection; fo, in directing the roads, they took very great care, 
 that they Ihould be made in fuch a manner, that alfo in them might be known the 
 grandeur and the magnificence of their minds. Wherefore, to make them both commo- 
 
 Q_ dious 
 
£8 THIRDBOOK. 
 
 dious and fhort, they cut through mountains, dried up fens, and joined with bridges, and 
 fo made eafy and plain, thofe places, that had been funk, either by vales or torrents. 
 
 I shall, afterwards, treat of piazza’s in the manner that Vitruvius fhews us the 
 Greeks and Latins made them, and of thofe places that ought to be diftributed round the 
 piazza’s. And becaufe, among thefe, that place is worthy of great consideration, where the 
 judges adminifter juftice, called by the antients Bajilica , the defigns of it fhall be particularly 
 let down. But becaufe it is not fufficient, that the regions and the cities be well difpofed 
 and governed by mod: facred laws, and have magiftrates, who, as executors of the laws, keep the 
 citizens in awe ; if men are not alfo made prudent by learning, and drong and hearty by bodily 
 exercife, that they may be able to govern both themfelves and others, and to defend them- 
 felves from thofe who wou’d opprefs them ; which is one principal reafon why the inhabitants 
 of fome countries, when difperfed in many fmall places, unite themfelves, and form cities: 
 wherefore the antient Greeks made in their cities (as Vitruvius relates) fome edifices, 
 which they called Palejlrae and Xijii , in which the philofophers affembled to difpute con¬ 
 cerning the fciences, and the younger men were every day exercifed; and at certain ap¬ 
 pointed times the people adembled there to fee the wredlers contend. 
 
 The defigns of thofe edifices (hall alfo be inferted, and an end fo put to this third book. 
 After which, (ball follow that of tlic temples belonging to religion, without vvhich .it wou d 
 be impodible that civil fociety cou'd be maintained. 
 
 % -1-1-b-*-1-1-i— *-1-1-t- % -t-1--1-*-1-*-i-1-1-4 
 
 This line is half of the Vicentine foot, with which the following edifices have been 
 meafured. 
 
 The whole foot is divided into twelve inches, and each inch into four minutes. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 Of Roads. 
 
 T HE roads ought to be fhort, commodious, fafe, delightful and beautiful; they will 
 be (hort and commodious if made in a ftrait line, and if they be made ample, 
 that fo the carts and the cattle meeting, do not impede one another. And therefore it 
 was an eftablifh’d law among the antients, that the roads fhould not be narrower than eight 
 foot, where they were ftrait ; nor lefs than fixteen wide where they were crooked and wind¬ 
 ing. They will, befides this, be commodious if they are made even, that is, that there 
 may not be any places, in which one cannot eafily march with armies, and if they are not ob- 
 ftrudted by water or rivers. We therefore read that the Emperor Trajan, regarding 
 thefe two qualities, neceffarily required in roads, when he repaired the moft celebrated 
 Appian way, which in many places was damaged by length of time, dried up fenny places, 
 levelled mountains, filled up valleys, and ere&ing bridges where neceffary, made travelling 
 thereon very expeditious and eafy. 
 
 Roads will be fafe if made on hills, or if, when made through fields, according to 
 antient cuftom, they have a caufeway to travel on, and if they have no places near 
 them in which robbers and enemies can conveniently hide themfelves ; that fo the travellers 
 and the armies may be able to look about them, and eafily difeover if there fhould be any 
 ambufeade laid for them. Thofe roads that have the three abovefaid qualities, are alfo ne- 
 celTarily beautiful and delightful to travellers, becaufe of their ftrait direction from the city. 
 The conveniency they afford, and befides being in them able to fee at a great diftance, and befides 
 to difeover a good deal of the country, whereby great part of the fatigue is alleviated, and our 
 minds (having always a new profpedl before our eyes) find great fatisfadtion and delight. 
 A ftrait ftreet in a city affords a moft agreeable view, when it is ample and clean j on 
 each fide of which there are magnificent fabricks, made with thofe ornaments, which have 
 been mentioned in the forgoing books. 
 
 As 
 
THIRD BOOK. 
 
 59 
 
 As in cities beauty is added to the ftreets by fine fabricks: fo without, they are adorn’d 
 with trees; which being planted on each fide of them, by their verdure enliven our minds, 
 and by their fhade afford very great conveniency. Of thefe kinds of roads there are 
 many in the Vicentine ; and among the reft, thofe that are at Cigogna , a villa belonging 
 to the Signor Conte OdoardoThienj, are celebrated ; and at Quinto, a villa belonging 
 to the Signor Conte Ottavio, of the fame family: which being defigned by me, have 
 been fince adorned, by the diligence and induftry of the faid gentlemen. The roads that 
 are thus made, afford very great conveniencies, becaufe that by their ftrait direction, and 
 by being fomewhat railed above the remaining part of the fields, fpeaking of thofe which are 
 without the city, in time of war, as I have faid, the enemies may be discovered from a great 
 diftance, and fo that refolution, which fhall feem moft convenient to the commander, may 
 be taken ; befides all which, at other times, with regard to the affairs that commonly happen 
 among men, their brevity and conveniency will afford infinite advantages. 
 
 But becaufe the ftreets are either within or without a city, I fhall, in the firft place, make 
 particular mention of the qualities which thofe of a city ought to have; and then how thofe 
 without are to be made. And fince there are fome that are called military, which pafs 
 through the middle of the city, and lead from one city to another, and ferve for the univerfal 
 conveniency of travellers, and are thofe through which armies march, and carriages are 
 conveyed; and others not military, which departing from the military, either lead to ano¬ 
 ther military way, or are made for the ufe and particular conveniency of fome villa : I fhall, 
 in the following chapters, only treat of the military ones, omitting the non-military, becaufe 
 thefe ought to be regulated by them ; and the more they fhall be like them, the more they’ll 
 be commended. 
 
 CHAP. II. 
 
 Of the C ompartment of ways within the cities . 
 
 I N the compartment or difpofition of the ways within a city, regard ought to be had to 
 the temperature of the air, and to the region of the heaven, under which the city is fitua- 
 ted. For in thofe of a temperate and cool air, the ftreets ought to be made ample and broad ; con- 
 fidering, that by their breadth the city will be much wholefomer, more commodious, and more 
 beautiful; feeing that thelefs fubtile, and the more freely the air comes, fo much the lefs it will 
 offend the head. The more the city, therefore, is in a cold place, and hath a fubtile air, 
 and where the edifices are made very high, fo much the wider the ftreets ought to be made, 
 that they may, in each of their parts, be vifited by the fun. And as to conveniency, there 
 is no doubt, that, as much better room may be allowed to men, to cattle, and to carriages 
 in broad than in the narrow ftreets, broad ones are much more convenient than the 
 narrow; it being manifeft, that as there is much more light in the broad ones, and alfo that 
 as one fide is not fo much obftrudted by the other, its oppofite, one is able, in the large ones, much 
 better to confider the beauty of the temples, and of the palaces, whereby the eye receives greater 
 contentment; it adds befides a greater ornament to the city. 
 
 But the city being in a hot country, its ftreets ought to be made narrow, and the houfes 
 high, that by their fhade, and by the narrownefs of the ftreets, the heat of the fite mav 
 be tempered; by which means it will be more healthy. This is known by the example 
 of Rome , which, according to Cornelius Tacitus, grew hotter, and lefs healthy, after 
 Nero, to make it beautiful, had widened its ftreets. In fuch cafe, however for the 
 greater ornament and conveniency of the city, the ftreets moft frequented by the principal 
 arts, and by paffengers, ought to be made fpacious, and adorned with magnificent and fump- 
 tuous fabricks, that foreigners who pafs through it, may eafily incline to believe, that to the 
 beauty and largenefs of this, the other ftreets of the city may alfo correfpond. 
 
 The principal ftreets, which we have called military, in the cities ought to be fo comparted, 
 that they may be ftreight, and lead from the gates of the city in a direct line to the greateft 
 and principal piazza ; and fometimes alfo, the fite permitting it, lead in the fame manner 
 dire&ly to the oppofite gate ; and according to the greatnefs of the city, by the fame line. 
 Of fuch ftreets, between the faid principal piazza, and any of the gates you pleafe, there 
 ought to be one or more piazza’s, made fomewhat lefs than the before-faid principal 
 piazza. 
 
 The 
 
6o 
 
 THIRD BOOK. 
 
 The other ftreets, efpecially the more noble of them, ought alfo to be made, not only 
 to lead to the principal piazza, but alfo to the moft remarkable temples, palaces, portico's* 
 and other publick fabricks. 
 
 But in this compartment of the ftreets, it ought to be obferved, with the utmoft dili¬ 
 gence (as Vitruvius teaches us in the fixth chapter of his fir 11 : book) that they lliould 
 not in a diredl line face fome winds; that through them furious and violent winds may 
 not be felt; but that they may, with more falubrity to the inhabitants, come broken, gentle, 
 purified and fpent, left the fame inconveniency fhould be incurred which happened to thofe 
 who in the illand of Lesbos laid out the ftreets of Mitylene , from which city the whole 
 illand has now taken the name. 
 
 The ftreets in a city ought to be paved; and we read, that under the confulfhip of M. 
 /Em 11.1us, the cenfors began to pave in Rome , where fome are ftill to be feen, which are 
 all even, and are paved with irregular ftones; which manner of paving, how it was done, 
 fhall be mentioned hereafter. But if one is willing to divide the place where men are to walk, 
 from that which ferves for the ufe of carts and of cattle, I fhould like that the ftreets 
 were divided, that on the one and on the other part there were portico’s made, through 
 which the citizens might, under cover, go and do their bufinefs, without being molefted 
 by the fun, by the rains and fnow: in which manner are almoft all the ftreets of 
 Padua difpoled, a very antient city, and celebrated for learning. Or if no portico’s be made, 
 (in which cafe the ftreets will be more ample and pleafant) fome margins are to be made 
 on each fide, paved with mattoni, which are baked ftones, thicker and narrower than 
 bricks, becaufe they do not at all offend the feet in walking; and the middle part is to be 
 left for the carts and cattle, and to be paved with flints, or any other hard ftones. 
 
 T h e ftreets ought to be fomewhat concave in the middle, and flanting, that the water 
 which falls from the houfes may all run to one place, and have a freer courfe, whereby the 
 ftreets are left clean, and are not the caufe of bad air; as is the cafe when it flops in any place, 
 and there putrifies. 
 
 CHAP. III. 
 
 Of the Wavs without the city. 
 
 T HE ways without the city ought to be made ample, commodious, having trees on either 
 fide, by which travellers may be defended from the fcorching heats of the fun, and 
 their eyes receive fome recreation from the verdure. The antients took great care of thefe 
 ways: that they might therefore always be in good repair, they eftablifhed proveditors and 
 curators of them ; by whom many of them were made, of which there ftill remains fome 
 memory of their beauty and conveniency, although they have been impaired by time. But 
 the Flaminian and the Appian are the moft famous of them all; the firft was made by Flami- 
 nius, while he was coniul, after the vidlory he had over th e Genoeje. This way began from 
 the gate Flumcntana , now called del Popolo , and pafling through Fifcany , and through Umbria , 
 led to Rimini-, from which city it was afterwards continued to Bologna by M. Lepidus, his 
 colleague; and near the foot of the Alps , by windings, to avoid the fens, he carried it to 
 Aquileia. The Appian took its name from Appius Claudius, by whom it was made 
 with much Ikill and at great expence: thence, for its magnificence and wonderful artifice, it 
 was by the poets called the Queen of ways. This ftreet began from the Colifeo , and through 
 the gate Capena reached to Brindifi. It was continued only to Capua by Appius ; from thence 
 forwards, there is no certainty who made it ; and it is the opinion of fome, that it was 
 Caesar : becaufe we read in Plutarch, that the care of this way being given to C/esar, 
 he fpent thereon a great deal of money. It was laftly repaired by the Emperor Trajan, 
 who (as I have faid before) by drying up fenny places, levelling mountains, filling up valleys, 
 and by making bridges where it was neceflary, made the travelling thereon both expeditious 
 and agreeable. The Via Aurelia is alfo very much celebrated. It was fo called from Au¬ 
 relius, a Roman citizen, who made it. It began from the gate Aurelia , now called 
 San. Pacratio , and extending itfelf through all the maritime places of Fufcany, led to PiJ'a. 
 
 The Via Numentana , the Praenefiina , and the Libicana , were of no lefs renown. The 
 firft began from the gate Viminalis , now called S. Agnefa ) and reached to the city of No- 
 
 mentum ; 
 
THIRD BOOK. 6'i 
 
 mentum \ the fecond began from the gate Efquilina , which is now called S. Lorenzo ; and the 
 third from the gate Nevia , that is, from the Porta Maggiore ; and thefe ways led to the city 
 of Prcenejle , now called Pelejlrino , and to the famous city of Labicana. 
 
 There were alfo many other ways mentioned and celebrated by writers, that is, the 
 S alar a , the Collatina , the Latina , and others; all which took their names either from thofe 
 who ordered them, or from the gates where they began, or from the places whither they 
 led. But among them all, the Via Portuenfe muft have been of the utmoft beauty and con- 
 veniency, which led from Rome to Ojlia ; becaufe (as Alberti faith he has obferved) it 
 was divided into two ftreets; between the one and the other of which there was a courfe of 
 ftones a foot higher than the remaining part of the way, and which ferved for a divilion : 
 by one of thefe ways people went, and by the other they returned, avoiding thereby the in¬ 
 convenience of meeting ; an invention very commodious for the very great concourfe of peo¬ 
 ple that, from all parts of the world, was at Rome in thofe times. 
 
 The ancients made thefe their military ways in two manners; that is, cither paving them 
 with ftones, or by covering them all over with fand and gravel. The ways after the firft 
 manner, (from what one has been able to conjecture by fome veftigia) were divided into three 
 fpaces. Upon that in the middle, which was higher than the other two, and which was 
 fomewhat raifed toward the middle, that the water might run off and not fettle there, thofe 
 who were on foot travelled. This was paved with irregular {tones, that is, of unequal fides 
 and angles ; in which manner of paving (as it has been elfewhere faid) they made ufe of a 
 leaden rule, which they opened and {hut according to the fides and angles of the {tones: 
 they therefore joined them exceeding well together, and that with great expedition. The 
 other two fpaces that were on each fide, v/ere made fomewhat lower, and were covered with 
 fand and fmall gravel, and on thefe went the horfes. 
 
 Each of thefe margins were as wide as half the breadth of the fpace in the middle, from 
 which they were divided by rows of {tones placed edge-ways, and there was at every fuch 
 diftance fome {tones placed end-ways, a foot higher than the remaining part of the ftreet. 
 Upon thefe the antients hepped when they were willing to mount on horfe-back, as they did 
 not make ufe of ftirrups. 
 
 Besides thefe hones placed for the faid ufe, there were other hones much higher, upon 
 which, from place to place, were marked the miles of the whole journey; and thefe ways 
 were mealured, and the faid hones fixed by Cneus Gracchus. 
 
 The military ways after the fecond manner, that is, made of fand and gravel, were made 
 by the antients fomewhat raifed in the middle, by means of which the water could not 
 lodge there j and being of a fubhance apt to dry quickly, and of itfelf, they were always 
 clean, that is, without dirt or duh. Of this fort there is one to be feen in Friuli , which 
 is called by the inhabitants of thofe places la Pofthuma , and leads into Hungary. There is 
 another alfo in the Padouan , which beginning from the faid city, in the place named 
 I'Argere , palfes through the middle of Gigogna , a villa belonging to Count Odoardo, and 
 to Count Theodore de Thieni, brothers, and leads to the Alps , which divide Italy 
 from Germany. 
 
 The following defign is of the ways according to the firft manner, from which one 
 may know how the Via Hoftienfis muft have been made. It did not appear to me necef- 
 lary to give a defign of the fecond manner, becaufe it is a very eafy thing, as there is no 
 need of any induftry, provided they are but made riling in the middle, that the water may 
 pofiibly not ftand there. 
 
 A, is the fpace in the middle , on which the people on foot travelled. 
 
 B, are the Jlones that ferved to mount on horfe-back. 
 
 C, are the margins covered with fand and gravel , on which the horfes went. 
 
 Plate I* 
 
 R 
 
 CHAP. 
 
6 2 
 
 THIRD BOOK. 
 
 CHAP. IV. 
 
 Of what ought to be obferved in the building of Bridges, mid of 
 
 be chofen . 
 
 the fte that ought to 
 
 F ORASMUCH as many rivers, by reafon of their breadth, height, and rapidity, cannot be 
 forded, the conveniency of bridges was firft thought on. It may therefore be faid that 
 they are a principal part of the way, and that they are but a ftreet above water. They 
 ought to have the fame qualities that we have faid were required in all other fabricks that 
 is to be commodious, beautiful, and for a long time durable. They will be commodious 
 when they are not raifed above the reft of the way, and if they be raifed, to have their 
 alcent eafy ; and luch place is to be chofen to build them in, as ought to bemoft convenient to 
 the whole province, or to the whole city, according as they are to be built, either within or 
 without the walls. 
 
 Choice ought therefore to be made of that place to which one may g 0 from all parts 
 eaiily, that is, in the middle of the province, or in the middle of the city as Nitocre 
 Q ueen of Babylon did in the bridge fhe built over the Euphrates ; and not in all angle where 
 it can be of ufe only to a few. They’ll be beautiful and durable for a long time if 
 they are made after the manner, and with thofe meafures that fhall particularly be men¬ 
 tioned hereafter. : 
 
 But in pitching on the fite for building them, one ought to obferve to chufe it fo as 
 may give hopes that the bridge there built will be perpetual, and where it may be made 
 wnh as httle expence as poffible. That place therefore is to be chofen, in which the river 
 fhall be lefs deep, and (hall have its bed or bottom even and durable that is of rock or 
 (tone, becaufe (as has been faid in the firft book, when I fpoke of the places’to lay foun¬ 
 dations on) (lone and rock make very good foundations in waters : befides which vuIdIis 
 and whirlpools ought to be avoided, as alfo that part of the bottom, or bed of the river 
 which (hall be gravelly or fandy; for fand and gravel being continually moved by the 
 floods, this changes the bed of the river, and the foundations being thereby undermined wou'd 
 
 of neceffity occafion the rum of the work. But when the whole bed of the river i’s gravel 
 and fand the foundations ought to be made as (hall be direfted hereafter when I come to 
 treat of ftone bridges. 1 
 
 Regard alfo is to be had, to chufe that fite in which the river’s courfe is diredt ■ fince 
 the windings and crooked parts ot the banks are fubjedt to be carried away by the water ■ 
 in fuch a cafe therefore the bridge wou'd remain like an ifland, difunited from the 
 banks. and alio becaule during the floods, the waters carry into the faid windings all the 
 matter they wadi from the banks and fields, which not being able to go direflly down 
 flops other things, and clogging the pilafters, fills up the opening of the arches ; whereb^ 
 
 to ruin UftCTS a manner ’ thlt by the wei S ht of the water onl y, “ falls in time 
 
 The place therefore to be chofen for building bridges, ought to be in the middle of the 
 country or of the city, and as convenient to all the inhabitants as poffible, and where he 
 river has a dired courfe and its bed equal, perpetual, and (hallow. Bu as bridges are 
 either made of wood or of ftone, I (hall particularly mention the manner of both the o, e 
 and the other, and (hall give fome defigns of them, both antient and modern 
 
 CHAP. V. 
 
 Of Wooden Bridges, and of the advertencies which ought to be had in the 
 
 building of them. 
 
 B RIOGE s are made of wood, either upon one occafion only, like thofe which are made 
 for all thole accidents that ufually happen in war ; of which fort that is the moft 
 ceieorated which Julius Ciesar diredled over the Rhine-, or fecondly that they may oerne 
 
 bffi Y t he Ve fi f ft ‘ hc , con Y cnienc y of l>°dy. After this manner we read that 7 Hercules 
 bu.lt the firft bridge that ever was made, over the Uber, in the place where was 
 
 afterwards 
 
third book. 
 
 6i 
 
 f r1 b 11 j 1 K u aV j ng k ' Iled Geryon . be vidtorioufly led his herd through 
 Itah. It was called the holy bridge, and was fituated in that part of the Tiber where ft 
 terwards the Pom Subham was built by Ancus Martius 5* King whi h was ike 
 wife all of timber, and its beams were joined together with fo much art, that one could take 
 them away, and replace them according as neceffity (hould require there beiiw neither 
 nads nor any iron whatfoe^r in it. How it was conftrudted is It known; b^by whf 
 writers fay of it, that it was made upon great pieces of timber, which fupported others from 
 
 'suite's. name ° f SMciUSi beC ‘ 1Ufe ‘ UCh timbers in the tongue were ’called 
 
 This was the bridge that was defended by Horatius Cocles, with fo much ad 
 vantage to his native country, and glory to himfelf. This bridge was near Rina where 
 there are ft,11 vejhgia to be feen in the middle of the river, becaufe it was afterwfrfs made 
 
 Anton, /nfp.'uT 5 EPI ° US and reftoredb y Emperor Tiberius, and by 
 
 Wooden bridges of this kind ought to be made in fuch a manner, that they may be very 
 ftrong, and fo tied together by large ftrong timbers, that there may not be any dan J of theft 
 breaking, either thro the great multitude of people and of animals n,- J S r. r 
 the carnages and of the artillery that (hall paft over’ them, nor liable’ to be* reh^bf ilf 
 inundations and the floods in rivers Thofe that are made at the gates of the cities how 
 ever, which we call draw-bridges, becaufe they may be raifed qnH All a- , 
 will of thofe within, are ufually paved, or covered with bars or plates ofTron 
 may not be fpoiled or broken by the wheels of carriages, and by the feet of cattle ^ 
 
 The timbers as well thofe which are fixed in the water, as thofe that form the length 
 and breadth of the bridge, ought to be long and thick, according as the depth, the breadth 
 and the velocity of the river fhall require. 5 V 0 reacttn. 
 
 But becaufe the particulars are infinite, one cannot give a certain and determinate rule 
 for them. Wherefore I (hall give fome defigns, and (hall mention their meafures from 
 h ch every one may eafi y be able, according as occafion (hall offer, of evercifing the 
 acunmefs of h.s underftanding, to take his meafures and form a work that “ worthy of 
 
 CHAP. VI. 
 
 Of the Bridge directed by Julius Caisar over the Rhine. 
 
 TUUUS CAISAR having (as he fays in the fourth book of his Commentaries) refolved to 
 J pafs the Rhine that the Roman power might alfo be felt in Germany, and judging that 
 fr n °; Y er y r f thing nor worthy either of him, or of the Romans, to naff it ft 
 barks ordered a bridge an admirable work, and moft difficult by reafon of theVeadth 
 height, and rapidity of the river But how this bridge was built, (although he deferibes it) 
 is, neverthelefs, not known as the force of fome of the words bf him § ufed in the de 
 fcription of it, is not underftood ; fo has it been varioully fet down in defigns according to 
 diverfe inventions As I have alfo thought a little upon it, I would thfrefore not fmft 
 this opportunity of Jetting down the manner of it, which I imagined in my youth whe 
 firft I read the faid Commentaries, becaufe it agrees pretty much (in n/oLion) with 
 C./esa r s words, and becaufe it fucceeds admirably well as the effivT- h™ uJl r • 
 bridge I have diredted juft without Vicenza, over The ^ ** ^ “ 2 
 
 It is not my intention to confute the opinions of others, as they are all very learned men 
 and worthy of the utmoft praife. For having left it in their writings as they 7 underftood it’ 
 and by means of their mduftry and fatigue, they have greatly facilitated the* underftanding 
 
 fre thefe B ^ ‘° the def, S ns > 1 013,1 S ive the words of Cvesar, which 
 
 Rationem igitur fontishanc injlituit. Tigna bina fefuipedalia, faululum ab imo trcea- 
 cuta dimenfa ad altitudmem flumims, mtervallo pedum duoruni inter fe jungebat. Hcec cum 
 machinatiombus demijfa tnflumen defxerat , fiftucifque adegerat , non fublicce modo diredla ad per- 
 pendiculum, Jed projia, ac JaJligiata, ut Jecundum naturamfluminis procumberent: his item con - 
 >aria uo ad eundem modum juntfa intervallo pedum quadragenum ab inferiore parte contra 
 
Plate 
 
 64 
 
 THIRD BOOK. 
 
 vim atq ue impetum fluminis converfa flatuebat Hac % 
 
 mifiis , quantum eorum tignorum junttura difabat, ‘ “ ? ' n ft{! t(mt a erat opens Jirmitudo , 
 
 tinebantur. 
 
 atque ea rerum natura, ut quo major v,s aqua Je ^itavfflthac a iu sjig 
 Hac direffa injeBa matena contexebantur, ac pa nete fubjcBx, 
 
 /ecus Jublica ad inferiorem partem fluminis X IpJpnJJediocri 
 
 & cum omni opere conjunBx, v.m fluminis exaperent Et aha itemjup V 
 /bath, ut li arborum trunci, five naves dejiaendi opens caufli ejjent a Ba m W , j 
 fori bus, earum rerum vis minuerentur , neu ponti nocerent. 
 
 The fenfe of which words is that c^hThcr? foSetlCglhaT 
 
 SaaS: 
 
 i ‘ , , a 1 c 1 river There were others alfo joined in the part above the 
 
 b“ett ^moderate £ce Sat 7 n cafe trunks of trees, L ihips, <houd be lent .down 
 tbi ^er by the BarbarLs to rain the work, it might by thefe ramparts avord therr vro- 
 lence, and prevent them from hurting the bridge. 
 
 Thu, CjESAr deferibes the bridge by him ordered over the Rhine; to which defer!p- 
 , riol the folding invention feenA L very conformable, all the parts ot whrch are 
 
 marked with letters. 
 
 A, Are the two beams joined together one foot and an hal f 
 
 in the lower part, fixed in the bottom of the river, not upright, but leaning 
 with the current, and two foot d[ftant from each other. 
 
 B Are toco other beams placed in the lower part of the river oppoflte to the “ bc J 
 
 ' mentioned, and diftant from them the fpace of forty foot, and Jlantmg agamjl 
 the current of the river. 
 
 H, Is the form of one of the beams by itfelf 
 
 C, Are the beams two foot thick every way , that formed the breadth of the bridge, 
 which was forty foot. 
 
 h *££££*£U open, that is, divided one from the other and bound 
 ’ contrary to 'each other, that is, one in the part within, and the ^f "‘ 
 part without ; the one above, and the other below the beams, two foot thick, 
 that formed the breadth of the bridge, and give Jo great a firmnejs to the 
 work, that the greater the violence of the water, and the more the bridge was 
 laden, Jo much the more it united , and the firmer it was. 
 
 M, Is one of the beams. . , •,» 
 
 E, Are the beams that were put length-ways on the bridge, and were covered with 
 
 F An the “pofl^plaeed in the lower part of the river , which being Jlanting, and 
 joined with the whole work, ref fed the violence oj the Jtream. 
 
 G, Are the pofts placed in the part above the bridge to dejend it in cafe the enemy 
 [hould fend trees or flips down the river to ruin it. ^ 
 
 K, Are two of thofe beams that were joined together, and not driven in tit noei 
 
 direBly plumb, but f anting. 
 
 L, Is the head of the beams that formed the breadth of the oridge. 
 
 CHAP 
 

THIRD BOOK, 
 
 CHAP. ViL 
 
 Of Bridge 0/ Cismone. 
 
 65 
 
 T H E Cifmone is a river, which falling from the mountains that divide Italy from 
 Germany , runs into the Brenta , a little above Baffano. And becaufe it is very rapid, and 
 that by it the mountaineers fend great quantities of timber down, a refolution was taken 
 to make a bridge there, without fixing any polls in the water, as the beams that were 
 fixed there were fhaken and carried away by the violence of the current, and by the 
 fhock of the flones and trees that by it are continually carried down : wherefore Count 
 Giacomo An gar a no, who owns the bridge, was under the neceflity of renewing it 
 every year. 
 
 The invention of this bridge is, in my'opinion, very worthy of attention, as it may plate 3. 
 ferve upon all occafions, in which the faid difficulties fhall occur; and becaufe that bridges 
 thus made, are flrong, beautiful, and commodious: flrong, becaufe all their parts mutually 
 fupport each other ; beautiful, becaufe the texture of the timbers is very agreeable and com¬ 
 modious, being even and in the fame line with the remaining part of the flreet. The 
 river where this bridge was ordered, is one hundred foot wide; the breadth is divided into 
 fix equal parts; and at the end of each part (excepting at the banks, which are flrengthned 
 with pilafters of ftone) the beams are placed, that form the bed, and breadth of the bridge; 
 upon which, a little fpace being left at their ends, were placed other beams lengthways, 
 which form the fides. Over thefe, diredtly upon the firft, the colonelli on each fide were 
 difpofed (fo we call thofe beams vulgarly, that in fuch works are placed diredtly upright.) 
 
 Thefe colonelli are bound with the beams (which, as was faid, formed the breadth of the 
 bridge) with irons which we call cramps, palling through a hole, made for that purpofe in 
 the heads of the faid beams, in that part which advances beyond the beams that form the 
 fides. 
 
 These cramps, becaufe they are in the upper part along the faid upright and plain colo¬ 
 nelli, are preforated in feveral places. And in the under part, near the faid thick beams 
 by one hole only, fufficiently large, they were driven into the colonello, and faflened after¬ 
 wards underneath with iron bolts, made for that purpofe; they therefore made the whole 
 work to be in a manner united. The beams that form the breadth, and thofe of the fides 
 
 being as it were, of one piece with the colonelli, fupport the beams that form the breadth 
 
 of the bridge; and thofe are alfo fupported by the arms that go from one colonello to the 
 others, whereby all the parts are fupported the one by the other; and their nature is fuch 
 that the greater the weight upon the bridge, fo much the more they bind together* 
 
 .*md increafe the ftrength of the work. All the faid arms, and the other beams that form 
 the texture of the bridge, are but one foot broad, and but three quarters thick. But thofe 
 
 beams that form the bed of the bridge, that is, thofe that are laid long ways, are a great 
 
 deal fmaller. 
 
 A, The flank of the bridge. 
 
 B, The pilaflers that are on the banks. 
 
 C, The heads of the beams that form the breadth. 
 
 D, The beams that form the fides. 
 
 E, The colonelli. 
 
 F, The heads of the cramps , with the iron bolts. 
 
 G, Are the arms , which bearing contrary to each other , fupport the whole work. 
 
 H, Is the plan of the bridge. 
 
 I, Are the beams that form the breadth , and advance beyond the fides , near which 
 the holes are made for the cramps. 
 
 K, Are Jmall beams that form the bed of the bridge. 
 
 S 
 
 CHAP. 
 
66 
 
 T H I R D 
 
 R O O K. 
 
 CHAP. VIII. 
 
 Of three other Inventions, according to which woodeji bridges 7?:ay be 
 made, without fixing any pofis in the water. 
 
 W OODEN bridges may be made, without ports in the water, like the bridge on the 
 Cijmone , after three other manners; of which I would not omit giving the defigns, 
 becaufe they are of a moft beautiful contrivance, and may be more ealily underrtood by 
 every one who fhall have made himfelf marter of the terms made ufe of in the faid bridge on 
 the Cifmone becaufe thefe alfo confift of beams placed crofs ways, of colonelli, of cramps, 
 and of beams placed long ways, that form the fides. 
 
 The bridges, therefore, after the firrt invention, are to be made after this manner: the 
 banks being firrt fortified with pilarters, as necefiity fhall require, one of the beams that forms 
 the breadth of the bridge is to be placed at fome dirtance from them, and then the beams 
 that form the fides, are to be difpofed upon it, which with one of their heads are to lie 
 upon the bank, and be faftened to itj after which, upon thefe, diredtly plumb with the beams 
 placed for the breadth, the colonelli are to be fixed, which are to be faftened to the faid 
 beams with cramps of iron, and lupported by the braces well faftened to the heads of the 
 bridge; that is, in the beams that form the fides upon the bank: then leaving as much fpace 
 as has been left from the faid beam for the breadth to the bank, the other beam for the 
 breadth is to be placed, and faftened in the fame manner with the beams that fhall be placed 
 upon them lengthways of the bridge, and with the colonelli, and the colonelli to be fup- 
 ported by their braces, and thus continue from one order to another, as far as fhall be re- 
 quifite. Obferving always in fuch bridges as thefe, that in the middle of the breadth of the 
 river, there may be a colonello, in which the braces in the middle meet, and that other 
 beams be fixed in the upper part of the colonelli, which joining from one colonello to the 
 other will keep them united, and will form, with the braces in the head of the bridge, the 
 portion of a circle, lefs than a femicircle. And in this manner, making every brace lupport 
 its colonello, and every colonello fupport the beam for the breadth, and thofe that make 
 the fides, whereby every part bears its own weight. 
 
 Bridges made after this manner, are wide at the heads, and grow narrow towards the 
 middle of their length. There are none in Italy made after this manner; but converfing 
 with Meffer Alessandro Picheroni, a Mirandolefe, he told me he had feen one in 
 Germany. 
 
 Plate 4. A, Is the elevation of the flank of the bridge. 
 
 B, Are the heads of the beams that form the breadth. 
 
 C, Are the beams placed for the length. 
 
 D, Are the colonelli. 
 
 E, Are the braces , which being fixed in the beams for the length , fupport the 
 
 colonelli. 
 
 F, Are the beams that bind o?ie colonello with the other , and form a portion of a circle. 
 
 G, Is the bottom of the river. 
 
 H, Is the plan of the faid bridge. 
 
 I, Are the fir ft beams , which at one end are fupported by the bank , and at the 
 
 other by the firfi beams for the breadth. 
 
 K, Are the fecond beams , which are fupported by the firfi and by the fecand beam 
 for the breadth. 
 
 L, Are the third beams , which are fupported by the fecond and by the third beam 
 for the breadth. 
 
 And then there are thofe beams that form the breadth (as I have faid') fupported by 
 the colonelli , to which they are fattened , and the colonelli by the braces. 
 
 Plate 4. The invention of the following bridge has the upper part, which is what fupports all 
 the weight, made of a portion of a circle lefs than a femicircle, and has the braces, that 
 go from one colonello to another, fo difpofed, that in the middle of the fpaces which are 
 between the colonelli, they crofs each other. 
 
 The beams that form the floor of the bridge, are bound to the colonelli with cramps, 
 as they are in the above mentioned invention. And for a greater ftrength, one might add 
 
 two 
 
A 
 
THIRD BOOK. 67 
 
 two beams at each end of the bridge, which being fattened with one end in the pilafters, 
 and the other reaching under the firft colonelli, they would help very much to fupport the 
 weight of the bridge. 
 
 A, Is the upright of the bridge in flank, 
 
 B, Are the beams that form the fldes of the bridge, 
 
 C, Are the heads of the beams that form the breadth. 
 
 D, Are the colonelli. 
 
 E, Are the braces, that is, the fence of the bridge. 
 
 F, Are the beams placed under the bridge, at each end, that help to fupport the weight , 
 
 G, Is the floor of the bridge. 
 
 H, The bottom of the river. 
 
 This laft invention may be made with a greater or a fmaller arch than it is here defigned, Plate - 
 according to the quality of the fite, and as the greatnefs of the river ttiall require. The 
 height of the bridge, in which are the fences, or the braces that go from one colonello 
 to another, mutt be an eleventh part of the breadth of the river. All the mortices that are 
 made, ought, from the colonelli, to anfwer exadtly to the centre, which will make the 
 work very ttrong; and the colonelli will fupport the beams for the breadth, and for the 
 length of the bridge, as in the abovefaid. The bridges, after thefe four manners, may be 
 inlarged as neceffity flhall require, making all their parts ftronger in proportion. 
 
 A, Is the upright of the bridge in flank. 
 
 B, Is the floor of the bridge. 
 
 C, Are the colonelli. 
 
 D, Are the braces that fence and fupport the colonelli. 
 
 E, Are the heads of the beams that form the breadth of the bridge. 
 
 F, Is the bottom of the river. 
 
 CHAP. rx. 
 
 Of the bridge of Bass ano. 
 
 N EAR BaJJdno, a country fituated at the foot of the Alps which feparates Italy from Plate 6. 
 
 Germany, I have diredted the following wooden bridge over the Brenta , a moft rapid 
 river, that difcharges itfelf into the fea near Vmice, and was by the antients called Medoacus , 
 to which, (as Livy relates in his firft Decad) Cleonimus the Spartan came with a naval 
 army before the Trojan war. The river, in the place where the bridge was made, is one 
 hundred and eighty foot wide. This breadth is divided into five equal parts, becaufe the two 
 banks being very well fortified, that is, the heads of the bridge, with beams of oak and of 
 larix, four orders of piles were made in the river, thirty four foot and an half diftant the one 
 from the other. Each of thefe orders confifts of eight beams thirty foot long, and a foot 
 and an half thick every way, and diftant two foot one from the other: hence the whole 
 length of the bridge comes to be divided into five fpaces, and its breadth is twenty fix foot. 
 
 Upon the faid orders were placed fome crofs beams, according to the faid breadth (this fort 
 of beams fo placed, are vulgarly called correnti) which being nailed to the beams driven in 
 the river, hold them all together, joined and united. Upon thefe correnti, plumb on the faid 
 beams, were placed eight other beams, which make the length of the bridge, and reach 
 from one order to the other. And becaufe the diftance between the faid orders is very 
 great, hence with difficulty the beams placed length ways, could have been able to fupport 
 the weight that might have been put upon them, when it ftiould have been great, fome 
 beams were placed between thefe and the correnti, that ferve for modiglions, and fupport part 
 of the weight: befides which, other beams were placed, which being fattened in thofe that were 
 driven into the river, and leaning the one towards the other, were united with another 
 beam placed in the middle of the faid diftance under each beam for the length. Thefe 
 beams fo placed, reprefent an arch, having the fourth part of its diameter in height; and 
 fo the work becomes beautiful in its form ; and ttrong, becaufe the beams that form the 
 length of the bridge, are thereby doubled in the middle. 
 
 Upon thefe are put other beams crofs ways, which make the plan or floor of the bridge, 
 
 and project fomething more than the remaining part of the work, and appear like the 
 
 modiglions 
 
 1 
 
 1 
 
68 
 
 THIRD BOOK. 
 
 modiglions of a cornice. On each fide of the bridge are placed the columns that fiipport 
 the roof, and ferve as a loggia, and make the whole work very commodious and beautiful. 
 
 -f- Is the line of the furface of the water. 
 
 A, Is the upright of the flank of the bridge. 
 
 B, Are the orders of piles driven into the river. 
 
 C, Are the heads of the correnti. 
 
 D, Are the beams that make the length of the bridge , upon which are feen the 
 
 heads of thofe that form the floor. 
 
 E, Are the beams , which leaning one towards the other , are united with other 
 
 beams placed in the 7 ?iiddle of the diflance, that is } between the orders of piles ; 
 hence in the faid place the beams come to be double. 
 
 F, Are the columns that fupport the roof. 
 
 G, Is the upright of one of the heads of the bridge. 
 
 H, Is the plan of the orders of piles with the buttrefes which hinder the faid piles 
 
 being Jhaken by the timber that comes down the river. 
 
 I, Is the fcale of ten feet , with which the whole work is ?neafured. 
 
 C H A P. X. 
 
 Of Stone Bridges, and what ought to be obferved in the building 
 
 of the? 7 i. 
 
 M EN at firft made bridges of wood, as being attentive to their prefent necefiity only; 
 
 but fince they have begun to have a regard for the immortality of their name, and 
 when riches gave them fpirit, and conveniency to do greater things, they began to build 
 with ftone, which is more durable, of greater expence, and of more glory to the builders. 
 In thefe, four things ought to be confidered; that is, the heads, made in the banks; the pila¬ 
 fters, that are funk into the rivers; the arches, that are fupported hy the pilafters; and the 
 pavement, which is made upon the arches. The heads of bridges ought to be made very 
 firm and l'olid, fince they not only ferve to fupport the weight of the arches as the other 
 pilafters do, but they keep the whole bridge united befides, and prevent the arches from open¬ 
 ing ; and therefore they muft be made where the banks are of ftone, or at leaft of a folid 
 foil. And if banks thus made very firm by nature cannot be had, they muft be made 
 firm and ftrong by art; making there other pilafters and other arches, fo that if the banks 
 fhould be ruined by the water, the way to the bridge may not be interrupted. 
 
 The pilafters that are made for the breadth of the river, ought to be in number even; 
 as well becaufe we fee that nature has produced all thofe things of this number, which be¬ 
 ing more than one, are to fupport any weight, as the legs of men, and all the other ani¬ 
 mals can juftify : as alfo becaufe this fame compartment is more agreeable to be looked at and 
 renders the work more firm ; becaufe the courfe of the river in the middle, (in which place 
 it is naturally more rapid, as being farther from the banks) is free, and doth not damage 
 the pilafters by continually (baking them. The pilafters ought to be fo comparted, as to 
 fall in that part of the river where the ftream is lefs rapid. 
 
 The greateft current of the waters, is where thofe things gather together that fwim 
 upon it, which may eafily be known at the increafe of the river. Their foundations muft 
 be made in that time of the year when the waters are loweft, that is, in autumn : and if the 
 bottom of the river be of ftone, or of tofo, or of fcaranto, which as I have faid (in the firft 
 book) is a fort of earth, that is partly ftone, the foundations will be had without the 
 fatigue of digging; becaufe thefe forts of bottoms are an excellent foundation of themlelves. 
 But if the bottom of the river be of gravel or fand, one muft dig until the folid 
 ground is found; and if that be difficult, fome of the gravel or fand muft be dug out, and 
 then piles, made of oak, muft be driven there, which, with the iron points that are made 
 to them, muft reach the folid and firm bottom. 
 
 To lay the foundations of the pilafters, one ought to inclofe but one part of the river onlv, 
 and build in that, that the water may have its courfe by the other part left open; and 
 thus proceed from one part to another. The pilafters ought not to be thinner than the fixth 
 part of the breadth of the arch; nor ordinarily thicker than the fourth. They muft be 
 made with large ftones, which are to be joined together with cramps, and with iron or 
 
 metal 
 
THIRD BOOK. 
 
 6g 
 
 metal nails, that by fuch concatenations they may come to be all as of one piece. The 
 fronts of the pilafters are commonly made angular, that is, that they have in their ex¬ 
 tremity a re&angle; and fome are alfo made fometimes femicircular, that they may 
 cut the water, and that thofe things which are carried down by the impetuofity of the 
 river, may, by ftriking againft them, be thrown off from the pilafters, and pafs through 
 the middle of the arch. 
 
 The arches ought to be made firm and ftrong, and with large ftones, which muft be 
 well joined together, that they may be able to refill the continual pafling of carts, and 
 fupport the weight, that occafionally may be conveyed over them. Thofe arches are 
 very firm that are made femi-circular, becaufe they bear upon the pilafters, and do not 
 (hock one another. But if by reafon of the quality of the fite, and the difpofition of the 
 pilafters, the femicircle fhould offend by reafon of the too great height, making the afcent 
 of the bridge difficult, the diminiflied muft be made ufe of, by making arches, that have 
 but the third part of their diameter in height ; and, in fuch cafe, the foundations in the 
 banks muft be made very ftrong. The pavement of bridges muft be made after the fame 
 manner as the ways are paved, of which mention has been made before. Hence, as all 
 that is to be obferved in the building of ftone bridges has been feen, it is time that we pafs 
 on to the defigns. 
 
 C FI A P. XI. 
 
 Of fo7?te celebrated Bridges built by the antietits , and of the defigns 
 of the bridge of Rimino. 
 
 M ANY bridges were built by the antients in divers places. Butin Italy, efpecially over 
 the Tyber , they built a great many, of which fome are ftill to be feen intire ; and of 
 fome others there are the antient veftigia only remaining. Thofe that are ftill to be 
 feen intire, over the Tyber, are that of the caftle Santo Angelo, formerly called Mints , from 
 the name’of the Emperor ^Elius Adrianus, who built thereon his own fepulchre. 
 The Fabricius , built by Fabricius, now called Ponte Quatro Capi , from the four heads 
 of Tanus or of Terminus, which are placed on the left hand going upon this bridge. 
 By means’of this bridge, the ifland of the Tyber is joined to the city. The Cejhus, now 
 called of San. Bartolomeo, which from the other fide of the ifland pafles to Tranjte- 
 vere The bridge called Senatorius from the fenators, and Palatinus from the mountain 
 that’ is near it, made of ruftick work, which at prefent is called of Santa Maria, But 
 thofe bridges of which the antient veftigia are only feen in the Tyber, are, the Sublicius, 
 called alfo Lepidus, from jEmelius Lepidus, which being firft of wood, he made it 
 of ftone and it was near Ripa. The Triumphal, the pilafters of which are to be feen op- 
 pofite to the church of Santo Spirito. The Janicu/enfis, fo called for being ^ar mount 
 Janiculus, which as it was rebuilt by Pope Sixtus IV. now is called Ponte Sip. 
 And the Milvius, now called Ponte Molle, placed in the Via Flamima, fomewhat lefs than 
 two miles diftant from Rome ; which does not retain any thing antient belides the foun¬ 
 dations; and they fay, that it was built in the time of Silla, by M. Scaur us the cen- 
 Jor. There are alfo the ruins of a bridge built by Augustus Cjesar, to be feen of ru¬ 
 ftick work over the Nera, a very rapid river near Narni. And over the Metauro in Um¬ 
 bria at Galgi, another is to be feen of ruftick work likewife, with fome fpurs in the banks, 
 that fupport the ftreet, and make it very ftrong. 
 
 But among all the celebrated bridges, that is recorded as a marvellous thing which Ca¬ 
 ligula made from Pozzuolo to Bale, in the middle of the fea, in length fomewhat lefs 
 than three miles; in which, they fay, that he fpent all the money of the empire. Ex¬ 
 ceeding great, and worthy of admiration, was that which Trajan built to lubdue the 
 Barbarians over the Danube, oppofite to Tranfilvania, on which were read thefe words: 
 
 PROVIDENTIA AUGUST! VERE PONTIFICIS VIRTUS ROM AN A QUID NON DOMET ? 
 SUBJUGO ECCE RAPIDUS ET DANUBIUS. 
 
 This bridge was afterwards ruined by Adrian, that the Barbarians might not be able 
 to pafs it, to the damage of the Roman provinces; and its pilafters are ftill to be ten^in^e 
 
Piate 
 
 Plate 8. 
 
 Plate g, 
 
 and l o. 
 
 yo T H I R D B O O K. 
 
 middle ^of the river. ^ But conlidering, that of all the bridges I have feen, that at Rimino 
 a city in Flaminia , leems to me to be the mod beautiful, and the mod worthy of confi- 
 deration, as well for its ftrength, as for its compartment and difpofition. It was built, I 
 judge, by Augustus C^sar. I have given the defigns of it, which are thofe that fol¬ 
 low. It is divided into five arches, the three middle ones are equal, and five and twenty 
 foot in breadth, and the two next the banks are lefs, that is, only twenty foot broad 
 All thofe arches are femicircular, and their modeno is the tenth part of the void of the 
 greater, and the eighth part of the void of the letter. The pilafters are in thicknefs, a little 
 Ids than half the void of the greater arches. The angle of the fpurs, that cut the water 
 is a right one, which I have obferved that the antients made in all their bridges; becaufe 
 it is ftronger than the acute one, and therefore lels expol'ed to be ruined by the*trees or 
 by other matters that fliould be carried down by the river. Dire&ly over the pilafters' in 
 the lides of the bridge, are fome tabernacles, in which formerly there muff have been 
 rtatues. Over thefe tabernacles, according to the length of the bridge, there is a cornice 
 which although it is plain, affords a beautiful ornament to the whole work. 
 
 A, Is the faid cornice over the tabernacles of the bridge. 
 
 B, Is the furface of the water. 
 
 C, Is the bottom of the river. 
 
 D, A fcale of ten foot , with which this bridge is meafured. 
 
 CHAP. XII. 
 
 Of the Bridge <?/Vicenza, that is over the Bacchiglionc. 
 
 T HER E run through Vicenza two rivers, one of which is called the Bacchiglionc 
 and the other the Rerone The Rerone, as it goes out of the city, enters into the 
 vacctoighone and immediately lofes its name. Over thefe rivers are two antient bridges - of 
 that over the Bacchiglionc the pilafters and one arch, ftill intire, are to be feen near'the 
 • j rC -j °f S ‘ M f ia de ? h An & loh ' The remaining part is all modern work. This bridge 
 is divided into three arches j that in the middle is thirty foot wide, the other two are but 
 two and twenty foot and an half in breadth; which was done that the river might have in 
 the middle a freer courfe The pilafters are in thicknefs the fifth part of the void of the 
 lefler arches, and the fixth of the greater. The arches have in height the third part of 
 their diameter. Their modeno is in thicknefs the ninth part of the lefTer arches, and the 
 twelfth of that in the middle, and are wrought in the manner of an architrave In the 
 extream parts of the length of the pilafters, under the imports of the arches, fome rtones 
 projeft forward, which in building of the bridge, ferved to fupport the beams, upon which 
 were made the centerings of the arches. And, in this manner, the danger of the floods 
 carrying away the beams, to the ruin of the work, was avoided; which had it been done 
 otherwiie, it would have been neceffary to drive them into the river to make the faid 
 centerings. 
 
 A, Is the breaftwork of the bridge. 
 
 C, Is the modeno of the arches. 
 
 D, Are the ft ones that projett from the remaining part of the pilafters , and ferve 
 
 for the centring of the arches. J 
 
 E, Are the heads of the bridge. 
 
 CHAP. XIII. 
 
 Of a Stone Bridge of my invention . 
 
 T HE invention of the following bridge, is, in my opinion, very beautiful, and well 
 
 thT e is o°ne Vi 11 T;°, W bee " bUik ; WhicH W3S in the ™ ddle of 
 
 - hat IS one of thegreateft, and of the moft noble in Italy, and is the metropolis of 
 
 oHhe world‘ tle Th and WherC ther \‘ S traffick car *d'on, almoft from eve P ry part 
 
 of world. The river is very broad, and the bridge would have been in the very fpot 
 
 where 
 
THIRD BOOK. 
 
 7* 
 
 where the merchants aflemble to treat of their affairs. Therefore, to keep up to the gran¬ 
 deur and dignity of the faid city, and alfo to add a very great income to it, I made upon 
 the bridge, in its full breadth, three ftreets; that in the middle, ample and beautiful, and the 
 other two, one on each fide, fomewhat lefs. On each fide of thefe ftreets I ordered (hops, 
 fo that there would have been fix rows of them. Befides this, in the heads of the bridge, 
 and in the middle, that is, upon the greateft arch, I made loggia’s, in which the mer¬ 
 chants might have affembled to negotiate together; and it would have afforded conveniency, 
 and very great beauty. One might have gone up to the loggia’s, in the heads, by a few 
 fteps; and level with them would have been the floor of all the remaining part of the 
 bridge. It ought not to feem a novelty that loggia’s are made upon bridges, becaufe the 
 bridge /Elius in Rome , of which mention has been made in its place, was covered over with 
 loggia’s, with columns of bronzo, with ftatues, and with other curious ornaments. Befides 
 which, on this occafion, for the above-mentioned reafons, it was almoft neceffary to make 
 them. In the proportions of the pilafters, and of the arches, the fame order has been ob- 
 ferved, and the fame rules that have been laid down in the above-mentioned bridges, which 
 every one may eafily find out of himfelf. 
 
 Parts of the plan. 
 
 A, Is the beautiful and ample jlreet made in the middle of the breadth of the bridge. 
 
 B, Are the lejfer freets. 
 
 C, Are the fops. 
 
 D, Are the loggia's in the heads of the bridge. 
 
 E, Are the (leps that go up to the faid loggia's. 
 
 F, The loggia's in the middle upon the greatcjl arch of the bridge. 
 
 The parts of the upright correfpond to thofe of the plan, and therefore may eafily be 
 underftood, without any farther explication. 
 
 C, The upright of the fops , in the part without , that is over the river ; and in 
 the plate appears the upright of the J'a?ne fops towards the freet . 
 
 G, Is the line of the furface of the water. 
 
 CHAP. XIV. 
 
 Of another Bridge of my invention . 
 
 M Y opinion being afked by fome gentlemen concerning a bridge they defigned to Plate u. 
 
 build of ftone, I made them the following invention. The river where the bridge 
 was intended, is one hundred and eighty foot wide. I divided this whole breadth into three 
 voids, making that in the middle fixty foot wide, and the other two forty eight foot apiece. 
 
 T h e pilafters that fupport the arches were twelve foot thick, and fo were in thicknefs 
 the fifth part of the void of that in the middle, and the fourth of the fmaller voids. I 
 fomewhat altered, in thefe, the ordinary meafures, making them very thick, that they 
 might project out from the body of the breadth of the bridge; and that they might the 
 better refill the impetuofity of the river, which is very rapid, and the ftones and timber 
 that might be carried down by it. The arches would have been a fegment of a circle lefs than 
 a femicircle, that the afcent of the bridge might have been eafy and plain. I made the 
 modeno of the arches the feventeenth part of the void of the arch in the middle, and the 
 fourteenth of the void of the other two. 
 
 This bridge might have been adorned with niches diredtly over the pilafters and with 
 ftatues j and a cornice along its fides would have had a good effedl: which was alfo 
 fometimes done by the antients, as one may fee in the bridge of Rimino } ordered by Au¬ 
 gustus CiESAR, the defigns of which have been given before. 
 
 A, The furface of the water. 
 
 B, The bottom of the river. 
 
 C, The flones that projell , for the ufe abovej'aid. 
 
 D, The fcale of ten foot , by which the whole work is meafured. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
THIRD BOOK. 
 
 72 
 
 CHAP. XV. 
 
 Of the Bridge of Vicenza, that is upon the Rerone. 
 
 Plate 12. ^ H E other antient bridge, that (as I have faid) is in Vicenza , over the Rerone , is 
 X vulgarly called IIponte dalle Beccarie, becaufe it is near the greateft butchery of the city. 
 This bridge is intire, and very little different from that which is over the Bacchiglione , becaufe 
 it is alfo divided into three arches, and has the arch in the middle greater than the other 
 two. All thefe arches are of a fegment of a circle lefs than a femicircle, and without 
 any ornament at all. The little ones are in height the third part of their breadth ; that in 
 the middle, is fomething lefs. The pilafters are in thicknefs the fifth part of the diameter 
 of the lefler arches; and they have in their extremities, under the import of the arches, 
 the ftones that project for the abovefaid reafons. 
 
 Both thefe bridges are made with rtone from Cojloza , which is a foft rtone, and is 
 cut with a faw like wood. There are four bridges at Padoua , made after the fame pro¬ 
 portions of thefe two at Vicenza j three of which have only three arches, and are the bridge 
 of Altina , that of San Lorenzo , and that which is called Ponte Corvo and one has five, 
 and is, that which is called Ponte Moli?io. In all thefe bridges it is to be obferved, that the 
 greateft care imaginable has been taken in joining the ftones together, which (as I have before 
 obferved) is extremely requifite in all fabricks. 
 
 CHAP. XVI. 
 
 Of the P1 a z z e, and of the edifices that are ?nade round the?n. 
 
 B ESIDES the ftreets, of which mention has been made above, it is neceflary that 
 in cities, according to their bignefs, there fhould be more or fewer piazze comparted, 
 in which people aflemble to contract for things ufeful and neceflary for their wants: and as 
 they are applied to different ufes, fo a proper and convenient place ought to be given 
 to each. Thofe ample places are left in cities, befides the faid conveniency, that there 
 the people aflemble to walk, to difeourfe, and bargain in ; they afford alfo a great orna¬ 
 ment, when at the head of a ftreet, a beautiful and fpacious place is found, from which 
 the profpedt of fome beautiful fabrick is feen, and efpecially of fome temple. But as it is 
 of advantage, that there be many piazze difperfed through the city, fo it is much more 
 neceflary, magnificent, and honourable, that there be one principal, which truly may be 
 called publick. Thefe principal piazze ought to be made of fuch bignefs, as the multi¬ 
 tude of the citizens fhall require, that it may not be fmall for their conveniency and ufe, 
 or that, through the fmall number of people, they may not feem uninhabited. In fea-port 
 towns they muff: be made near the port ; and in inland cities they muff: be made in the 
 middle of them, that they may be convenient for every part of the city. 
 
 Portico’s, fuch as the antients ufed, ought to be made round the piazze, as broad as their 
 columns are high; the ufe of which is to avoid the rain, fnow, and every injury of the air 
 and fun. But all the edifices that are made round a piazza, ought not to be (according to 
 Alberti) higher than the third part of the breadth of the piazza, nor lower than the fixth. 
 And to the portico’s one is to afeend by fteps, which muft be made as high as the fifth 
 part of the length of the columns. 
 
 Arches give a very great ornament to piazze that are made at the head of the ftreets, 
 that is, in the entrance into the piazza; which, how they are to be made, and why they 
 were antiently made, and from whence they were called triumphal, (hall be laid down at 
 large, in my book of arches, and the defigns of many (hall be inferted. Hence great light 
 will be given to thofe, that may be willing in our times, or hereafter, to eredt arches 
 to princes, to kings, and to emperors. 
 
 But, returning to the principal piazza, the palace of the prince, or of the lignory (as it 
 happens either to be a principality or a republick) ought to be joined thereto, fo ought the mint 
 the publick treafury, and the prifons. 
 
 These 
 
THIRD BOOK. 
 
 73 
 
 These laft were antiently made of three forts; the one for thofe that were debauched 
 and leud, who were kept there in order to their reformation, which now are ordinarily 
 afligned to mad-folks; the fecond fort was for debtors, and this is ft ill in ufe among us; 
 the third is where the malefactors, either already condemned, or fuch as are to be tried, 
 are kept: which three forts are fufticient, ftnce the errors of men proceed either from im- 
 modefty, or from contempt, or from wickedness. 
 
 Th e mint, and the prifons ought to be placed in very fecure places, and be very ready at 
 hand, encompafled with high walls, and well guarded againft the violence and the treachery 
 of the feditious citizens. The prifons may be made healthy and commodious, becaufe 
 they have been inftituted for the fafe-keeping and not for the torment and pain of crimi¬ 
 nals, or of other men ; therefore their walls in the middle muft be made of very large 
 live ftones, bound together with cramps, and with nails of iron or metal, and then coated 
 on both fides with bricks: becaufe, in fo doing, the humidity of the live ftones will not 
 make them unhealthy, neither will they want for fecurity. Paflages muft alfo be made round 
 them ; and the rooms for the keepers near, that they may eafily hear if the prifoners fhould con¬ 
 trive any thing. 
 
 Besides the treafury and the prifons, the curia fhoti’d be joined to the piazza, which 
 is the place where the fenate meets to confult on affairs of ftate. This muft be made of 
 fuch bignefs, as the dignity and number of the citizens fhall feem to require; and if it be fquare, 
 whatever it fhall be in breadth, adding one half more, that fhall be its height. But if its form 
 fhall be longer than it is broad, the length and breadth muft be added together, and the half of 
 the whole fum fhall be taken for the height to the roof. In the middle of the height, large cor¬ 
 nices ought to be made round the walls, which muft project forward, that the voice of thofe 
 who difpute, may not be loft in the height of the curia, but refie&ed back, the better to come 
 to the ears of the auditors. 
 
 On the part facing the warmeft region of the heaven, on one fide of the piazza, the 
 bafilica muft be made, that is, the place where juftice is adminiftered, whither great part of the 
 people and men of bufinefs refort; of which I fhall make particular mention, after I have 
 fhewn how the Greeks and Latins made their piazze, and have given the defigns of them. 
 
 CHAP. XVII. 
 
 Of the Piazze of the Greeks. 
 
 T HE Greeks, according to Vitruvius, in the firft chapter of the fifth book, or¬ 
 dered the piazze in their cities in a fquare form, and made ample and dou¬ 
 ble portico’s round them, confifting of many columns, that is, one diameter and an 
 half of a column diftant the one from the other, or at moft two diameters. Thefe porti¬ 
 co’s were as broad as the columns were long. Hence, as they were double, the place to 
 walk in came to be as broad as twice the length of the column, and therefore very com¬ 
 modious and ample. Upon the firft columns, which (with regard to the place where they were) 
 in my opinion, muft have been of the Corinthian order, there were other columns, a fourth 
 part lefs than the firft: thefe had a poggio under them, as high as conveniency required; 
 becaufe thefe upper portico’s were alfo made to walk in, and to difcourfe, and where people 
 might conveniently be to fee the fpe&acles that might be exhibited in the fquare, either out 
 of devotion or pleafure. All thefe portico’s ought to be adorned with niches and ftatues, 
 becaufe the Greeks took great delight in fuch ornaments. Near to thefe piazze, although 
 Vitruvius, when he teaches how they were ordered, does not make mention of thofe 
 places, there ought to be the bafilica, the curia, the prifons, and all the other places 
 ulually joined to piazza’s, of which mention has been made before. Befides which (as he fays 
 in the feventh chapter of the firft book) the antients ufed to make near the piazze, the 
 temples coiifecrated to Mercury and Isis, as to Gods prefiding over bufinefs and merchan¬ 
 dize : and in Pola, a city of IJiria , two are to be feen upon the piazze ; the one like the 
 other, for form, grandeur, and for ornaments. I have drawn them in the defign of thefe 
 piazze on one fide of the bafilica. The plan and elevation of which, with all their par¬ 
 ticular members, fhall be feen more diftinftly in my book of temples. 
 
 A, The piazza. 
 
 B, The double portico's. 
 
 C, The bafilica where the judges had their tribunal 
 
 Plate r*i. 
 
 D, The 
 
Plate 
 
 Plate 15 
 
 Plate 16. 
 
 ^4 THIRD BOOK. 
 
 D, The temple of Isis. 
 
 E, 'The temple of Mercury. 
 
 F, The curia. 
 
 G, The portico y and the little court before the mint. 
 
 H, The portico , and the little court before the prifons. 
 
 I, The door of the atrio , from which one enters the curia. 
 
 K, The pafages round the curia , through which one comes to the portico's of the 
 piazza. 
 
 L, The vault of the portico's of the piazza. 
 
 M, The vault of the portico's within. 
 
 N, The plan oj the walls of the fmall courts , and of the temples. 
 
 P, The paffages round the mint and the prifons. 
 
 4. The elevation that follows the plan, is of one part of the piazza. 
 
 CHAP. XVIII. 
 
 Of the P 1 a z z e of the Romans. 
 
 T HE Romans, and the Italians (as Vitruvius fays in the above-mentioned place) 
 departing from the cuftom of the Greeks, made their piazze longer than they were 
 broad ; fo that the length being divided into three parts, two were given to the breadth, 
 becaufe ot the gratuities in them made to the gladiators. This form was much more com¬ 
 modious for that purpofe than the fquare one; and for this reafon alfo they made the inter- 
 columniations of the portico’s, that were round the piazze, of two diameters and a quarter 
 of a column, or of three diameters, that the fight of the people might not beobdrudted by 
 the clofenefs of the columns. The portico’s were as broad as the columns were long, and 
 they had banker’s {hops under them. The columns above were made one fourth part lets 
 than thofe below, becaufe the under parts, with refpedt to the weight they bear, ought 
 to be firmer than thofe above, as was faid in the hrd book. In the part facing the 
 hotted; region of the heaven they placed the bafilica, which I have marked in the defign of 
 thefe piazze, two fquares in length; and in the part within there are portico’s round it, the 
 third part of the fpace in the middle in breadth. Their columns are as long as the place 
 is broad, and they may be made of the mod: acceptable order. 
 
 In the part facing the north, I have placed there the curia, one fquare and an half 
 in length ; its height is half the length and breadth put together. This was the place (as I 
 have faid above) where the fenate met to confult about matters of date. 
 
 A, The winding /lairs, void in the middle , which lead to the places above. 
 
 B, The pafage through which one enters into the portico's of the piazza. 
 
 C, Portico's , and the little court on one fide of the bafilica. 
 
 D, l 
 
 E, ( places for the bankers , and for the mofl honourable arts of the city. 
 
 F, Is the place for the Jecretaries , whither the deliberations of the fenate were 
 remitted. 
 
 G, The prifons. 
 
 H, Is the return of the portico s of the piazze. 
 
 I, The entrance into the bafilica , by one fide. 
 
 K, The return of the portico's that are in the fmall courts on one fide of the 
 bafilica. 
 
 All the faid parts are made by a larger icale, and countermarked with the fame letters. 
 The elevation that follows in a large form, is of one part of the portico’s of the piazze. 
 
 CHAP. 
 

 W'VWM/W/ 
 
 Ww////M 
 
 y//////////A 
 
 ///////////A 
 
 '/////A 
 
 'W////////A 
 
 y//////////w 
 
 WWW/, 
 
 vt'/A/'/'/.'y 
 
 / T; ' '////WyA 
 
 Wm 
 
 W/////y/////// 
 
 W/M/ty 
 
 f ' - 
 
 
 Wmm, 
 
 •////// 
 
 '/////// 
 
 v////,/ ''/// / y / 7 // 
 
 , 
 
 Wmm, 
 
 '////A 
 /■ / 
 
 > V, 
 
 '////// 
 
 _ 
 
 
 ■ ■, 
 
 
 
 //////////////: 
 
 ///////////A 
 
 W//////M 
 
 
 Y//M. 
 
 ■ 
 
 
 
B : 3 
 
 XV 
 
THIRD BOOK, 75 
 
 CHAP. XIX. 
 
 Of the antient Basilica’s. 
 
 F ORMERLY thofe places were called bafilica's, in which the judges fat under cover to 
 adminiRer juRice, and where fometimes great and important affairs were debated. 
 Hence we read, that the tribunes of the people caufed a column to be taken away, which 
 obRrutted their feats, from the Bafilica Portia (in which juRice was adminiRer’d) that Rood 
 near the temple of Romulus and Remus at Rome, and which now is the church of San. 
 Cofmo e Damiano. Of all the antient bafilica’s, that of Pa ulus Almilius was very much 
 celebrated, and reckoned among the marvels of the city. It Rood between the temple 
 of Saturn and that of Faustina, on which he fpent one thoufand five hundred talents, 
 given him by C^sar, which amount, by computation, to about nine hundred thou¬ 
 fand crowns. They ought to be made adjoining to the piazze, as was obferved in 
 the abovefaid, which were both in the Forum Romanian and facing the warmeft 
 region of the heaven, that the merchants, and thofe that had law-fuits, might in winter¬ 
 time, without being incommoded by the bad weather, go and remain there without inconve¬ 
 nience. They ought not to be made narrower than one third part, nor wider than the half 
 of the length, if the nature of the place does not hinder it, or if one is not compelled to al¬ 
 ter the meafure of this compartment. 
 
 Of this kind of edifice there is not the leaR antient veRigium remaining; wherefore, ac¬ 
 cording to what Vitruvius mentions in the above-cited place, I have made the following 
 defigns; in which the bafilica, in the fpace in the middle, that is, within the columns, is 
 two fquares long. 
 
 The portico’s that are on the Tides, and in the part where the entrance is, are in breadth 
 the third part of the fpace in the middle. Their columns are as long as they are broad, and 
 may be made of any order one pleafes. I have not made a portico in the part oppofite to 
 the entrance, becaufe a large nich Teems to me to Tuit there very well, made of a Tegment 
 of a circle lefs than a femicircle, in which the tribunal of the praetor, or of the judges, may 
 be, if they are many, to which there muR be an afcent by Reps, that it may have the 
 greater majeRy and grandeur. I do not deny, neverthelefs, but that portico’s may alfo be 
 made all round them, as I have done in the bafilica’s reprefented in the defigns of the piazze. 
 Through the portico’s one goes to the Rairs that are on the Tides of the faid nich, which lead to 
 the upper portico’s. Thefe upper portico’s have their columns the fourth part lefs than thofe 
 below. The poggio, or the pedeRal, that is between the upper and lower columns, ought 
 to be made in height one fourth part lefs than the length of the columns above, that thofe 
 that walk in the upper portico’s, may not be feen by thofe that do bufinefs in the bafilica. 
 A bafilica at Fano, was ordered by Vitruvius, with other compartments, which by the 
 meafures which he gives the faid place, one may comprehend to have been an edifice of very 
 great dignity and beauty. I would have inferted the defigns of it here, if they had not 
 been done, with the utmoR diligence, by the moR reverend Barb a ro in his Vitruvius. 
 
 Of the following defigns, the firR is the plan, the fecond is part of the elevation. 
 
 Parts of the plan. 
 
 A, The entrance into the bajilica 
 
 B, Is the place for the tribunal oppofite to the entrance-. 
 
 C, Are the portico's round it. 
 
 D, Are the Jlairs that lead to the parts above. 
 
 E, Are the places for the flth. 
 
 Parts of the elevation. 
 
 F, The profile of the place, made there to place the tribunal oppofite to the entrance. 
 G, The columns of the portico s below. 
 
 H, Is the poggio , in height a fourth part lefs than the columns of the upper portico s. 
 X, The columns of the faid upper portico's. 
 
 Plate 17. 
 
 P'-ate ! 8 
 
 C H A P. 
 
7 6 
 
 BOOK. 
 
 T H I R D 
 
 CHAP. XX. 
 
 Of the Basilica’s of our ti?nes> and of the defigns of that of Venice. 
 
 A S the antients made their bafilica’s, that men in winter and fummer might have a 
 place to aflemble, and treat about their occafions and affairs; fo in our times in every 
 city, both in Italy and out of it, fome publick halls are made, which may rightly be called 
 bafilica’s, becaufe, that near to them is the habitation of the fupreme magiftrate. Hence 
 they come to be a part of it. [The word bafilica properly fignifies a royal houfe.] Here alfo 
 the judges attended to adminifter juftice to the people. 
 
 The bafilica’s of our times differ in this from the antients, viz. the antient ones were 
 upon, or even with the ground, and ours are raifed upon arches, in which are fhops for di¬ 
 vers arts, and the merchandizes of the city. There the prifons are alfo made, and other places 
 belonging to publick bufinefs. Befides which, the modern bafilica’s have portico’s in the part 
 within, as has been feen in the above mentioned defigns; and the antient, on the contrary, 
 either had no portico’s, or had them in the part without upon the piazza. 
 
 Of thefe modern halls there is a very noble one at Padoua , a city illuftrious for its anti¬ 
 quity, and celebrated for learning throughout the world, in which the gentlemen every 
 day aflemble, and it ferves them as a covered piazza. 
 
 The city of Brejcia, magnificent in all her adtions, has lately made one which for its 
 largenefs and ornaments is wonderful. And another is at Vicenza , of which only I have 
 put the defigns, becaufe the portico’s it has round it are of my invention; and becaufe I 
 do not doubt but this fabrick may be compared with the antient edifices, and ranked among 
 the moft noble, and moft beautiful fabricks, that have been made fince the antient times; 
 not only for its grandeur, and its ornaments, but alfo for the materials, which is all 
 very hard live ftone, and all the ftones have been joined and banded together, with the 
 utmoft diligence. It would be unneceffary to put down the meafures of every part, becaufe 
 they are all marked in their places, in the defigns. 
 
 Plate 19. In the firfl: plate, the plan and the elevation are defigned, with the plan of the pilafters 
 in a large form. 
 
 Plate 20. In the fecond is defigned one part of the elevation in a larger form. 
 
 CHAP. XXI. 
 
 Of the Palestra’s and of the X v s t 1 of the Greeks . 
 
 H AVING treated of ways, of bridges, and of piazza’s, it remains that mention fhould 
 now be made ol thofe edifices made by the antient Greeks, into which men went to ex- 
 ercife themfelves; and it is very likely, that at the time the cities of Greece were governed 
 as a republick, in every city there was one of thefe edifices; where the young men, befides 
 the learning of fciences, by exercifing their bodies in the things belonging to the art of war, 
 fuch as to know the orders, to throw the bar, to wreftle, to manage their arms, to fwim 
 with a weight upon their fhoulders, they became fit for adtion, and for all the accidents of 
 war. Hence they could afterwards, by their valour, and military difcipline, tho’ but a few 
 in number, overcome a very numerous army. 
 
 The Romans, after their example, had the Campus Martius i in which the youth were 
 publickly exercifed in the faid military actions, from which proceeded wonderful effedts, 
 and their notable vidtories in battle. 
 
 Cassar writes in his Commentaries, that being on a fudden attacked by the Nervii, and 
 feeing that the leventh and twelfth legion were in a manner fo confined, that they could not fight, 
 
 commanded 
 
jumuiwhl niu » Mf 
 
 nmniMlU 
 
 jmunmiTjiii nr nnnin nn an 
 
 rnnwutii 
 
 [OjnrFfEi^r 
 
 mumi 
 
 il-lii if 
 



THIRDBOOK. y 7 
 
 commanded that they fhould extend and place themfelves one on the flank of the 
 other, that they might have art opportunity of handling their arms, and not be fur- 
 rounded by the enemies; which being immediately done by the foldiers, he ob¬ 
 tained the victory, and they the immortal name of being brave, and well difci- 
 plined: fince, in the very heat of battle, when things were full of danger and con- 
 fufion, they performed that, which to many in Our times would feem a thing very difficult 
 to be done, even when the enemies are at a diftance, and when there is conveniency both of 
 time and place. Of fuch like glorious a&ions the Greek and Latin hiftories are almoft all 
 full ; and there is no doubt but that it proceeded from their continual exercifing of the 
 young nten. 
 
 From this exercife, the faid places, which (as Vitruvius relates, in the eleventh chapter 
 of his fifth book) the Greeks built, were by them called Palejlras and Xifti, and their 
 difpofition was this. In the firft place they defigned the fquare piazza, two ftadia in cir¬ 
 cumference ; that is, of two hundred and fifty paces; and on three Tides thereof they made 
 limple portico’s, and under them ample halls, in which were the men of letters, fuch as 
 philofophers, and the like, difputing and difeourfing. On the fourth fide, which was 
 turned to the fouth, they made double portico’s, that the rains driven by the winds, 
 might not enter them far, in winter; and that the fun might be kept off in fum- 
 mer. In the middle of this portico was a very great hall, one fquare and an half in 
 length, where the young men were inftrutted. On the left hand of which, was the 
 place where the girls were inftrutfted; behind that, the place where the wreftlers pow¬ 
 dered themfelves; and farther on, the rooms for cold wafhing, or what now we call cold ba¬ 
 thing, which comes to be in the turning of the portico. On the left of the place for the 
 young men, was the place where they anointed their bodies, in order to be the ftronger; and 
 near to it the cold room, where they undrefs’d themfelves; and farther on, the warm room, 
 where they made a fire, from whence one came into the hot room. This room had on 
 one part of it the laconicum , which was the place where they fvveated, and on the other 
 the room for hot bathing; becaufe thefe prudent men were willing to imitate nature which 
 from an extream cold, leads gradually to an extream heat; and that one might not on a 
 fudden, from the cold room, enter into the hot one, but intermediately thro’ the warm 
 one. 
 
 On the outfide of the faid places there were three portico’s, one on the fide where 
 the entrance was, which might be made towards the eaft or weft; the other two 
 were, one on the right, and the other on the left; one placed towards the north, and the 
 other towards the fouth. That which faced the north, was double, and in breadth what 
 the columns were long. The other, facing the fouth, was Ample, but much larger than 
 either of the abovefaid, and was divided in this manner : the fpace of ten foot was left 
 on the fide of the columns, and on that of the wall, which fpace is by Vitruvius 
 called the margin; by two fteps fix foot broad, one defeended into a floor, not lefs than 
 twelve foot in breadth, in which, during the winter feafon, the wreftlers’might exercife 
 themfelves under cover, without being interrupted by thofe that ftood under the & portico to 
 look on ; who alfo, by reafon of the faid lownefs of the place where the wreftlers were 
 could fee better. 
 
 This portico was properly called Xifius. The Xijii were fo made, that between 
 two portico’s there might be groves and plantations, and the ftreets between the trees paved 
 with mofaic work. ^ 
 
 Near the Xifius, and the double portico, the covered places to walk in were defigned 
 by them called Peridromis ; in which, in winter, when the fky was ferene, the wreftlers 
 might exercife themfelves. The Jiadium was on one fide of this edifice,’ and was the 
 place where the multitude could ftand commodioufly to fee the wreftlers’ engage. 
 
 From this kind of edifices the Roman Emperors took example, who ordered the baths 
 to delight and pleafe the people, as being places where men went to recreate and wafti 
 themfelves; of which in the following book I (hall treat, God willing. 
 
 A, Tlje place where the boys were inflrudled. 
 
 B, The place where the girls were injtrutted. 
 
 C, The place where the wreftlers powdered thetnfelves. 
 
 X 
 
 Plate 21. 
 
 D. The 
 
78 
 
 THIRD BOOK. 
 
 D, 1 The cold bath. 
 
 E, 'The Place where the wrefllers anointed themfelves. 
 
 F, The cold room. 
 
 G, The warm room , through which one proceeds to the furnace. 
 
 H, The hot room , called the Jweating room. 
 
 I, The laconicum. 
 
 K, The hot bath. 
 
 L, The outward portico before the entrance. 
 
 M, The outward portico towards the north. 
 
 N, The outward portico towards the fouth, where in the •winter feafon the wrejllers 
 
 exercifed themfelves , called Xijlus. 
 
 O, The groves between two portico's. 
 
 P, The uncovered places to walk in , called Peridromis. 
 
 Stadium , where the multitude [flood to fee the wreflers engage. 
 
 The eaf. 
 
 O, The fouth. 
 
 P, The weft. 
 v. The north. 
 
 The other places made in the deiign are efcdre and fchools. 
 
 The END of the THIRD BOOK. 
 
 THE 
 
THE FOURTH BOOK 
 
 O F 
 
 Andrea Palladio’s 
 ARCHITECTURE. 
 
 The PREFACE to the Reader. 
 
 I F upon any fabrick labour and induftry may be beftowed, that it may be comparted 
 with beautiful meafure and proportion; this, without any doubt, ought to be done in 
 temples j in which the maker and giver of all things, the almighty and fupream God, 
 ought to be adored by us, and be praifed, and thanked for his continual benefactions 
 to us, in the beft manner that our ftrength will permit. If, therefore, men in building 
 their own habitations, take very great care to find out excellent and expert architects and able 
 artificers, they are certainly obliged to make ufe of ftill much greater care in the building 
 of churches. And if in thofe they attend chiefly to conveniency, in thefe they ought to 
 have a regard to the dignity and grandeur of the Being there to be invoked and adored ; 
 who being the fupream good, and higheft perfection, it is very proper, that all things 
 confecrated to him, fhould be brought to the greatefl perfection we are capable of. And 
 indeed, if we confider this beautiful machine of the world, with how many wonderful orna¬ 
 ments it is filled, and how the heavens, by their continual revolutions, change the feafons 
 according as nature requires, and their motion preferves itfelf by the fweeteft harmony of 
 temperature; we cannot doubt, but that the little temples we make, ought to refemble 
 this very great one, which, by his immenfe goodnefs, was perfectly compleated with one 
 word of his; or imagine that we are not obliged to make in them all the ornaments we poflibly 
 can, and build them in fuch a manner, and with fuch proportions, that all the parts toge¬ 
 ther may convey a l'weet harmony to the eyes of the beholders, and that each of 
 them feparately may ferve agreeably to the ufe for which it ftiall be appointed. For which 
 reafon, although they are worthy to be much commended, who being guided by an exceed¬ 
 ing good fpirit, have already built temples to the fupream God, and ftill build them; it 
 does not feem, neverthelefs, that they ought to remain without fome little reprehenfion, if 
 they have not alfo endeavoured to make them in the beft and moft noble form our 
 condition will permit. 
 
 Hence, becaufe the antient Greeks and Romans employed the utmoft care in building the 
 temples to their Gods, and compofed them of the moft beautiful architecture, that they 
 might be made with fo much greater ornaments, and in greater proportion, as that they might 
 be fuitable for the God to whom they were confecrated ; I (hall fhew in this book, the form 
 and the ornaments of many antient terriples, of which the ruins are ftill to be feen, and by 
 me have been reduced into defigns, that every one may know in what form, and with what 
 ornaments churches ought to be built. And although there is but a fmall part of fome of 
 them to be feen ftanding above-ground, I neverthelefs from that fmall part, (the foundations 
 that could be feen being alfo confidered) have endeavoured, by conjecture, to fhew what 
 they muft have been when they were entire. And in this Vitruvius has been a very 
 great help to me ; becaufe, what I faw, agreeing with what he teacheth us, it was not 
 difficult for me to come at the knowledge of their afpeCt, and of their form. 
 
 But 
 
 1 
 
8 o 
 
 FOURTH BOOK. 
 
 But to the ornaments, that is, the bafes, columns, capitals, cornices, and fuch like things, 
 I have added nothing of my own ; but they have been meafured by me with the utmoft 
 attention, from different fragments, found in the places where thefe temples flood. And I 
 make no doubt, but that they, who fhall read this book, and fliall confider the defigns in it 
 carefully, may be able to underftand many places, which in Vitruvius are reputed very 
 difficult, and to diredt their mind to the knowledge of the beautiful and proportionable 
 forms of temples, and to draw from them various very noble inventions; making ufe of which 
 in a proper time and place, they may fhew, in their works, how one may, and ought to 
 vary, without departing from the precepts of the art, and how laudable and agreeable fuch 
 variations are. 
 
 But before we come to the defigns, I fhall, as I ufually do, briefly mention thofe ad¬ 
 vertences, that in building of temples ought to be obferved ; having alfo taken them from 
 Vitruvius, and from other very excellent men, who have written of fo noble an art. 
 
 CHAPTER I. 
 
 Of the Site that ought to he chofen for the building of temples. 
 
 r ~f'USCANT was not only the firfl to receive architecture into Italy y as a ftranger, 
 from whence the order called Tufcan had its meafures; but alfo the things be¬ 
 longing to the Gods, which the greatefl part of the world, led into blind error, adored. 
 She was miftrefs of the neighbouring people, and fhewed what fort of temples, and in 
 what place, and with what ornaments, refpeCting the quality of the Gods, they ought 
 to be built; which obfervations, although in many temples one may fee, they have not 
 been .confidered, I fhall briefly relate neverthelefs, how they have been left us by wri¬ 
 ters ; that fuch as delight in antiquity, may remain in this part fatisfied, and that the mind 
 of every one may be roufed and inflamed to employ all fuitable care in the building of 
 churches; becaufe it would be a very unfeemly, and a blameable thing, that we, who have 
 the true worfhip, fhould be out-done in this point, by thofe who had no light of truth. 
 
 And, becaufe the places, in which facred temples are to be built, are the firfv things that 
 ought to be confidered, I fhall make mention of them in this chapter. 
 
 1 Say therefore, that the antient Tufcans directed that the temples dedicated to Venus, 
 to Mars, and to Vulcan, fhould be made without the city, as to thofe who incited 
 men’s minds to lafeivioufnefs, to wars, and to broils ; and within the city to thofe that pre- 
 lided over chaftity, over peace, and good arts; and that to fuch Gods, into whofe care par¬ 
 ticularly the city might be put; and thofe to Jupiter, Juno, and to Minerva, whom 
 they alfo efteemed to be proteCtors of the city. 
 
 Temples ffiould be built upon very high places, in the middle of the country, and on 
 a rock. And to Pallas, to Mercury, and to Isis, becaufe they prefided over artificers 
 and merchants, they ufually built temples near the piazza’s, and fometimes over the very piazza; 
 to Apollo, and to Bacchus near the theatre; to Hercules near the circus, and the 
 amphitheatre. 
 
 Those to Aesculapius, to Health, and to thofe Gods by whofe medicines they thought 
 men recovered their health, they built in places extreamly healthy, and near wholefom waters; 
 that by coming from a bad and a peflilential air, to a good wholefome one, and by drinking 
 thofe waters, the infirm might the fooner, and with lefs difficulty, be cured, whereby a 
 zeal for religion might be encreafed. 
 
 And, to the reft of the other Gods, they likewife thought it neceflary to find places to 
 build their temples, purfuant to the properties that they attributed to them, and to the 
 manner of their facrifices. But we, who are by the fpecial grace of God freed from 
 that darknefs, having departed from their vain, and falfe fuperltition, fhall chufe thofe lites 
 
 for 
 
8 / 
 
 FOURTH BOOK. 
 
 for temples, that (hall be in the moll noble, and mod celebrated part of the city, far from 
 dilhonoured places, and on beautiful and ornamented piazzas, in which many ftreets finilh, 
 whereby every part of the temple may be feen with its dignity, and afford devotion and ad¬ 
 miration to whomever fees and beholds it. And if in the city there be hills, the higheft part 
 of them is to be chofen ; but in cafe there be no elevated places, the floor of the temple is to 
 be raifed as much as is convenient, above the reft of the city. One is befides to afeend to 
 the temple by fteps; flnee the afeent alone to a temple is what affords greater devotion 
 and majefty. 
 
 The fronts of temples muft be made to face the greateft part of the city, that religion 
 may feem to be placed as the fafe-guard and protedrix of the citizens. 
 
 But* 5£ temples are built without the city, then their fronts muft be made to face the 
 publick ftreets, or the rivers, if they are built near them; that paffengers may fee them, and 
 make their falutations and reverences before the front of the temple. 
 
 CHAP. IT. 
 
 Of the forms o/Temples, and of the decorum to he ohferved in them. 
 
 T EMPLES are made round, quadrangular, of fix, eight, and more Tides; all which 
 terminate in the capacity of a circle, in the form of a crofs, and of many other 
 forms and figures, according to the various inventions of men, which, when they are 
 done with beautiful and fuitable proportions, and diftinguifhed by elegant and ornamented 
 architecture they deferve to be praifed. But the moll beautiful, and moft regular forms, 
 and from which the others receive their meafures, are the round, and the quadrangular ; and 
 therefore Vitruvius only mentions thefe two, and fhews us how they are to be comparted, 
 as (hall be inferted when the compartment of temples comes to be treated of. In temples that 
 are not round, one ought carefully to obferve, that all the angles be equal, let the temple 
 be of four, of fix, or of more Tides and angles. 
 
 The antients had a regard to what was fuitable to every one of their gods not only 
 in the choice of the places in which they were to build temples, as has been faid before ; 
 but alfo in the choice of the form. Hence to the fun, and moon, becaufe they con¬ 
 tinually revolve round the world, and by their revolution produce effects manifeft to 
 everybody they made temples of a round form, or at leaft fuch as came near to roundnefs; 
 and thus alfo to Vesta, which they faid was goddefs of the earth, which we know is 
 a round body. 
 
 To Iupiter, as patron of the air. and of the heavens, they made temples unco- 
 vered in the middle, with portico’s round them, as I fhall hereafter obferve. In the orna¬ 
 ments alfo they had very great confideration to what God they built: therefore to Minerva, 
 to Mars’ and to Hercules, they made the temples of Dorick work; becaufe to the 
 Gods of the foldiery, of which they were made prefidents, they faid fabricks without de¬ 
 licacy and neatnefs were moft fuitable. 
 
 To Venus, to Flora, to the Mufes, to the Nymphs, and to the more deli¬ 
 cate goddeffes ’they faid temples ought to be made that were fuitable to the blooming and 
 tender virgin age: hence they gave the Corinthian work to them j it appearing to them, _ that 
 delicate and blooming works, ornamented with leaves, and with voluta’s, were more iuitable 
 to that age. 
 
 But to Tuno, to Diana, to Bacchus, and to other gods, whom neither the 
 gravity of the firft, nor the delicacy of the fecond, Teemed to fuit, they afligned Iomck 
 works, which between the Dorick and Corinthian hold the middle place. 
 
 Thus we read that the antients in building their temples endeavoured to obferve the deco- 
 um in which co’nfifts the moft beautiful part of architecture. And therefore we alfo that have 
 jo falfe o-ods in order to obferve the decorum concerning the form of temples, muft chufe the 
 noft perfect and moft excellent. And fince the round one is fuch, becaufe it is the only 
 )ne amongft ’all the figures that is fimple, uniform, equal, ftrong and capacious, let us ma e 
 )ur temples round. For which purpofes this figure is particularly fit, becaufe it being mclofed 
 > y one termination only, in which is to be found neither beginning nor end, nor are^they m be 
 
82 
 
 fourth book. 
 
 diftinguifhed one from the other; but having its parts fimilar one to another and 
 a participating of the figure of the whole; in a word the extream being found in all its 
 parts, equally diftant from the middle, it is exceeding proper to demonftrate the infinite effence 
 the uniformity, and the juftice of God. 
 
 Besides which, it cannot be denied, but that ftrength and perpetuity, is more fought after 
 
 fupream^God ^and rii f ^ V to the omnipJnt and 
 
 of P the dtv l ? arC V Z the moft celebrated and moll memorable things 
 
 wh ch ther; in’ ' ? rth,S real ° n , 3f V OU S ht to be Faid, that the round figure, in 
 w hich there is never an angle, is particularly fuited to temples. ° 
 
 ES °r Ught alf A be ver >' capacious, that many people may there be able to 
 . ffift divine fervice. And among all the figures that are terminated by an equal circum¬ 
 ference none is more capacious than the round. Thofe churches alfo are very laudable that 
 a e made ,n the form of a craft, which have their entrance in the part that Lrefenting the 
 foot of the croft and oppofite to which fhould be the principal altar, and thechofr; and in ffie 
 twobranches that are extended from either fide like arms, two other entrances, or two other 
 i i bc “ ure that bein g falhioned m the form of the crofs, they reprefent to the eyes of the 
 
 And ithis 
 
 b gnefs of the city requires) and built with large and beautiful proportions. Whereas for 
 divine worfhip, in which all magnificence and grandeur is required, they ought to be 
 made with the moft beautiful orders of columns, and to elch orde/ ought to be 
 given its proper and fu,table ornaments. They mud be made of the moft excellent and 
 o he moft precious matter; that the divinity may be honoured as much as poffible 
 both as well with the form, as matter : and if it were poffible, they ought to be fo made’ 
 and' have f ° much beauty, that nothing more beautiful could be imagined- 
 
 and fo difpofed in each of their parts, that thofe who enter there, may be aftoniffied and 
 remain in a kind of extafy in admiring their grace and beauty. 
 
 Of all the colours, none is more proper for churches than white; fince the purity of 
 colour, as of the life, is particularly grateful to God. But if they are painted thof e P piftures 
 wHl not be proper, which by their figmfication alienate the mind from the contemp¬ 
 lation of divine things becaufe we ought not in temples to depart from gravity, or thofe 
 
 ‘ood g works being ° kCd ° n render ° Ur mi " dS m ° re enflamed for divin " fcr ™ e > and for 
 
 CHAP. III. 
 
 Of the afpeEls of Temples. 
 
 B Tlf!„ i r ndet | 1 * 00d J the i £ f view which a temple exhibits to fuch as approach it. 
 
 The moft regular and the beft underftood afpedls of temples are feven concerninsr 
 rd \he fiTb m' "cceftary to infer! here, what VtTRtivL fays, in the firft cZ? 
 ter of the firft book, that this part, which, by reafon of the little attention paid to antiquity 
 has been by many reputed difficult, and by few hitherto well underftood, may be made 
 eafy and clear by what ihall mention of it, and by the defigns that are to follow w“kh 
 
 6fYhe n Ve “ an i -T77 W n at teaches US - And 1 thou S ht “ to mak c ufe alfo 
 
 of the names which he does, that they who ffiall apply themfelves to the reading of Vi- 
 
 ZZT’ W r rt raa y therein °bferve tbe fame names, to the end 
 
 that they may not feem to read of different things. 
 
 tlJ^bT ,here n° re ■°u 0Ur pur - p °!’ e ’ temples are either made with portico’s or without: 
 ha i WH™ 1!de wlth ™ tp ° n,c ° S niay have three afpefts; the one is named Antis, 
 Inyk or corne, f P lla ?f S : , becaube f tbe P da(te are called Ante , which are made in the 
 fronted wfihTl fabneks. Of the other two, the one is called Projlilos, that is, 
 
 W tto nilft 3 other Amph,projlilos. That which is called in Antis, muft 
 
 of the front bi n C ° rne 5 s - tha f ' urn alfo on the f.des of the temples, and in the middle 
 
 f front, between the faid ptlafters, two columns, muft project forward, and fop- 
 
 port 
 
FOURTH BOOK. 
 
 83 
 
 port the frontifpiece that (hall be over the entrance. The other, which is called Profit lor, 
 muft have more than the firft, alfo columns in the corners oppofite to the pilafters, and on 
 the right and left in turning the corner, two other columns, that is, one on a fide. But it 
 in the part backwards the fame dilpofition of columns is obferved, and the frontifpiece, then 
 the afpedt muft be called Amphiprojlilos. 
 
 Of the two firft afpedts of temples there are not in our days any remains, and therefore 
 there fhall be no examples of them in this book; neither did it feem to me neceftary to 
 make defigns of them, the afpedts of each of thefe being delineated in the plan, and the up¬ 
 right in the Commentary upon Vitruvius by Monfignor Reverendiliimo Barbaro. 
 
 But if portico’s are made to temples, they are either to be made round the temple, or 
 in the front only. Thofe that have portico’s in the fore front only, it may be faid alfo that 
 they have the afpedt called Projlilos. Thofe that are made with portico’s round tham, may 
 be made with four afpedts; becaufe they either may be made with fix columns in the front 
 and in that backwards, and with eleven columns on each fide, computing thofe in the 
 angles ; and this afpedt is called Peripteros , that is, winged round, and the portico’s round the 
 cell come to be as broad as an intercolumniation. 
 
 V 
 
 Anti ent temples are to be feen, that have fix columns in the front, and have no portico’s 
 round them notwithftanding; but in the walls of the cell, in the part without, there are 
 half columns, which accompany thofe of the portico, and have the fame ornaments; as at 
 Nifmes in Provence. Of this fort alfo it may be faid, that the temple of the Ionick order in 
 Rome is, now the church of Santa Maria Egittiaca. Thefe thefe architedts made to make 
 the'cell larger, and to avoid expence; the fame afpedt of the alato round it remaining never- 
 thelefs to thofe who faw the temple in flank. Or if to temples eight columns be put in the 
 front, and fifteen on the fides, with the angular ones j thefe come to have double portico’s 
 round them, and therefore their afpedt is called Dipteros , that is, double winged. 
 
 Temples may alfo be made, which have like the abovefaid, eight columns in front, 
 and fifteen on the fides j but the portico’s round them are not made double, becaufe one 
 order of columns is taken away. Hence thefe portico’s come to be as broad as two interco- 
 lumniations, and the thicknefs of a column, and their afpedt is called Pfeudodipteros , that is, 
 falfe winged round. This afpedt was the invention of Hermogenes, a very antient architedt, 
 who in this manner made the portico’s round the temples broad and convenient, to take oft' the 
 expence and labour, without taking any thing from the afpedt. Or, finally, they are fo made, 
 that in each front there be ten columns, and the portico’s round them double, as in thofe 
 that have the afpedt Dipteros. 
 
 These temples had in the part within, other portico’s with two orders of columns, one 
 above the other, and thefe columns were lefs than thofe without. The roof came from 
 the columns without to thofe within, and the whole fpace incompafted by the columns 
 within was uncovered. Hence the afpedts of thefe temples was called Hipethros , that is, 
 uncovered. 
 
 These temples were dedicated to Jupiter, as patron of heaven, and of the air. And 
 in the middle of the court the altar was placed. Of this fort I believe the temple was, of 
 which fome fmall veftigia are to be feen upon Motite Cavallo at Rome j and that it was 
 dedicated to Jupiter Quirinalis, and built by the emperors: becaufe in Vitruvius’s 
 time (as he fays) there v/as none. 
 
 CHAP. IV. 
 
 Of the five ki?:ds of Templ es. 
 
 T H E antients ufed (as has been before faid) to make portico’s to their temples, for the 
 conveniency of the people, that they might have where to entertain one another, and 
 to walk in without the cell, in which the facrifices were offered, and to give greater ma- 
 jefty and grandeur to thofe fabricks. Hence, becaufe the intervals that are between one co¬ 
 lumn and the other, may be made of five fizes, according to thefe five kinds or manners of 
 temples, that Vitruvius ^diftinguilhes: the names of which are Picnoflilos , that is, thick 
 
 with 
 
FOURTH BOOK. 
 
 84 
 
 with columns ; Sijiilos , wider ; Diajiilos , ftill wider ; Areoflilos , wider than is convenient; and 
 Eujli/os, which has reafonable and convenient intervals: of all which intercolumniations, how 
 they be, and what proportions they ought to have, with the length of the columns, has been 
 mentioned before in the firft book, and the defigns of them inferted. 
 
 It is not neceflary therefore to fay here any thing more, than that the four firft manners 
 are defective. The two firft, becaufe the intercolumniations being but of one diameter and an 
 half, or of two diameters of a column, are very little and narrow, (hence two perfons a 
 bread: cannot enter into the portico’s, but are obliged to go one behind the other,) and becaufe 
 the doors and their ornaments cannot be leen at a diftance : and, finally, becaufe that by the 
 flraitnefs of the fpaces, walking round the temple is hindred. Thefe two manners are ne- 
 verthelefs tolerable when the columns are made large, as may be feen in almofl all the an- 
 tient temples. 
 
 The third, as three diameters of a column can be put between the columns, the inter¬ 
 columniations come to be very wide: hence the architraves fplit, by reafon of the greatnefs 
 of the Ipaces. But one may provide againft this defedt, by making over the archi¬ 
 trave, in the height of the frize, arches, or remenati , that fupport the weight, and leave the 
 architrave free. 
 
 The fourth manner, although not fubjedt to the defedt of the abovementioned, becaufe 
 architraves of ftone, or of marble, are not made tife of, but that over the columns 
 beams of timber are put; one may neverthelefs fay that it is alfo defective, becaufe it is low, 
 and wide, and mean, and is properly of the Tufcan order; fo that the moll beautiful and 
 the moll elegant manner of temples is that which is called Euftilos, which is when the 
 intercolumniations are of two diameters and a quarter of a column ; becaufe it ferves ex¬ 
 ceedingly well for ufe, beauty and ftrength. 
 
 I have called the manners of temples by the fame names that Vitruvius makes ufe 
 of, as I have alfo the afpedts, not only for the abovementioned reafon, but alfo becaufe 
 thofe names have already been received in our language, and that they are underftood by 
 every body, I lhall therefore make ule of them in the defigns of the temples that fhall 
 follow. 
 
 CHAP. V. 
 
 Of the Compartments of Temples. 
 
 A L T H O U G H in all fabricks it is requifite, that their parts fhould correfpond together, 
 and have fuch proportions, that there may be none whereby the whole cannot be 
 meafured, and likewife all the other parts ; this however ought to be obferved in temples 
 with the utmofl: care, becaufe they are confecrated to divinity, for the honour and re¬ 
 verence whereof one ought to 'work as beautifully and exquifitely as is pofiible. As there¬ 
 fore the round and quadrangular are the moll regular forms for temples, I fhall mention 
 how each of thefe ought to be comparted; and fhall alfo infert fome things belonging to 
 temples that we Chriftians make ufe of. 
 
 Round temples were antiently made, fometimes open, that is, without a cell, with columns 
 that fupported the cupola, like thofe that were dedicated to Juno Lacinia; in the mid¬ 
 dle of which the altar was placed, and upon which the fire was never extinguifhed. Thefe are 
 comparted in this manner: the diameter of the whole fpace is fo divided, that the temple is 
 to take up three equal parts; one is given to the fleps, that is, to the afeent to the floor 
 of the temple, and two remain to the temple and the columns, which are placed upon 
 pedeftals, and are as high with the bafe and capital, as the diameter of the lefler courfe of fteps, 
 and the tenth part of their height in thicknefs. 
 
 The architrave, the frize, and the other ornaments, are to be made as well in this, as 
 in all the other temples, according to what was faid in the firft book. But thofe 
 that are made clofe; that is, with a cell, are either made with wings round them, or 
 with one portico only in the front. Of thofe that have wings round them, the rules are 
 thefe ; in the firft place, two fteps are to be made round them, and upon them the pede¬ 
 ftals are to be placed, on which the columns ftand ; the wings are as broad as the fifth 
 1 part 
 
FOURTH BOOK. 
 
 The tribuna, or cupola, mu ft be 
 wings, one half of the whole work. 
 
 raifed above the architrave, frize, and cornice of the 
 Thus Vitruvius comparts the round temples. 
 
 In amient temples however there are no pedeftals to be feen, but the columns begin 
 ft Gill the floor of the temple : which pleafes me much better, not only becaufe the pedeftal ob- 
 ftiuds the entrance very much; as alfo becaufe the columns, which begin from the around add 
 more grandeur and magnificence But if in round temples the portico is to be ptaced in the 
 front only, then it muft be made as long as the breadth of the cell, or an eighth part lefs 
 and may alfo be made (hotter; but yet it muft not be ftiorter than three quar¬ 
 ters of the breadth of the temple, nor muft it be made wider than the third part of its 
 
 In quadrangular temples the portico’s in the front muft be made as long as the breadth 
 of thele temples. And if they are to be after the manner Euftilos, which is both beautiful 
 and elegant, then they are to be thus comparted. If the afpedt is to be made with four 
 columns, all the front of the temple (excepting the projection of the bafes of the columns 
 which are in the angles) muft be divided into eleven parts and an half, and one of thefe 
 parts lhall be called a module, that is, a meafure, with which all the other parts muft be 
 measured; becaufe that by making the columns a module in thicknefs, four muft be given 
 to them, three to the intercolumniations in the middle, and four and a half to the other 
 two intercolumniations, that is, two and a quarter each. If the front is to be of fix co¬ 
 lumns, then it muft.be divided into eighteen parts; if of eight, into twenty four and an 
 half; and if of ten, into thirty one: always giving of thefe parts one to the thicknefs of 
 the columns three to the void in the middle, and two and a quarter to each of the other 
 voids. . The height of the columns muft be according to what thev fhall be, whether Ionick 
 or Corinthian. 
 
 How the afpedls of the other manners of temples ought to be regulated, that is of 
 Picnoftilos, Siftilos, Diaftilos, and Arcoftilos, has been fully fet down in the firft book 
 when we treated of intercolumniations. 
 
 Beyond the portico one finds the anti-temple, and then the celL The breadth is divided 
 into four parts ; eight of which are given to the length of the temple, and five of thefe eight 
 are given to the length of the cell, including the walls, in which are the doors ; and the 
 other three remaining are for the anti-temple, which has on the fides two wings of wall, con¬ 
 tinued to the walls of the ceil, in the ends of which are made two anti, that is, two’ pila- 
 Iters as thick as the columns of the portico. And becaufe it may happen that between thefe 
 wings there may be, either little or much fpace, if the breadth be greater than twenty foot, 
 between the faid pilafters two columns may be put, and more alfo according as neceflity 
 lhall require, diredtly oppofite to the columns of the portico; the ufe of which will be to 
 feparatc the anti-temple from the portico; and thofe three or more voids, which fhall be be¬ 
 tween the pilafters, muft be clofed up with wood, or with marble parapets, leaving however 
 the openings through which one may enter into the anti-temple. If the breadth be more 
 than forty foot, other columns muft be put in the part within, oppofite to them, that fhall 
 have been put between the pilafters, and muft be made of the fame height of thofe with¬ 
 out, but fomewhat fmaller, becaufe the open air will leflen the thicknefs of thofe without, 
 and the inclofed will not permit the fmallnefs to be difcerned of thofe within, and fo they 
 will appear equal. 
 
 And altho’ the faid compartment anfwers exadtly in temples of four columns, the fame 
 proportion and manner neverthelefs do not fuit the other afpeds; becaufe it is necefiary that 
 the walls of the cell lhould meet with the columns without, and be in a line. Hence the 
 cells of thefe temples will be lomewhat larger than what has been mentioned. 
 
 Thus the antients comparted their temples, as Vitruvius teacheth us, and were willing 
 that a portico fhould be made, under which in bad weather men might avoid the fun, the 
 rain, the hail, and the fnow; and on l'olemn days be amufed until the hour of facrifice 
 came on: but we, by omiting the portico’s round the temples, build them very like bali- 
 lica’s, in which, as it has been faid, portico’s were made in the part within, as we now do 
 in temples. Which happened, becaufe the firft who, enlightned by truth, gave themlelves up 
 to our religion, were accuftomed, for fear of the Gentiles, to aflemble in the bafilica’s of 
 
 Z private 
 
86 
 
 FOUR T H BOOK 
 
 private men: whence feeing that this form fucceeded very well, becaufe the altar was placed, 
 with great dignity, in the place of the tribunal, and the choir flood very conveniently round 
 the altar, and the remaining part was free for the people, it has not been altered fince. And 
 therefore in the compartment of the wings that we make in temples, what has been laid, 
 when we treated of bafilica’s, muft be obferved. 
 
 To our churches is joined a place feparate from the remainder of the temple, which 
 we call the facrifty ; where are kept the facerdotal veftments, the veflels, the^ facred books, 
 and the other things neceflary for divine fervice, and here the priefts drels themlelves. 
 Near to it are towers built, in which bells are hung to call the people to the divine offices, 
 which are not made ufe of by any but chriftians. Near the temple the habitations for the 
 priefls are made; which ought to be commodious, with fpacious cloifters, and fine gardens ; 
 and particularly the places for the facred virgins ought to be fecure, high, remote from noife, 
 and from the fight of the people. 
 
 It is fufficient to have faid thus much concerning the decorum, the afpetts, the manners, 
 and the compartments of temples, I fhall infert now the defigns of many ancient temples, 
 in which I fhall obferve this order. Firft, I fhall put the defigns of the temples that are at 
 Rome ; afterwards thole that are out of Rome , in other parts of Italy ; laftly, thofe 
 that are out of Italy . And for the fake of being better underftood, and to avoid being tedious, 
 and fatiguing to the readers, was I minutely to mention the meafures of every pait, I have 
 marked them all with figures in the defigns. 
 
 The Vicentine foot, with which all the following temples have been meafured, is in the 
 fecond book, Page 39 . 
 
 The whole foot is divided into twelve inches, and each inch into four minutes. 
 
 CHAP. VI. 
 
 Of the defigns offome a?icient Temples that are at Rome ; and, firft , of that 
 
 of Peace. 
 
 W E fhall, for the fake of good omen, begin with the defigns of the temple 
 formerly dedicated to Peace, of which the veftigia are to be ieen near the church 
 of Santa Maria Nnova , in the Via Sacra: and writers fay, that it is in the fame place 
 where the Curia of Romulus, and Hojlilia was firft ; then the houfe of Menius, the Ba- 
 filica Portia, and the houfe of Cassar, and the portico that Au gustus (after pulling down 
 the faid houfe of Caesar, which he thought too large and fumptuous an edifice) built, 
 calling it after the name of Livia Drusilla his wife. 
 
 This temple was begun by the emperor Claudius, and finifhed by Vespasian after 
 he returned victorious from 'Judea , in which he preferved all the veflels, and ornaments (which 
 he carried in his triumph) of the temple of JeruJalem. One reads, that this temple was the 
 greateft, the moft magnificent, and the richeft of the city; and certainly its veftigia, 
 ruinous as they are, reprefent fo much grandeur, that one may very well judge what it 
 was when whole. 
 
 Before the entrance there was a loggia of three fpaces, made of brick; and the remainder 
 was a continued wall equal to the breadth of the front. In the pilafters of the arches of 
 the loggia in the part without, there were columns placed for ornament, the order of which 
 followed alfo in the wall continued. Over this firft loggia there was another uncovered, with 
 its poggio; and direCtly over each column there muft have been a ftatue. In the part within 
 the temple there were eight marble columns of the Corinthian order, five foot four inches 
 thick, and fifty three foot long, with the bafe and capital. The architrave, the frize, and the 
 cornice were ten foot and an half, and fupported the vault of the middle nave. The bafe of 
 thefe columns was higher than half the diameter of the column, and had the orlo thicker than 
 the third part of its height; which they perhaps thus made, fuppoling that it thus would 
 fupport the weight that was put upon them the better. Its projection was the fixth part di¬ 
 ameter of the column. The architrave, the frize, and the cornice, were carved with very 
 beautiful inventions. The cimacium of the architrave is worthy of attention, being different 
 from the others, and very gracefully made. The cornice has mogdilions inftead of a goccio- 
 
 latio. 
 
FOURTHBOOK. 87 
 
 latio. The cafes of the rofes that are between the mogdilions are fquare; and they ought fo 
 to be made, as I have obferved they are in all the ancient edifices. 
 
 Writers fay that this temple was burnt in the time of the emperor Commodus ; but I 
 can’t fee how that can be fo, there not being the leaft in it wood. But it might cafily 
 happen that it has been ruined by earthquakes, or fome other fuch accident, and afterwards 
 reftored at fome other time, when what related to architecture was not fo well underftood 
 as it was in the time of Vespasian. What makes me believe this, is becaufe the fculptures are 
 not fo well made, or worked with that diligence that one obferves in thofe which are in the 
 arch of Titus, and of other edifices that were made in good times. The walls of this tem¬ 
 ple were adorned withftatues, and with pictures, and all the vaults were made with a compart¬ 
 ment of ftucco, neither was there any part but what was highly adorned. Of this temple I 
 have made three draughts. 
 
 I'm the firft the plan is defigned. Plate 1. 
 
 In the fecond the upright of the outward part, of the part within, of the front, and of Plate 2. 
 the inward part of the flank. 
 
 In the third are the particular members. * Plate ^ 
 
 A, the bafe 
 
 B, the capital £> of the columns that fupport the middle nave. 
 
 C, architrave, frize and cornice ) 
 
 D, the compartment of fucco made in the vaults. 
 
 CHAP. VII. 
 
 Of the temple of Mars, the Avenger. 
 
 N EAR the tower of the Conti's the ruins are to be feen of the temple built formerly 
 by Augustus to Mars the Avenger , to fulfil a vow he made, (when being 
 together with Mark Antony at Pharfalia , againft Brutus and Cassius) to revenge the 
 death of C^sar, he engaged and overcame them. 
 
 By thofe parts that remain, one comprehends that this was a mod adorned and mar¬ 
 vellous edifice j and the forum that was before it muft have made it much more admirable, 
 into which, one reads, thofe that returned into the city, conquerors and triumphant, carried 
 the enfigns of the triumph and victory ; and that Augustus, in its mod beautiful part placed 
 two pictures, in which were reprefented the manner of giving battle, and triumphing; and 
 two other pictures done by the hand of Apelles, in one of which there were Castor and Pol¬ 
 lux, the goddefs of Victory, and Alexander the great ; in the other a reprefentation of 
 a battle, and an Alexander. There were two portico’s, in which Augustus dedicated 
 the ftatues of all thofe who returned triumphant to Rome. 
 
 Of this forum there are not any vefliges to be feen, unlefs thofe wings of wall, which 
 are on the fides of the temple, ftiould perhaps be part of it; which is very likely, from the 
 many places for ftatues that are therein. 
 
 The afpeCt of the temple is alato a torno , which we before have called, from Vitruvius, 
 peripteros. And becaufe the breadth of the cell exceeds twenty foot, and there are columns 
 placed between the two anti, or pilafters of the anti-temple oppofite to thofe of the portico, 
 as has been before faid ought to be done in the like cafe, the portico is not continued 
 round the temple: and alfo in the wings of the walls joined from one fide to the other, the 
 fame order is not obferved in the part without, although all the parts correfpond within. 
 Hence one comprehends, that behind, and on one fide, there muft have been the publick ftreet; 
 and that Augustus was willing to accommodate himfelf to the fite, not to incommode, 
 nor take away the neighbouring houfes from their owners. 
 
 The manner of this temple is the picnoftilos. The portico’s are as large as the ifiterco- 
 lumniations. In the part within, that is, in the cell, there is not the leaft mark or veftigi- 
 um to be feen, neither is there any thing in the wall, whence it may pofuively be faid 
 that there were either ornaments or tabernacles; however, as it is very likely that fome there 
 
 were, 
 
88 
 
 FOURTH BOOK. 
 
 were, I have made them of my own invention. The columns of the portico's are of Corin¬ 
 thian work. The capitals are wrought in the manner of olive leaves. They have the abaco 
 much larger than what is ufually feen in others of the fame order, regarding the bignefs 
 
 of the whole capital. The firfl: leaves may be feen to fwell a little in the place where 
 
 they come forth, which gives them a good grace. Thefe have very beautiful foffits, or 
 what we call debugs, therefore I have made their profile and their afpcdf in a plan. Round 
 this temple there were very high walls of peperino, which in the part without were of Ruf- 
 tick work; and in that within, they had many tabernacles, and places to place ftatues 
 in. 
 
 And that the whole might be perfectly feen, I have made feven plates of it. 
 
 Plate 4. In the firfl: there is all the plan in a fmall form; and all the elevation of as much as is 
 
 to be feen of this edifice, as well in the part without, as in that within. 
 
 Plate 5. In the fecond there is the upright of the flank of the portico, and of the cell. 
 
 Plate 7. In the third there is the upright of half the front, with part of the walls that are on the 
 
 fides of the temple. 
 
 Plate 6. In the fourth there is the upright of the inward part of the portico, and of the cell, 
 with the ornaments which I have added to it. 
 
 Plate 9. In the fifth are the ornaments of the portico. 
 
 G, the capital. 
 
 H, the architrave , frize and cornice. 
 
 I, the cielings of the portico , that is , the foffits. 
 
 Plate 8. In the fixth, is defigned the foffit of the portico, and how it turns in the anti, or pila- 
 fliers of the anti-temple. 
 
 M, the foffit of the architrave between the columns . 
 
 Plate 10. In the feventh are the other members. 
 
 A, the bafe of the columns of the portico , which alfo continues in the wall round the 
 
 temple. 
 
 B, the cauriola, from which begin the divifions of the fquares made for an ornament in 
 
 the wall under the portico's. 
 
 C, the plan of the columns placed for the ornament of the tabernacles in the cell. 
 
 D, the bafe. 
 
 E, is the capital. 
 
 Which ornaments in the infide have been added by me, taken from fome antient frag¬ 
 ments found near this temple. 
 
 F, is the cornice that is feen in the wings of the walls , that form a piazza on the 
 
 Jides of the temple. 
 
 CHAP. VIII. 
 
 Of the te?nple of Nerva Trajanus. 
 
 N EAR thefaid temple built by Augustus, the veftigia are to be feen of the temple 
 of Nerva Trajanus, the afpedt of which is the proftilos; its manner is thick of 
 columns. The portico, together with the cell, is in length fomewhat lefs than two fquares. 
 
 The floor of this temple is raifed from the ground with a bafement that goes round the 
 whole fabrick, and forms the fides of the flairs by which one afcends to the portico. In 
 
 the 
 
Il 
 
 
 

yi'iMWrtrf f'l 
 
 
 rr giw rTTfrftTTwr 
 
 
 imsmmmmmmm - 
 
 mmDmimmmTi 
 

fourth book. 
 
 me e nt Xtream ° f thrfe two ftatues, that is, one on each head of the bale- 
 
 £»"“• m ™ iJSt,“(™ r -» f.™™ 
 
 der the cavetto, and the other under the cimbia. C tW ° tondino s more, the one un- 
 
 pofed by fifes, as are'tS’finger" ^ °T'u IcaTCS ’ and thofe Ieaves “re dif- 
 
 t-entcaphalsammadein .w/C that all the an- 
 
 whlcil the faid leaves are made by fours. ’ d haVC more S race than thofe 
 
 the other; and^^^ intaglio’s that divide one fafcia from 
 
 caufe the architrave in the front tl r- S are ° n f le ^des of the temple onlv he 
 might conveniently be put there; ’of which thck 3,1 that the infoription 
 
 jagged and Ipoilt by time. letters are fhll to be feen, although 
 
 IMPE ATOR NERVA CA£sar avq poNr max _ 
 
 1RIB. POT. II. IMPERATOR II. PR OC OS. 
 
 ?*ry —nt projedtions. 
 
 the columns. The walls are made of peper’ino afd ’ ^ f ° U J th part of the len gth of 
 
 » p p -ae, 
 
 '"T™ ra'r'ii lb *' «*»' rf ihe m 
 
 ftable, Shewing him this piazza. ” ft necelfary to make him fuch another 
 
 jif ” r*«*. i». ar. r,™ greu „ d , , nd It „ 
 
 alio of Corinthian work. And uDon the 6 ™ ore emment ^an the other parts Thefe are 
 upon which ftatues ntu/have^een laTed" No^' 7 ^ *T *«* ™ 17 
 
 put fuch a number of ftatues in thefe ^ b< % wonder, that I have 
 
 that the y ioemed there ™ e read * ‘ b “‘ there were in ^ 
 
 Of this edifice I have made fix plates. 
 
 In the firft is half the front of the temple. 
 
 -T 1 Plate 
 
 1 ’ th ‘ entrancc that is on the flank of it. 
 
 J'"A'X*™, « a pto „ t , ta „ plej P1 „ 
 
 S. is the face ■where the flatue of Trajan was. 
 
 4 N be4n lr the S o r de e rs UP of 1 1 ctlumns^at ^ ** “Nations 
 
 In the fourth there is the half front of the p ia zza oppofite to the temple, 
 
 fifth are the ornaments of the portico of the temple, 
 
 A a i 
 
 A, the 
 
9 ° 
 
 fourth book. 
 
 Plate 16. 
 
 A, the hafemcnt of the whole fabrick. 
 
 B, the bafe. 
 
 C, the architrave. 
 
 D, the frize. 
 
 E, the cornice. 
 
 F, the foffit of the architrave between the 
 columns. 
 
 In the fixth are the ornaments that were round the ptazza. 
 
 G, the bafe. 
 
 H, the architrave. . 
 
 I the frize , which was carved with 
 figures in bafjo relievo. 
 
 K. the cornice. 
 
 L, the /mail filajlers, upon ■which Jlatuco 
 were placed. 
 
 M the ornaments of the fquare doors, that 
 
 were in the front of the piazza , oppofite 
 to the portico of the temple. 
 
 CHAP. IX. 
 
 Of the temple of Antoninus and of Faustina. 
 
 , • A fpmnlp of Pface is to be feen the temple of Anto- 
 
 N EAR to the abovementioned ^ m P the opinion of fome, that Antoninus was 
 
 sa jss iwzJT&Xc. - - - w, - - - 
 
 priefts, and Antonine priefts. 
 
 t,„ f,« of .u. t~.pi-^ ■»—,w y'r 
 
 r*rxr3 i tA »*« 
 
 ments that continue with their order round 1 ^ ;s £ ade more plain, and thus I have 
 thefe bafements is thicker than half of “ ’ d a]fo in the pe deftals that are placed un- 
 
 obferved the antients made all fuch^ bafem 0 f fobricks the nearer they are to 
 
 der the columns, with much reafon, » . , £ Tn t u e extream part of thefe, diredly 
 
 the ground, fo mu ^^°^ y ^ were ‘two ftatues, that is, upon each head of 
 over the angular columns of the' Pf? is A ttick. The capital is carved in the man- 
 
 ** *rz z„ „» - - 
 
 Sd1f£a!d"-,hV. of... Mgta of K 
 
 In 
 
 the architrave are alfo read thefe words: 
 
 DIVO ANTONINO £T 
 DIV AF. FAVSTIN AE E X S. C. 
 
 ,0 4. friz. to. ™ grifons carved, »M.h to “oh “to 
 
 zttsutx "■to- - 
 
 the gocceiolatio a very large ovolo. 
 
 One cannot difcover that, in the inlide of ZXe - 
 
 [ am apt to believe, the magnificence ot thole emperors Deing 
 have been feme, and therefore I have put ftatues. 
 
 This temple had ^^em v"y a^»nd ^ whemmZ 
 
 prefcnt to'be to™ Being" in R^TL ^“ h K ftanding. 
 
 5 q nnw in the oiazza of Campidoglio. 
 
 I HAVE 
 

 
 
 

 llll. , . , . , .MIIII.!!!lrli < ' 
 
 
 
 ^r:arr-*. 
 
 
 & 
 
 Q'iQ 
 
 4 0 0*f-i 
 
“ '/////////, 
 
 ■ 
 
 ////// 
 
 
 
 '////////> 
 
 wj/W/M/. 
 
 v tr~e 4 
 
 
 '/////////. 
 
 V,Z//;f///,///. 
 
 
 MMMM 
 
 •///mwrnm 
 
 
 

 Tin’ riljXT i'/1 i 
 
 ■4 C —-:i — 
 
 siRaL-Tu. jMi 
 
 - i?; 
 
 
 xvt. 
 
FOURTH BOOK. 
 
 9 * 
 
 I have made five plates of this temple. 
 
 In the firft is the elevation of the flank of the outfide. By the intercolurnniations Plate i 7 , 
 of the portico may be feen the order of the columns, and the ornaments that were round 
 the court. 
 
 In the fecond is the upright of half the front of the temple, and of the return of the Plate 19. 
 court. 
 
 In the third is the elevation of the portico, and of the inward part of the cell, plate 18. 
 
 B, the wall that divides the portico from the cell. 
 
 On one fide of it is defigned the plan of the temple, and of the court. Plate 20, 
 
 A, the place where the ft at ue of Antoninus was 
 
 Q, the entrance on the flank of the temple. 
 
 R, the entrance oppofite to the portico of the temple. 
 
 In the fourth is the elevation of half the entrance that was in the front of the temple. Plate 21. 
 In the fifth are the ornaments of the portico of the temple. 
 
 A, the bafement. E, the frize. 
 
 B, the bafe. F, the dentello, not hollowed. 
 
 C, the capital. G, a little cornice placed between in the 
 
 D, tl# architrave , where the infer ip- fldes of the temple in the part without. 
 
 tion is. 
 
 CHAP. X. 
 
 Of the temple of the Sun and of the Moon. 
 
 N EAR the arch of Titus, in the garden of Santa Maria Nova , there are two temples 
 to be feen, of the fame form, and with the fame ornaments; one of which, becaufe 
 it is placed in the eaft, is thought to have been the temple of the Su n ; the other, becaufe 
 it looks towards the weft, to be that of the Moon. 
 
 These temples were built, and dedicated by Titus Tatius, king of the Romans. 
 
 They come very near a round form, becaufe they are as broad as they are long; which was 
 done in refpett of the courfe of the faid planets, which is circular round the heavens. 
 
 The loggias that were before the entrance of thefe temples are all ruined; neither are 
 there any other ornaments to be feen, but thofe that are in the vaults, which have com¬ 
 partments of ftucco moft exquifitely wrought, and of a beautiful invention. 
 
 Tiie walls of thefe temples are very thick, and between one temple and the other on the 
 flank of the great chapels, which are oppoflte to the entrance, the veftigia are to be feen of 
 fome ftairs, which muft have led up to the roof. 
 
 I have made the loggia’s forwards, and the ornaments within as I have imagined they 
 muft have been, confideration being had to that which is feen above ground, and that little 
 that it has been poflible to fee of the foundations. 
 
 I have made two tables of this temple. 
 
 In the firft are the plans of both, as they are joined together; and one may fee where the Plate 22. 
 ftairs were, as was faid led up to the roof. Near thefe plans are the elevation of the 
 outward part, and of that within. 
 
 In 
 
 1 
 
FOURTH BOOK. 
 
 92 
 
 Plate 23. In the fecond are the ornaments, that is, thofe of the vaults, the others being ruined, no 
 veftigia of them are to be feen; and the elevations on the flank. 
 
 A, the compartments of the chapels that are oppofite to the doors , and are each of them 
 
 twelve fquares. 
 
 C, the profile and facoma of the J'aid fquares. 
 
 B, the compartments of the great nave ; it is divided into nine fquares. 
 
 D, the profile and modern of the J'aid fquares. 
 
 CHAP. XI. 
 
 Of the temple vulgat'ly called the Galluce. 
 
 N EAR the trophies of Marius the following edifice is to be feen, in a round form, 
 which, next to the Pantheon , is the greateft round fabrick in Pome. They vulgarly call 
 this place the Galluce ; hence fome have laid, that in that place was the bafilica of Caius 
 and of Lucius, together with a beautiful portico Augustus caufed to be made in honour 
 of Caius and of Lucius his nephews ; which I do not believe, becaufe this edifice has not 
 any of thofe parts that are required in bafilica’s. How fuch were made, I have mentioned 
 before in the third book, when, according to V itruvius, I divided the places of the piazza’s ; 
 and therefore I believe that it was a temple. 
 
 This edifice is all of brick, and muff have been coated with marble ; but now it is en¬ 
 tirely ftripped. The cell in the middle, which is perfedtly round, is divided into ten faces, 
 and in each face it has a chapel hidden in the thicknefs of the walls, excepting in the face 
 where the entrance is. The two cells that are on the fides mult have been very much adorned, 
 becaufe there are many niches to be feen ; and it is very likely that there were columns, 
 and other ornaments which accompanying the faid niches, muft have made a very beautiful 
 eftedt. Thofe who directed the emperor’s chapel at San Pietro , and of the king of France , 
 which have fince been ruined, took example from this edificej which having members on 
 all its parts, inftead of abutments, is exceeding ftrong, and after fo long a time is flill Hand¬ 
 ing. Of this temple, becaufe (as I have faid) there are not any ornaments to be feen, I have 
 Plate 24. made only one table, in which is the plan and the elevation of the infide. 
 
 CHAP. XII. 
 
 Of the temple of J u p 1 t e r. 
 
 U PON Monte ^ 'uirinale , now called Monte Cavallo , behind the houfes of Signori Co¬ 
 lon na, the veftigia are to be feen of the following edifice, which is called the fron- 
 tifpiece of Nero. Some would have it that there flood the tower of Ma;cenas, and that 
 from this place Nero, with great delight, faw the city of Rome burnt: In which they are 
 very much deceived, becaufe the tower of Maecenas was upon Monte EJ'quilino , not very 
 far from the baths of Dioclesian. There have been fome others that have faid, that the 
 houfes of the Cornelii were in this place. 
 
 For my part, I believe that this was a temple dedicated to Jupiter ; becaufe that when 
 I was in Rome , I faw them dig where the body of the temple was, and fome Ionick capi¬ 
 tals were found, which ferved for the inward part of the temple, and were thofe of the an¬ 
 gles of the loggia’s; becaufe the part in the middle, in my opinion, was uncovered. 
 
 The afpedl of this temple was the falfe-wing’d, called by Vitruvius pfeudodiptero«. The 
 manner was thick of columns. The columns of the outward portico’s were of the Corin¬ 
 thian order. The architrave, the frize, and the cornice, were the fourth part of the height 
 of the columns. The architrave had its cimacium of a very beautiful invention. The frize 
 in the fides was carved with flowered work; but in the front, which is ruined, there muft 
 
 have 
 
MiimmaignEfl/ iTHWii wu nh'mm iivim iim u 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 JgfcP'jSf? 
 
 flFp 
 
 w-Wrn 
 
 m. 
 
FOURTH BOOK. 
 
 93 
 
 have been the letters of the infcription. The cornice has the modiglions fquared, and one of 
 thefe comes diredtly over the middle of the column. The modiglions that are in the cornice 
 of the fron’tifpiece are diredtly plumb; and fo they ought to be made. In the inward part 
 of the temple there mult have been portico’s, as I have defign’d them. Round this temple 
 there was a court, adorned with columns and llatues ; and forwards there were two horfes, 
 which are to be feen in the publick way ; from which this mount has taken the name of 
 Monte Cavallo. The one of them was made by Praxiteles, and the other by Phidias. 
 
 There were very commodious flairs, that afcended to the temple, and in my opinion this 
 mult have been the greatelt and molt adorned temple that was in Rome. 
 
 I have made fix plates of it. 
 
 In the firft is the plan of the whole edifice, with the back part where the flairs were, pj a te 25. 
 which, afeending one over the other, led to the courts that were on the Tides of the 
 temple. The elevation of this manner of Hairs, with the plan, in a large form, has been fet 
 down before in the firft book, where I have treated of the different manners of ftairs. 
 
 In the fecond is the flank of the temple outwardly. 
 
 In the third is half of the outward front of the temple. 
 
 Plate 26. 
 Plate 28. 
 
 In the fourth is the inward part; and in both thefe plates a fmall part of the ornaments of Plate 27. 
 the courts may be feen. 
 
 In the fifth is the flank of the inward part. 
 
 Plate 29. 
 
 In the fixth are the ornaments. 
 
 A, ‘T'he architrave, the frize and the 
 cornice. 
 
 C, the bafe. 
 
 E, the capital of the columns of the por- 
 • tico. 
 
 Plate 30. 
 
 D, the bafe of the pilajlers that anfwer to 
 the columns. 
 
 B, the cornice that is round the courts . 
 
 F, the acroteria. 
 
 CHAP. XIII. 
 
 Of the temple of Fortuna Virilis. 
 
 E A R the Pons Scnatorius , now called that of Santa Maria , is to be feen, almoft 
 intire, the following temple, and is the church of Santa Maria Rgittiaca. It is not 
 known for certain how it was called by the ancients. Some fay that it was the temple of 
 Fortuna Virilis ; of which one reads, as a wonderful thing, that when it was burnt with all that 
 was in it, only the gilded wooden ftatue, that was there, of ServiusTullius wasfound fafe, 
 and in no part damaged by the fire. 
 
 But becaufe regularly the temples to Fortune were made round, fome others havefaid, 
 that it was no temple, but the bafilica of C. Lucius; grounding this their opinion upon 
 iome letters that have been found there. Which in my judgment cannot be ; not only becaufe 
 this edifice is little, and the bafilica’s were neceflarily large edifices, by reafon of the great 
 number of people who did bufinefs there; as alfo, becaufe in bafilica’s portico’s were made in 
 the part within, and in this temple there are not any veftigia of a portico; I therefore believe 
 certainly that it was a temple. 
 
 Its afpedt is the proftilos, and has half columns in the walls of the cell in the part with¬ 
 out, that accompany thofe of the portico, and have the fame ornaments. Hence to thofe that 
 view it in flank, it affords the afpedt of the alato a torno. The intercolumniations are of two 
 diameters and a quarter, fo that its manner is the fiftilos. The pavement of the temple is 
 railed from the ground fix foot and an half, and one afeends to it by fteps, to which the 
 bafements which fupport the whole fabrick form a poggio. The columns are of the Ionick 
 order. The bafe is Attick, although it feems that it ought to have been Ionick, as well as 
 
94 - 
 
 FOURTH BOOK. 
 
 the capital. It is not, however, found in any edifice, that the ancients made ufe of the 
 Ionick, defcribed by Vitruvius. The columns are fluted, and have twenty four channels. 
 The voluta’s of the capital are oval ; and the capitals that are in the angles of the portico, 
 and of the temple, make a front two ways : which I do not remember to have feen any 
 where elfe. But becaufe it has appeared to me a beautiful and graceful invention, I have 
 made ufe of it in many fabrick’s; and how it is made, will appear in the defign. The or¬ 
 naments of the door of the temple are very beautiful, and in beautiful proportion. All this 
 temple is made of peperino, and is covered with ftucco. 
 
 of the bafements that fupport the whole fabrick. 
 
 I have made three plates of it. 
 
 Plate 31. In the firft is the plan with fome ornaments. 
 
 H, the bafe 
 
 I, the dado 
 
 K, the cimacium _ 
 
 L, the bafe of the columns upoji the bafemcnt. 
 
 F, the ornaments of the door. 
 
 G, the fcroll of the faid door in front. 
 
 Plate 32. In the fecond is the front of the temple. 
 
 M, the architrave , the frize, and the cornice. 
 O, the front 
 
 P, the plan 
 the flank 
 
 R, the Jhaft without the voluta 
 
 of the capital. 
 
 Plate 33. In the third is the flank of the temple. 
 
 M, part of the frize , that goes with thofe carvings round the whole temple. 
 
 S, the plan of the angular capitals , by which it may eafily be known how they are to 
 be made. 
 
 CHAP. XIV. 
 
 Of the temple of V e s t a. 
 
 F ^OLLOWING the bank along the Tyber , near the laid temple is found another round 
 temple, which is at prefent called St. Stefano. They fay that it was built by Numa 
 Pomp 1 lius, and dedicated to the goddefs Vesta ; and he would have it of a round form, 
 in refemblance of the element of the earth, by which human generation is fubfifted, and of 
 which they lay that Vesta was the goddefs. 
 
 This temple is of the Corinthian order. The intercolumniations are of one diameter and 
 an half. The columns with the bafe and capital, are eleven telle in length. (By a telle 
 is underftood the diameter of the foot of the column, as has been faid elfewhere.) The 
 bafes are without zoccolo or dado; but the Rep whereon they reft, ferves for it, which was 
 done by the architect who ordered it, that the entrance into the portico might be lels 
 incumbered, the manner being thick of columns. 
 
 The cella, computing alfo the thicknefs of the walls, has as much in diameter as the 
 columns are long. 
 
 The capitals are carved in the manner of olive leaves. The cornice is not to be feen, 
 but it has been added by me in the defign. Under the foffit of the portico there are very 
 beautiful compartments. The door and the windows have very beautiful and plain orna¬ 
 ments. Under the portico, and in the inward part of the temple, there are cimacia’s that 
 iupport the vvindows, and go quite round, affording the afpedl of a bafement, upon which 
 the wall is founded, and upon which refts the tribuna. This wall in the outward part 
 1 that 
 
11 
 
 

 nim 
 
 
 SqrhmBI 
 
 mmmm 
 
 
 XXX. 
 

 
 _ Y-\T.’^X.\ .ULLLQ: C • 
 
 l^JUJii mim ui Hll.li] it. l iimr T1 smnm i ? i?Tmn n ~r r ~; 1 ,' 
 
 Jar 
 
 
 . ■■/.■//. 
 
 '/.' >. 
 
 / 
 
 y/////, 
 
 -~rr:; 
 
 cc 
 
 V 
 
 VJ? 
 
 r-lry 
 
 ^£- 
 
 
 7 H 
 
 •'|7< 
 
 CO 
 
 
 ( -9 ' ./ 
 
 cr 
 
 
 M 
 
 1 
 
 
 " -=* 7" 
 
 p 
 
 1 S ?| J 
 
 r6> l 
 
FOURTH 
 
 BOOK. 
 
 95 
 
 that is, under the portico, is diftinguifhed from the cornice by fquares up to the foffit; and 
 m the inward part it is pohfhed, and has a cornice even with that of the portico’s, which 
 lupport the tribuna. 
 
 Of this temple I have made three plates. 
 In the firft is defigned the plan. 
 
 In the fecond the elevation, as well of the 
 In the third are the particular members. 
 
 A, is the bafe of the columns. 
 
 B, is the capital. 
 
 C, the architrave , the frize , and the 
 cornice. 
 
 D, the ornaments of the door. 
 
 E, the ornaments of the windows. 
 
 :t without, as of that within pj a te 35. 
 
 Plate 36. 
 
 F, the outfide little cornice round the cella 1 
 from which the fquares begin. 
 
 G, the inward little cornice 5 upon which is 
 the foglio’s of the windows. 
 
 H, the foffit of the portico. 
 
 CHAP. XV. 
 
 Of the tetnple of Mars. 
 
 A T the Piazza vulgarly called de i Preti, which is found in going from the Rotonda 
 to the column of Antoninus, the remains of the following temple are to be fecn • 
 which, according to fome, was built by the Emperor Antoninus, and dedicated to the 
 God Mars. 
 
 Its afpedt is the alato a torno. The manner is thick of columns.. The intercolum- 
 niations are one diameter and an half. The portico’s round it are fo much broader than an 
 intercolummation, as the projections of the anti projedt from the remainder of the walls 
 The columns are of the Corinthian order. The bafe is Attick, and has a baftoncino under 
 the cimbia of the column. The cimbia, or liftello, Is very fmall, and fucceeds thus very 
 graceful. It is made fo fmall always when it is joined with a baftoncino over the torus of 
 the bafe. It is alfo called a baftone, becaufe there is no danger of its breaking. 
 
 The capital is carved after the manner of olive leaves, and is very well contrived. The 
 architrave, inftead of an intavolato, has an half ovolo, and over it a cavetto; and the ca- 
 vetto has very beautiful intaglios, and are different from thofe of the temple of Peace, 
 and of the temple which wc have faid was on Monte Sfuirinale , dedicated to Jupiter. 
 
 The frize projedts out one eighth part of its height, and is fwelled in the middle. The 
 cornice has its modiglion fquare, and over that the gocciolatoio, and has no dentello, which Vi¬ 
 truvius fays ought to be made as often as Tiodiglions are ufed; that rule, however, 
 is to be feen obferved in very few antient edifices. 
 
 Over^ the cornice in the fides of the temple, there is a fmall cornice, perpendicular 
 to the front of the modiglions, and was made to place ftatues on, that they might all be 
 entirely feen, and that their legs and feet might not be hid by the projection of the 
 cornice. 
 
 In the inward part of the portico there is an architrave of the fame height of that without, 
 but is different in this, that it has three fafcia’s. The members that divide one fafcia from 
 the^ other are fmall intavolato’s, carved in the manner of fmall leaves, and archetti, and the 
 leffer fafcia is alfo carved with leaves. Befides this, inftead of an intavolato, it has a 
 fufaiolo over a gola. diritta, worked very delicately in foliage. This architrave fupports the 
 vaults of the porticos. The architrave, frize, and the cornice, are one of the five 
 parts, and an half, or two elevenths of the length of the columns ; and although they 
 are lefs than a fifth part, they neverthelefs admirably fucceed, and with much grace. 
 
 The 
 
BOOK. 
 
 Plate 3 
 Plate 3 
 Plate 3 
 Plate 4 
 Plate 4 
 
 96 
 
 fourth 
 
 The walls in the outward part are of peperino, and within the temple there are other 
 walls of baked ftone, that they might be the better able to fupport the vault, which was 
 made with beautiful lquares wrought with ftucco. 
 
 These walls are coated with marble, and there were niches and columns round them 
 for ornament. 
 
 Almost a whole flank of this temple is to be feen ; I have however endeavoured to re- 
 prefent it whole, by means of what I could colled: from its ruins, and from the doc¬ 
 trine of Vitruvius : and therefore have made five plates of it. 
 
 4 
 
 In the firfl: I have defigned the plan. 
 
 8. In the fecond the elevation of the front forwards. 
 
 ;g. In the third one part of the fide without. 
 
 .0. In the fourth one part of the fide of the portico, and of the temple within. 
 
 r In the fifth are the ornaments of the portico. 
 
 A, the bafe. 
 
 B, the capital. 
 
 C, the architrave. 
 
 D, the prize. 
 
 E, the cornice. 
 
 F, the fmall cornice , upon which thejla- 
 
 tues were placed. 
 
 G, the fojjit of the architrave between the 
 columns. 
 
 II, the architrave in the inward part of the 
 portico , which J'upports the vault. 
 
 CHAP. XVI. 
 
 Of the Baptiflerium of Constantine. 
 
 T HE defigns that follow are of the Baptijlerium of Constantine, which is at St, 
 Giovanni Laterano. This temple, in my opinion, is modern work, made of the ruins 
 of antient editices ; but becaufe it is a beautiful invention, and has the ornaments well carv d, 
 and with various manners of intaglia’s, of which an archited may upon ieveral cccafions make 
 ufe ; it appeared to me fit to be placed among the antient, and the rather, becaufe it is by every 
 body efieemed to be fo. 
 
 The columns are of porphyry, and of the Compofite order. The bafe is compofed of 
 Attick and of the Ionick ; having two baftones of Attick, and the two cavettoes of the 
 Ionick. But inftead of two aftragals or tondino’s, which are made between the cavetto’s 
 in the Ionick, this has only one, which occupies that lpace which the two fhould take up. 
 
 All thefe members are beautifully wrought, and have moft beautiful intaglia s. Upon 
 the bafes of the loggia there are foliages, that fupport the (hafts of the columns; which are 
 worthy of notice. And the judgment of that archited: is to be praifed, who underftood fo 
 well to accommodate them (the (hafts of the columns not having as much length as was re- 
 quilite) without taking from the work any part of its beauty and majefty. 
 
 I have alfo made ufe of this invention in the columns that I have put for an ornament 
 to the door of the church of S. Giorgio Maggiore in Venice , which did not hold out in 
 length as far as was requilite ; and are of fo beautiful marble, that they could not well be 
 left out of the work. The capital, are compofed of the Ionick and Corinthian, the method 
 of which has been mentioned in the firfl: book, and they have acanthus’ leaves. 
 
 The architrave is beautifully carved. Its cimacium has, inftead of the gola reverfa, a 
 fufaiolo, and over it a half ovolo. 
 
 The frize is plain. The cornice has two gola diritta’s, the one upon the other, a thing 
 very feldom feen, that is, that two members of the lame fort (hould be placed the one upon 
 
 the 
 
ffiVI. 
 

• * » 
 
FOURTH BOOK, 
 
 97 
 
 the other, without any other member between except the liftello or gradetto. Over thefe 
 gola’s there is a dentello, and then the gocciolatoio with the intavolato j and laft of all, 
 the gola diritta: fo that in this cornice the architect obferved not to make modiglions, by 
 making dentels in it. 
 
 Of this temple I have made two plates. 
 
 In the firft is defigned the plan and the elevation, as well of the part without, as that Plato 42 .' 
 within. 
 
 In thefecond are the particular members, plate 43- 
 
 A, the bafe. 
 
 B, the capital. 
 
 C, the architrave , frize , and the cornice. 
 
 D, the fojfit of the architrave between one column and the other. 
 
 E, the foot divided into twelve inches. 
 
 CHAP. XVII. 
 
 Of the temple of Bramam t e. 
 
 A FTER the grandeur of the Roman empire began' to decline, through the continual 
 inundations of the Barbarians, architecture, as well as all the other arts and fciences, 
 left its firft beauty and elequence, and grew gradually worfe, till there fcarce remained 
 any memory of beautiful proportions, and of the ornamented manner of building, and it was 
 reduced to the loweft pitch that could be. 
 
 But, becaufe (all human things being in a perpetual motion) it happens that they at one 
 time rife to the fummit of their perfection, and at another fall to the extremity of 
 imperfection ; architecture in the times of our fathers and grandfathers, breaking out of 
 the darknefs in which it had been for a long time as it were buried, began to ftiew itfelf 
 once more to the world. 
 
 Therefore under the pontificate of pope Julius, Bramante, a moft excellent man, 
 and an obferver of antient edifices, made moft beautiful fabricks in Rome j and after him 
 followed Michel’ Angelo Buonaroti, Jacobi Sansovino, Baldassar da Siena, 
 Antonio da San Gallo, Michel da San Michele, Sebastian Serlio, Geor- 
 gio Vasari, Iacobo Barozzio da Vignola, and the Cavalier Lione ; of whom 
 wonderful fabricks are to be feen in Rome, in Florence , in Venice , in Milan , and in other 
 cities of Italy. 
 
 Besides which, moft of them have been at the fame time excellent painters and fcul- 
 ptors, as well as writers; and fome of thefe are ftill living, together with fome others whom 
 I do not name, to avoid being tedious. But to return to our fubjeCt. 
 
 Since Bramante was the firft who brought good, and beautiful architecture to light, 
 which from the time of the antients had been hid; for feveral reafons it feemed to me fit, 
 that his works fhould have a place among the antients: I have therefore placed the fol¬ 
 lowing temple, directed by him, upon the Monte Janiculo , in this book. And becaufe it 
 was made in commemoration of St. Peter the Apoftle, who they fay was crucified there, 
 it is called St. Pietro Montorio. 
 
 This temple is of Dorick work, both within and without. The columns are of 
 granate, the bafes and the capitals of marble, the remainder is all of pietra tiburtina. 
 
 I have made two plates of it. 
 
 In the firft is the plan. 
 
 Plate 44. 
 
 In the fecond is the elevation of both the outlide and in. 
 
 C c 
 
 Plate 45. 
 
 CHAP. 
 
9 s 
 
 FOURTH 
 
 BOOK. 
 
 CHAP. XVIII. 
 
 Of the temple a/'Jupiter Stator. 
 
 B ETWEEN the CampidogUo and the Palatino , near the Foro Rt&am, three columns 
 are to be feen of the Corinthian order, which were, according to fome, on the flank 
 of the temple of Vulcan, and, according to others, of the temple of Romulus. There 
 are not wanting fome who fay they were of the temple of Jupiter Stator. And lam 
 of opinion that this temple was vowed by Romulus when the Sabines, having by treachery 
 taken the CampidogUo , and the Rocca , were going towards the palace in a victorious manner. 
 
 There have been others who have aflerted that thefe columns, together with thofe that 
 are under the CampidogUo , were part of a bridge, that Caligula made to pafs from the 
 Palatino to the CampidogUo: which opinion is known to be far from truth, becaufe, by the 
 ornaments, one fees that thefe columns were of two different edifices, and becaufe the 
 bridge that Caligula made was of wood, and palled acrofs the Forum Romanum. 
 
 But to return to our purpofe, whatever temple thefe columns belonged to, I have not 
 feen any better work, or more delicately wrought. All the members have a moft beautiful 
 form, and are very well underftood. 1 believe that the afpeCt of this temple was the perip- 
 teros, that is, winged round, and the manner of the picnoftilos. It had eight columns in the 
 fronts, and fifteen in the fides, reckoning thofe of the angles. The bafes are compofed of 
 the Attick, and of the Ionick. The capitals are worthy of confideration for the beautiful 
 invention of the intaglio’s made in the abaco. The architrave, the frize, and the cornice are 
 the fourth part of the length of the columns. The cornice alone is fomewhat lefs in 
 height than the architrave and frize together, which is what I have not feen in other temples. 
 
 Of this temple I have made three plates. 
 
 Plate 46. I N the firft is the elevation of the front. 
 
 Plate 47. I N the fecond is defigned the plan. 
 
 Plate 48. In the third the particular members. 
 
 A, the bafe. 
 
 B, the capital. 
 
 C, the architrave , the frize , and the cornice. 
 
 D, is part of the fojfit of the architrave between the columns. 
 
 CHAP. XIX. 
 
 Of the temple of Jupiter, the Thunderer. 
 
 A T the foot of the CampidogUo fome veftigia of the following temple are to be feen, 
 which fome fay was that of Jupiter the Thunderer, and that it was built by Augus¬ 
 tus,. for the danger that he efcaped when, in the Cantabrian war, in a voyage that Le made 
 by night, the litter wherein he was, was ftruck with lightning, by which a fervant who was be- 
 ore was killed, without doing the leaft hurt to the perfon of Augustus. Of which I 
 a ittle doubt, becaufe the ornaments there to be feen, are wrought moft delicately with 
 molt beautiful intaglio’s. And it is manifeft, that in the time of Augustus the works were 
 made more folidj as may be feen in the portico of Santa Maria Ritonda , built by M. 
 
 grippa which is very Ample, and alfo in other edifices. Some would have it, that the 
 columns that are there, were of the bridge which Caligula made ; which opinion I have 
 jult now (hewn to be entirely falfe. 
 
 The 
 

FOURTH BOOK. 
 
 The afped of this temple was that which was called dipteros, that is, double winged. 
 
 It is very true, that in the part towards the Gampidoglio there was no portico. But by what 
 I have obferved in other edifices built near hills, I am apt to believe, that it was in this part 
 made as the plan thews; that is, that it had a very thick wall, which inclofed the cella, 
 and the portico's, and then leaving a little fpace, there was another wall, with abutments that went 
 into the hill. Becaufe in fuch cafes the ancients made the firft wall very thick, that the damp 
 might not penetrate into the inward part of the edifice ; and they made the other wall 
 with abutments, that it might be the better able to fupport the weight of the hill; and 
 they left the faid fpace between the one and the other of the faid walls, that the water which 
 fell from the hill might there have a free courfe, and do no damage to the fabrick. The 
 manner of this temple was the.picnoftilos. The architrave, and the frize in the front were in 
 a line, that they might contain the carving of the infcription, and fome of the letters are 
 Hill there to be feen. The ovolo of the cornice over the frize is different from any I have 
 yet feen, with this variety, that there is in this cornice two forts of ovolo’s, very judicioufly 
 made. The modiglions of this cornice are fo difpofed, that diredly over the columns comes 
 a plain fpace, and not a modiglion, as in fome other cornices; although they regularly ought 
 to be made fo, that diredtly over the middle of the columns there fhould come a modiglion. 
 
 And becaufe by the defigns of the temples already mentioned, the reafons for this are alfo 
 comprehended, I have made only two plates of it. 
 
 In the firft is the plan. n . 
 
 r Plate 49. 
 
 A, is the fpace between the two walls. 
 
 B, are the abutments that go into the hill. 
 
 C, are the /paces between the abutments. 
 
 In the fecond are the particular members of the portico. pjate ^ 
 
 A, the bafe. 
 
 B, the capital. 
 
 C, the architrave , the frize , and the cornice. 
 
 D, the foffit of the architrave between the columns. 
 
 CHAP. XX. 
 
 Of the Pantheon, novo called the Ritonda. 
 
 A MONG all the temples that are to be feen in Rome , none is more celebrated than 
 the Pantheon , now called the Ritonda t nor that remains more entire; fince it is to 
 be feen almoft in its firft ftate as to the fabric, but ftript of the ftatues, and other orna¬ 
 ments. 
 
 p It was built, according to the opinion of fome, by M. Agrippa about the year of 
 
 Christ 14. but I believe that the body of the temple was made at the me of the RepubUck, 
 and that M. Agrippa added to it only the portico; which may be apprehended from the 
 two frontifpieces that are in the front. 
 
 This temple was called the Pantheon , becaufe after Jupiter, it was confecrated to all 
 the gods; or perhaps (as others will have it) becaufe it is of the figure of the world, that 
 is, round; being as much in height from the pavement up to the opening, where it receives 
 light, as it is in breadth from one wall to the other. As one defcends now to the floor, or 
 pavement, fo one formerly afcended by fteps. 
 
 Among the moft celebrated things one reads that were in the temple, there was an 
 ivory ftatue of Minerva, made by Phidias; and another of Venus, who had for a 
 pendent in her ear the half of that pearl which Cleopatra drank after fupper to furpafs 
 M. Antony’s liberality. This part only of this pearl they fay was efteemed to be worth 
 250,000 gold ducats. 
 
 All this temple is of the Corinthian order, both without, and within. The bafes are 
 compofed of the Attick, and of the Ionick. The capitals are carved in the manner of olive 
 I leaves - 
 
IOO 
 
 FOURTH 
 
 BOOK. 
 
 the architraves, the frizes, and the cornices have mod beautiful facoma’s, or modeno’s, and 
 are with few intaglio’s. 
 
 In the thicknefs of the wall that incompafles the temple, there are fome voids made, that 
 the earth-quakes may the lefs injure the fabrick, and to fave both materials and expence. 
 
 This temple has in the fore part a moll beautiful portico, in the frize of which thel'e 
 words are to be read : 
 
 M. A G RIP P A L. F. COS. Ill FECIT. 
 
 Underneath which, that is, in the fafcia’s of the architraves, in fmaller letters, thefe 
 other words are, which lhew that the emperors Septimius Sever us, and M. Aure¬ 
 lius rellored it, after it had been confumed by time. 
 
 IMP. CAES. SEPTIMIVS SEVERVS PIVS PERTINAX 
 ARABICVS PARTHICVS PONTIF. MAX. TRIB. POT. 
 
 XI. COS. III. P. P. PROCOS. ET IMP. CAES. MARCVS. 
 
 AVRELIVS ANTONIN VS PIVS FELIX A V G. TRIB. 
 
 POT. V. COS. PROCOS. PANTHEVM V ETVST ATE 
 CVM OMNI CVLTV RESTITVERVNT. 
 
 In the inward part of the temple there are, in the thicknefs of the wall, feven chapels 
 with niches, in which there mud have been llatues ; and between one chapel and the 
 other there is a tabernacle, fo that there are eight tabernacles. 
 
 It is the opinion of many, that the middle chapel, which is oppofite to the entrance, is 
 not antient, becaufe the arch of it breaks fome columns of the fecond order j but that 
 in the chridian time, after pope Boniface, who fird dedicated this temple to divine wor- 
 fhip, it was enlarged; as it was proper in chridian times to have a principal altar greater 
 than the others. 
 
 But, as I obferve that it accompanies all the red of the work very well, and that it 
 has all its members exceedingly well wrought, I look upon it as certain, that it was alfo 
 made at the time when the remainder of this edifice was eredled. 
 
 This chapel has two columns, that is, one on each fide, which project and are fluted; and 
 the fpace that is between one flute and the other, is carved very neatly with an adragal 
 And becaufe all the parts of this temple are very remarkable, and that the whole may^be 
 feen, I have made ten plates of it. 3 
 
 Phte 5 1 - In the fird is the plan. The dairs that are feen on each fide of the entrance lead over 
 the chapel to a fecret way, which goes quite round the temple, through which one goes 
 out to the deps, in order to afeend up to the top of the edifice by fome dairs that are 
 round it. 
 
 That part of the edifice that is feen behind the temple, and is marked M is part of 
 the baths of Agrippa. r 
 
 Plate 52. In the fecond is half of the front forwards. 
 
 P,atc 53 - In the third is half of the front under the portico. 
 
 This temple has, as may be feen in thefe two plates, two frontifpieces; the one of the 
 portico, the other in the wall of the temple. 
 
 Where the letter T is, are fome dones that come out a little: of what ufe thefe 
 were I cannot imagine. 
 
 The beams of the portico are all made of bronzo. 
 
 P " uc 54< the f° urth P late is the elevation of the flank of the part without. 
 
 X is 
 
. 
 
B : 4 
 
 LIT. 
 
 ii:T\ 
 
z c 
 
IOI 
 
 FOURTH BOOK. 
 
 X, is the fecond cornice that goes quite round the temple . 
 
 In the fifth is the elevation of the flank in the part within. 
 
 In the fixth are the ornaments of the portico. 
 
 A, the bafe. 
 
 B, the capital. 
 
 C, the architrave , the frize and the cornice. 
 
 D, is the facoma of the ornaments made over the columns , and the pilafers in the 
 
 inward part of the portico. 
 
 T, the pilafers of the portico , which anfwer to the columns. 
 
 V, the windings of the caulicoli of the capitals. 
 
 X, the Jbjft of the architrave between each column. 
 
 Plate 55, 
 Plate 56. 
 
 In the feventh is part of the elevation of the inward part oppofite to the entrance, where Plate 57. 
 is to be feen how and with what ornaments, the chapels, and the tabernacles are difpofed, 
 and how the fquares are comparted in the vault; which probably (by fome veftigia that 
 are there) were ornamented with filver plates. Becaufe, if there had been any fuch orna¬ 
 ments of bronzo, there is no doubt but thofe of the like fort, which (as I have faid) are in 
 the portico, would alfo have been taken away. 
 
 In the eighth, in a form fomewhat larger, is defigned one of the tabernacles in front, Plate 58. 
 with part of the chapels that are on the fides of it. 
 
 In the ninth are the ornaments of the columns, and of the pilafters of the inward part. Plate 59, 
 
 L, the bafe. 
 
 M, the capital. 
 
 N, the architrave , the frize and the cornice. 
 
 O, the windings of the caulicoli of the capitals. 
 
 P, the fluting of the pilafers. 
 
 In the tenth are the ornaments of the tabernacles that are between the chapels; in which Plate 60; 
 the fine judgment of the architect is to be obferved ; who, to bind the architrave, the frize and 
 the cornice of thefe tabernacles, (the pilafters of the chapels not being as much out from the 
 wall as was neceflary to contain the projection of that cornice) he only made the gola 
 diritta, and the remainder of the members he converted into a fafeia. 
 
 E, is the facoma of the ornaments of the door. 
 
 F, the deflgn of thefeftoons that are on each fide of the faid door. 
 
 And with this temple let an end be put to the defigns of the temples that are in 
 j Rome. 
 
 CHAP. XX. 
 
 Of the Designs of fome temples that are out of Rome, in Italy ; andi 
 in the firJl place , of the tetnple of Bacchus. 
 
 W ITHOUT the gate, as it is now called, of Santa Agnefa J and by the antients 
 Viminalis, from the name of the hill where it is placed, the following temple is to 
 be feen pretty intire, which is dedicated to Santa Agnesa. 
 
 I believe that it was a fepulchre, becaufe there was a very large cafe of porphry found 
 in it, very beautifully carved with vines, and little children gathering grapes ; which has 
 made fome believe that it was the temple of Bacchus. And becaufe it is the common 
 opinion, and now ferves for a church, I have placed it among the temples. 
 
 D d Be- 
 
102 
 
 FOURTH BOOK, 
 
 Before its portico the veftigia of a court are to be feen, of an oval form, which I be¬ 
 lieve was adorned with columns, and niches in the intercolumniations, which mull have 
 been for its ftatues. 
 
 The loggia of the temple, by what is to be feen of it, was made of pilafters, and had 
 three openings. In the inward part of the temple there were columns placed two and two, 
 which fupported the Cuba. 
 
 All thefe columns are of granate; and the bafes, the capitals, and the cornice of marble. 
 The bafes are in the Attick manner. The capitals are of the Compofite order, very beau¬ 
 tiful, and have fome leaves which projedl from the rofa, from which the voluta’s feem to 
 fpring very gracefully. The architrave, the frize, and the cornice are not very well wrought; 
 which makes me believe that this temple was not made in good times, but in thofe of 
 the latter emperors. It is very rich with works, and with various compartments ; part of 
 them of beautiful ftones, and part 6f Mofaick work, as well in the pavement, as in the 
 walls, and in the vaults. 
 
 Of this temple I have made three plates. 
 
 Plate 61 In ls t ^ ie pi an - 
 
 Plate 62. In the fecond the elevation. 
 
 Plate 63. In the third is to be feen how the columns were ordered that fupport the arches upon 
 
 which the tribuna refts. 
 
 A, the bafe. 
 
 B, the capital. 
 
 C, the architrave , the frize , and the cornice. 
 
 D, the beginning of the arches. 
 
 E, the foot with which the faid numbers were meafured . 
 
 CHAR XXII. 
 
 Of the Temple vohofe veftigia are to he fee?i near the church of Santo 
 Sebastian o, upon the Via Appia. 
 
 W ITHOUT the gate of St. Sebaftiano , which formerly was called the Appian gate, 
 from the moll famous way (which was with wonderful art and expence made by 
 Appius Claudius) are to be feen the veftigia of the following edifice, near to the faid 
 church of St. Seba/liano. By what can be comprehended of it, it was all of baked ftone. 
 
 Of the loggia’s that are round it there is ftill a part ltanding. The entrance into the 
 faid cortile had double loggia’s; and on each fide of the faid entrance there were rooms, that 
 mull: have ferved for the ufe of the priefts. 
 
 The temple was in the middle of the cortile. The part that is to be feen, and is raifed 
 from the ground, upon which was the floor of the temple, is moft folid work, and 
 receives light only from the doors, and from fix fmall windows that are in the niches, 
 and th erefore it is fomewhat dark, as all the antient temples are. In the fore part of this 
 temple, oppofite to the entrance into the cortile, there are the foundations of the portico; but 
 the columns have been taken away. I have neverthelefs placed them of the bignefs, and 
 diftance, that by the faid foundations may be known they were of. And becaufe none 
 of the ornaments of this temple are to be leen, I have made one plate only of it, in which 
 the plan is defigned. 
 
 A, is the floor of the temple , and of the portico from which the columns muft have 
 bepun to rife . 
 
 6 D, the 
 
 Plate 64. 
 
tiiHinnniniiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiiii: 
 
 n'fi'.trnrmM: 
 
 UlliluuluialimiUii 
 
 yllllHlIlHUlllilli 
 
 MlIlllilllMlli 1 
 
 
 Mill 
 
 
 
■K 
 

 
 22Z 
 
 
 
 ----- ■, 
 
 
 
i 
 

 Ktetji 
 
FOURTH BOOK, i 
 
 D, the plan of the temple , and of the portico in the part wider the faid floor , 
 
 B, the angular pilaflers of the cortile. 
 
 C, are the other pilaflers , that form the loggia's round it. 
 
 CHAP. XXIII. 
 
 Of the temple of Vesta. 
 
 A T Tivoli, fixteen miles diflant from Rome , upon the fall of the river Aniene, now 
 called Teverone , the following round temple is to be feen, which the inhabitants of 
 thefe places fay was the room of the Sihilla Tiburtina: which opinion is without any 
 foundation. However I believe (for the reafons beforementioned) that it was a temple de¬ 
 dicated to the goddefs Vesta. 
 
 This temple is of the Corinthian order. The intercolumniations are of two diameters. 
 Its pavement is railed from the ground the third part of the length of the columns. The 
 bafes have no plinth, that the place to walk in under the portico might be more free and 
 ample. The columns are as long cAadtly as ilic cell is broad, and they incline inwardly 
 towards the wall of the cell; fo that the fhaft of the column above falls perpendicularly 
 upon the fhaft of the column below in the inward part. 
 
 The capitals are exceedingly well made, and are wrought in the manner of olive leaves; 
 I therefore believe that it was built in good times. Its door, and the windows, are narrower 
 in the upper part than in the lower, as Vitruvius teacheth they ought to be made, in 
 the fixth chapter of the fourth book. 
 
 All this temple is of pietra tiburtina covered with a very light ftueco, hence it appears to 
 be made of marble. 
 
 I have made four plates of this temple. 
 
 In the firffc the plan is defigned. 
 
 In the fecond the elevation. 
 
 In the third are the members of the portico. 
 
 A, is the bafement that goes round the temple. 
 
 B, the bafe of the columns . 
 
 C, the capital. 
 
 D, the architrave , the frize, and the cornice. 
 
 In the fourth are defigned the ornaments of the door and of the windows. 
 
 A, are the ornaments of the door. 
 
 B, the ornaments of the windows in the part without. 
 
 C, the ornaments of the windows in the inward part. 
 
 The fafeia’s of the ornaments of the door, and of the windows, are different from the 
 others that are ufually made. 
 
 The aftragals, that are under the cimacia’s, project beyond the faid cimacia’s; a thing 
 I have never feen in other ornaments. 
 
 Plate 65.' 
 Plate 66. 
 Plate 67. 
 
 Plate 68. 
 
 CHAP 1 
 
FOURTH 
 
 BOOK. 
 
 10+ 
 
 C H A P. XXIV. 
 
 Of the te??iple of Castor and Pollux. 
 
 A T Naples , in a moft beautiful part of the city,- below the piazza del Cajlello and the 
 Vicaria , the portico of a temple is to be leen, built and confecrated to Castor and 
 Pollux by Tiberius Julius Tarsus, and by Pelagon, a freedman of Augustus; 
 as it appears by its infcription made with thefe Greek letters: 
 
 TIBEPI02 I0TAI0S TAP202 AI02 K0TP0IS KAI THI IT0AEI TON NA0N KAI TA EN T.OI NADI- 
 nEAArnN sebastot aheaetoepos kai EriiTPonos stnteae^as ek tun iaihn kaoieposen. 
 
 That is, 
 
 TIBERIVS IVLIVS TARSVS JOVIS FILIIS, ET VRBI, TEMPLVM, ET QVAE IN TEMPLO. 
 PELAGON AVGVSTI LIBERTVS ET PROCVRATOR PERFICIENS EX PROPRIIS CONSECRAVIT. 
 
 Which fignify, that Ti berius Julius Tarsus began to build this temple, and thofe things 
 that are within it, to the fons of Jupiter, (that is, to Castor and Pollux) and to the 
 city; and that Pelagon, the freedman, and commiflary of Augustus, finished it with 
 his own money, and confecrated it. 
 
 This portico is of the Corinthian order. The intercolumniations are more than a dia¬ 
 meter and an half, but do not reach to two diameters. The bafes are made in the Attick 
 manner. The capitals are carved in the manner of olive leaves, and are moft carefully wrought. 
 The invention of the caulicoli is very beautiful, that are under the rofa, which bind one 
 another together, and feem to fpring out of the leaves which adorn the other caulicoli in 
 the upper part, which fupport the horn of the capital. Hence, as well by this, as by many 
 other examples fcattered throughout this book, it is evident that an architect is not retrained 
 from departing fometimes from the common cuftom, provided fuch a variation be graceful 
 and natural. In the frontifpiece is carved a facrifice in balfo relievo, by the hand of an ex¬ 
 cellent fculptor. 
 
 Some fay that in this place there were two temples, one round, and the other quadrangu¬ 
 lar. No veftigia are to be feen of the round one, and the quadrangular is, in my opinion, 
 modern ; and therefore, leaving the body of the temple, I have only put the elevation of the 
 Plate 69 front of the portico in the firft: plate, and in the fecond its members. 
 
 and 70. 
 
 A, the bafe. 
 
 B, the capital. 
 
 C, the architrave , the frize and the cornice. 
 
 D, the foot divided into twelve inches , with which the Jaid members are meafnred. 
 
 CHAP. XXV. 
 
 Of the temple that is below Trevi. 
 
 B E TW E E N Fuligno , and Spoleti , below Trevi, is found the little temple, of which 
 are the defigns that follow. The bafement which fupports it is eight foot and an half 
 high. To this height one afeends by the fteps placed on the fides of the portico, which 
 lead to two little 'portico’s, that projedt from the remainder of the temple. 
 
 The afpedt of this temple is proftilos. Its manner is thick of columns. The chapel 
 that is oppolite to the entrance into the cella has very beautiful ornaments, and the columns 
 have wreathed timings; and fo thefe, as well as thofe of the portico’s, are of the Corinthian 
 order, delicately wrought, and with beautiful variety of intaglia’s. Hence, as well in this, 
 as in all the other temples, it evidently appears, that what I have faid in the firlt book is 
 true ; that is, that the antients in fuch kinds of edifices, and particularly in the fmall on#s, 
 applied very great diligence in polilhing each part, and in making all poflible ornaments for 
 1 them. 
 

. •mi*-*. 
 

 
 * 
 
 
 
 

FOURTH BOOK. 
 
 105 
 
 them, that they might be well : but in large fabricks, or amphitheatres, and fuch like, they 
 poliftied fome imall part only, leaving the remainder rough, to fave expence, and the 
 time that would have been wafted in policing the whole; as ftiall be Teen in the book of the 
 amphitheatres, which I hope loon to put out. 
 
 I have made four plates of this fmall temple. 
 
 In the firft is the plan, where the floor of the temple is marked, A, 
 
 B, is the plan of the portico under the faid foor. 
 
 C, the bate ? - , , 
 
 D, the cimacia S °J tbe ba J ement which encompajfes and fupports the whole temple. 
 
 E, the bafe of the columns of the fore front. 
 
 b , the bafe \ of the columns and pilaflers of the little portico's , to 
 
 o, the capital and cornice S which the fteps lead. 
 
 In the fecond is the elevation of half the front on the outfide. 
 
 H, the architrave , the frize , and the cornice. 
 
 In the third is the elevation of half the part within. 
 
 L, the capital of the portico. 
 
 In the fourth is the elevation of the flank. 
 
 Plate n\. 
 
 Plate 73 
 
 Plate 72 
 
 Plate 
 
 CHAP. XXVI. 
 
 Of the temple of S c 1 s 1. 
 
 T HE following temple is upon the piazza of Scifi, a city of Umbria, and is of the Co-' 
 rmthian order. The pedeftals placed under the columns of the portico are well wor¬ 
 thy notice j becaufe, as I have faid before, in all the other antient temples, the columns of 
 the pome 08 ate feen to come down to the ground ; neither have I feen any other that had 
 pedeftals. Beneath one pedeftal and the other are the fteps that afeend from the piazza to 
 the portico The pedeftals are as h.gh as the middle intercolumniation is broad which is 
 two inches broader than the others. The manner of this temple is that which Vitruvius 
 calls liftilos, that is, of two diameters. 
 
 ti T k IE *Y ch j. tra . ve » th , e frize an , d C ° mice t 0 S ether are the fif t h P^t and a little more of 
 he height of the columns. _ The cornice, which makes the frontifpiece inftead of modie- 
 10ns, has fome eaves and m the remainder it is entirely like that which goes diredlly over 
 he columns. The cella of the temple is in length the fourth part more than its breadth. 
 
 I have made three plates of it. 
 
 In the firft is the plan. 
 
 In the fecond is the elevation of the front forward. 
 
 In the third are the ornaments. 
 
 A, the capital , the architrave , the frize, and the cornice , 
 
 B, the pedeftal , and the bafe of the columns. 
 
 C, the cornice which forms the frontifpiece. 
 
 D, the foot divided into twelve inches. 
 
 Plate 
 
 Plate 
 
 Plate 
 
 CHAP* 
 
FOURTH BOOK, 
 
 10 6. 
 
 CHAR XXVIL 
 
 Of the defigns of fome temples that are out of Italy ; and, firf, of the two 
 
 temples of Pol a. 
 
 I N Pola, a city of TJlria , befides the theatre, amphitheatre, and anarch, moft beautiful 
 edifices, 5 of each of which mention fhall be made, and their defigns put in their places, 
 there are upon the piazza, on the fame part, two temples of the fame bignefs, and with the 
 lame ornaments, diftant the one from the other fifty eight feet and four inches ; the de¬ 
 figns of which follow. 
 
 Their afpedt is the proftilos. The manner is that, which, according to Vitruvius, 
 I have before called fiftilos, that has the intercolumniations of two diameters; and the inter- 
 columniation in the middle is of two diameters and a quarter. Round thefe temples there 
 goes a bafement, at the height of which they have their floor, or pavement; and 
 the afeent to it is by Reps placed in the front forwards, as has been leen in many other 
 temples. The bafes of the columns are in the Attick manner, and have the orlo as thick 
 as all the reft of the bafe. The capitals are in the manner of olive leaves, very neatly 
 wrought. The caulicoli are drefled with oak leaves; which variety is feen but in few others, 
 and is worthy of notice. The architrave is alfo different from the greater part of the others; 
 becaufe its firft fafeia is large, the fecond lefs, and the third under the cimacium is alfo lefs. 
 Thefe fafeia’s projedt forward in the lower part; which was done that the architrave might 
 have but little projection, and thus might not obftrudt the letters which are in the frize in 
 the front, which are thefe : 
 
 ROMAE ET AVGVSTO CAESARIS INVI. F. PAT. PATRIAE. 
 
 Tiie foliage made in the faid frize goes round the other parts of the temple. The cornice 
 has but few members, and is wrought with the ufual intaglia’s. The ornaments of the 
 door are not to be feen ; I have, neverthelefs, inferted them in the manner I think they 
 muft have been. The celia is in length one fourth part more than its breadth. The whole 
 temple, including the portico, is above two fquares in length. 
 
 I have made three plates of thefe temples. 
 
 Plate 78. ] N t } lc i s defigned the plan. 
 
 B, is the pcde/lal, upon which is the bafe of the columns. 
 
 Plate 79. In the fecond is the elevation of the front forwards. 
 
 E, the architrave , the frize and the cornice over the columns. 
 
 P , 5 the ornaments of the door , made according to my invention . 
 
 Plate 8 d. In the third is the elevation of the flank: 
 
 D, the camp ana of the capital. 
 
 F, the plan of the faid capital. 
 
 C H A P. XXVIII. 
 
 Of two teniples of Nismes } and, finfl, of that which is called La Maiion 
 
 Quaree. 
 
 I N Nifmes i a city of Provence , which was the native country of Antoninus Pius the 
 emperor/among many other beautiful antiquities, the two following temples are to be 
 feen This firft is by the inhabitants of that city called La Maifon Quaree^ becaufe it is of 
 a quadrangular form, and they fay it was a bafilica. (What bafilica’s were, their ufe,^nd 
 
Lxxn 
 
 
tit? tttthtth rrn 7 7 7 v ! yl/ t: 1 »? >n 
 
 r iUWtiymLXM m&u a matia4ati» i 1 y <>' */'» ,'- 
 
 
 ^>:A 
 
 Lxxur 
 


■10 
 
FOURTH BOOK, 
 
 how they were made, has been mentioned in the third book, according to what Vitru¬ 
 vius fays of them.) As they were of a form different from this, I believe certainly that it 
 was a temple. What its afpedt is, and its manner, by what has been faid in fo many other 
 temples, is fufficiently manifeft. 
 
 The floor of the temple is railed from the ground ten foot five inches. A pedeftal 
 forms a bafement round it, upon whofe cimacia are two fteps which fupport the bafe of the 
 columns. And it might very eafily be, that it was fuch Heps Vitruvius means 
 when at the end of the third chapter of the third book he fays, that in making a poggio 
 
 round a temple, the fcamili impari fhould be made under the bafes of the columns, which 
 
 are to anfwer diredtly to the body of the pedeftal, which is, under the columns, and be level 
 under the bafe of the column, and above the cimacium of the pedeftal j which place has 
 perplexed many. The bafe of this bafement has fewer members, and is thicker than the 
 cimacium, which, as has been elfewhere obferved, ought to be done in pedeftals. The bafe of the 
 columns is Attick, but it has fome baftoncini more j hence it may be called Compofite, and is 
 fuitable to the Corinthian order. 
 
 The capitals are wrought in the manner of olive leaves, and the abaco carved. The 
 
 flower placed in the middle of the front of the capital takes up the height of the abaco, 
 
 and the orlo of the campana, which I have remarked was obferved in all the ancient capitals 
 of this kind. The architrave, the frize and the cornice, are the fourth part of the length of 
 the columns, and all their members are carved with moft beautiful inventions. The mo- 
 diglions are different from any I have feen; and this their difference from the ordinary is very 
 graceful. And although the capitals are in the manner of olive leaves, they are neverthelefs 
 carved in the manner of oak leaves. 
 
 Over the gola diritta, inftead of an orlo, there is an ovolo carved j which is feen but in 
 few cornices. The frontifpiece is dire&ly made as Vitruvius teacheth in the before men¬ 
 tioned place. 
 
 As there are nine parts in the length of the cornice, one is given to the height of the 
 frontifpiece under the cornice. The erte, or pilafters of the door, are as thick in the front 
 as the fixth part of the breadth of the openings. This door has very beautiful ornaments, 
 and is very well carved. Over its cornice, and even with the pilafters, there are two pieces of 
 ftone wrought in the manner of architraves, which project forward from the faid cornice, and in 
 
 each of them there is a fquare hole ten inches and an half broad every way, in which I believe 
 beams have been put, which reached to the ground, and where an additional door might 
 have been made to put on and take off: which muft have been made with latices, that 
 the people Handing without might fee what was doing in the temple, without hindering the 
 priefts. 
 
 There are fix plates of this temple. 
 
 In the firft, which is this, is defigned the plan. 
 
 Plate 81. 
 
 In the fecond the elevation of the front forwards. 
 
 Plate 82, 
 
 In the third the elevation of the flank. 
 
 Plate 83, 
 Plate 84. 
 
 In the fourth is part of the members. 
 
 A, the bafe of the columns. 
 
 And afterwards there is the defigns of the fourth part of the upright, and of the plan 
 of the capital. 
 
 In the fifth are the architrave, the frize, and the cornice. 
 
 Plate 85, 
 
 In the fixth are the ornaments of the door. 
 
 E, the perforated piece of ftone placed over the cornice of the door , even with the pila¬ 
 fters , and projecting from them. 
 
 Plate 86, 
 
 The foliages which are over it, are thofe of the frize that goes quite round the temple over 
 the columns. 
 
 CHAP, 
 
io8 
 
 FOURTH BOOK, 
 
 CHAP. XXIX. 
 
 Of the other temple of Nismes. 
 
 T H E following defigns are, of the other temple of Nfries, which the people of the city fay 
 was the temple of Vesta; which in my opinion cannot be, as well becaufe to Vesta the 
 temples were made round, in refemblance of the dement of the earth, of which they faid the was 
 the goddefs; asalfo becaufe this temple had paflages round it, clofedby continued walls, in which 
 were the doors on the fides of the cella, and the door of the cella was in the front fo that 
 it could not receive light from any part: neither can any reafon be given why temples to 
 Vest a fhould be made obfcure; I rather therefore believe that it was dedicated to fome of 
 their infernal gods. 
 
 In the inward part of this temple there are tabernacles, in which ftatues muft have been. 
 The inward front, oppofite to the door, is divided into three parts. The floor, or pave¬ 
 ment, of the middle part, is level with the remainder of the temple. The two other’parts have 
 their floor raifed to the height of the pedeftals; and to it one afcends by two pair of flairs, which 
 begin in the paflages, which, as I have faid, are round this temple. The pedeftals are a lit¬ 
 tle higher than the third part of the length of the columns. The bafes of the columns are 
 compofed of the Attick, and of the Ionick, and have a moft beautiful facoma. The capitals are 
 arealfo compofed, and very neatly wrought. The architrave, the frize, and the cornice 
 are without intaglia’s, and the ornaments placed in the tabernacles that are round the cella 
 are alio plain. 
 
 Behind the columns that are oppofite to the entrance, and which make, in our way of 
 fpeaking, the great chapel, there are lquare pilafters, which alfo have compofed capitals/but 
 different from thofe of the columns; and they differ alfo the one from the other, becaufe the 
 capitals of the pilafters that are immediately near the columns, have intaglia’s different from 
 the other two;. but all of them have fo beautiful and graceful a form, and are of fo beau¬ 
 tiful an invention, that I don’t remember to have ever feen capitals of that fort better and 
 more judicioufly made. 
 
 These pilafters fupport the architraves of the chapels on the fldes, to which one afcends, 
 as I have faid, by the ftairs in the paflages, and therefore are by this means wider than the 
 columns are thick ; which is worthy observation. 
 
 The columns that are round the cella fupport fome arches made of fquared ftones; and 
 from one of thefe arches to the other the ftones are placed, which form the greater vault of 
 the temple. 
 
 All this edifice is made of fquared ftones, and covered with flat ftones, placed in fuch 
 a manner that the one goes over the other; that fo the rain might not penetrate. 
 
 I have made ufe of the greateft diligence in thefe two temples, becaufe they feemed to 
 me edifices worthy of great conlideration ; and by which it may be known that it was 
 in a manner peculiar to that age, that in every place the good way of building was un- 
 derftood. I have made five plates of this temple. 
 
 Plate 87. In the firft the plan is defigned. 
 
 Plate 89. In the fecond is half of the front oppofite to the door in the inward part. 
 
 Plate 88. In the third is the elevation of part of the flank. 
 
 ^ te Q ?° In the fourth and fifth are the ornamen ts of the tabernacles, of the columns, and of the 
 9 ' foflits, which are all marked with letters. 
 
 A, the architrave, the frize , and the 
 cornice over the columns. 
 
 B, the capital of the columns. 
 
 P, the plan. 
 
 D, the capital of the pilafers behind the 
 
 columns. 
 
 E, the capital of the other pilafters . 
 
 F, bafeof the columns and pilafters. 
 
 G, the pedeflal. 
 
 H, are the ornaments of the tabernacles , 
 which are round the temple. 
 
 S, are the ornaments that belong to the ta¬ 
 bernacle of the great chapel. 
 
 M, R, and O, are the compartments of the 
 foffit of the faid chapel. 
 
 The 
 
s 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ' 
 
 
 
 
 

 
Lmvii 
 
 
 s§ 
 
 ; 
 
 l -P JO 
 
 
■lijjjjjjU J.U 1IH &'; c r imramjijmuuk 
 
 
 
 'jjj' j-zjijfYj? i f i?i> 
 
 mxumrj 
 
 noTnmmm 
 
 
 XCI. 
 

 XC IC. 
 
-foja m 8 “ 
 

FOURTH BOOK, 109 
 
 The facoma or profile drawn near the dado of the pedeftal is of the architrave of the frlze and 
 of the finall cornice, which are over the pilafters, and is that which is marked C in the defign 
 of the flank. fa 
 
 CHAP. XXX. 
 
 Of two other te??iples in Rome- and,\ fir ft, of that of Concord. 
 
 B ESIDES the temples before mentioned, when thofe in Rome were treated of 
 
 the columns of the portico of the following temple are to be feen at the foot of the 
 
 Campidoglio, near the arch of Septimius, where formerly was the beginning of the Forum 
 
 Komanum which, in confcquence of avow, was built by F. Camillus, and, according 
 
 to lome, dedicated to Concord. * 
 
 In this temple publick affairs were very often debated; by which it may be comprehen¬ 
 ded that it was confecrated, becaufe it was in confecrated temples only that the priefts 
 permitted the fenate to affemble to tranfatft publick affiiirs; and thofe only ’ were confecrated 
 which were built by the Augurs; hence thefe temples were alfo called curia’s. 
 
 Among the ffatues with which it was adorned, writers make mention of that of La- 
 to na whohad in her arms Apollo and Diana, her children; of that of iEsculapius 
 and of Hygeia his daughter; of that of Mars, of Minerva, of Mercury, and of 
 that of Victoria, was in the frontifpiece of the portico, which, during the confulate of 
 M. Marcell us, and of M. Valerius, was demoliflied by lightning. 
 
 From what by the infeription, which is ftill to be feen in the frize, appears, this temple 
 was confumcd by fire, and afterwards rebuilt by order of the fenate, and of the people of 
 Rome. Hence I believe that it was not reffored to the beauty and perfection it had at firft. Its 
 infeription is this: 
 
 S. P. Q^R. Incendio Consumptum Restituit. 
 
 That is, the fenate and the Roman people rebuilt this temple, after it had been con- 
 lumed by fire. 
 
 The mtercolumniations are lefs than two diameters. The bafes of the columns are 
 compoied of the Attick and of the Iomck, and are fomething different from thofe which 
 are commonly made, but are neverthelefs made in a beautiful manner. The capitals may 
 be fa id to be a mixture of the Donck and Ionick: they are very well wrought. The archi¬ 
 trave, and the frize in the outward part of the front are level, neither is there any diftindtion 
 between them; which was done, that an infeription might be put there. But in the part 
 wtthm, that is under the portico, they are divided, and have the intaglia’s, which are to be 
 leen in tilt defign. The cornice is plain, that is, without intaglia’s. Of the walls of the 
 cella not the leaft part antient is to be feen ; but have been fince rebuilt not very well - 
 one may neverthelefs know how it muff have been. I have made three plates of this temple. 
 
 In the firft the plan is defigned. pj ate 
 
 G, the architrave and the frize, which are under the portico. 
 
 In the fccond is the elevation of the front of the temple. P]ate 93 . 
 
 In the third are the members. 
 
 Plate 94, 
 
 A, the bafement which went quite round the D, the plan 
 
 temple. E, the facoma without the voluta } °f l ^ e ca pi^h 
 
 B, the baje of the columns. F, the architrave , the frize and the cornice. 
 
 C, the front of the capital. 
 
 CHAP. XXXI. 
 
 Of the tetnple of Neptune. 
 
 antien 
 
 PPO SITE to the temple of Mars the Avenger ,, of which the defigns have been 
 a rea y given, in the place that is called in Pantano , which is behind Morforio was 
 t y tie o owing temple, the foundations of which were difeovered in digging to build 
 
 F f a 
 
FOURTH BOOK. 
 
 
 a houfe; and there was alfo found a very great quantity of marbles, all of them moft ex¬ 
 cellently wrought. 
 
 It is not known by whom it was built, nor to what god it had been confecrated. But 
 becaufe in the fragments of the gola diritta of its cornice, one fees dolphins carved, and in 
 fome places between each dolphin there are tridents, I believe that it was dedicated to Nep¬ 
 tune. The afpedt of it is winged round. Its manner thick of columns. The intercolumniations 
 were one twelfth part of the diameter of the columns lefs than a diameter and an half, which I 
 judge worthy to be obferved, as I have never feen intercolumniations fo fmall in any other antient 
 edifice. Of this temple not the leaf!; part is to be feen (landing; but from its remains, which are 
 many, it is that one has come to the knowledge of the whole, that is, of the plan, and of the 
 elevation, and of its particular members, which are all wrought with wonderful artifice. I 
 have made five plates of it. 
 
 Plate 95. In the firft is the plan. 
 
 Plate 96. In the fecond is the elevation of half the front without the portico. 
 
 D, is the modeno of the door. 
 
 In the third is the elevation of half the front, under the portico, that is, the firft co- 
 
 'late 97. 
 
 Jumns being taken away. 
 
 A, the profile of the pilafiers that are round the cella of the temple , oppofite to the 
 columns of the portico. 
 
 E, the profile of the wall of the cella in the part without. 
 
 Plate 98. In the fourth are the particular members, that is, the ornaments. 
 
 A, the bafe. 
 
 B, the capital ; over which are the architrave , the frize, and the cornice. 
 
 In the fifth are the compartments, and the intaglia’s of the foffits of the portico s which 
 
 Plate 99, 
 
 were round the cella. 
 
 F, the profile of the foffits. 
 
 G, the foot divided into twelve inches. 
 
 H, the fojffit of the architrave between one 
 capital and another. 
 
 
 
 W KentlnvT 
 
 I.Ware Sculp 
 
 FINIS.